1

ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ
Предисловие 2
Методическая записка 4
UNIT 1 5
Tenses
UNIT 2 23
Articles, Modal Verbs (present, past, future)
UNIT 3 46
Modal Verbs: perfect, Relative Clause
UNIT 4 69
Linking Words and Phrases, Expressions with Future Meaning
UNIT 5 90
Future in the Past, Emphatic Structures
UNIT 6 111
Passive Voice, Have/Get Sth Done
UNIT 7 131
Conditionals
UNIT 8 149
ING Forms and Infinitives, Prepositional Verbs
UNIT 9 174
Adverbs of Degree, Reporting Using Nouns
UNIT 10 192
Non-finite Clauses
UNIT 11 205
Alternatives to If
UNIT 12 219
Types of Text Reference (substitution, ellipsis)
Список литературы
Принципы измерения навыков экзаменуемых

Предисловие

Учебное пособие «Лексико-грамматическое пособие по английскому языку

для студентов II курса факультета международной журналистики» составлено
в рамках программы обучения практике иностранного языка (модули Речевая
практика). Оно является учебным материалом, дополняющим учебник Cotton D.,
Falvey D., Kent S., Lebeau I., Rees G. Advance Language Leader Coursebook (Pearson
Longman, 2010).
Предметно-лексические темы сборника охватывают следующие области:
образование и трудоустройство, туризм и охрана природы, международные
отношения, здравоохранение, мода и потребление, технологии и прогресс, люди и
идеи, журналистика и СМИ, юриспруденция и общество, искусство и развлечение,
бизнес и экономика, наука и природа. Грамматический материал включает
основные направления: система времен глагола, употребление артиклей, модальные
глаголы, страдательный залог, герундий и инфинитив, виды прилагательных и их
порядок в предложении, придаточные предложения и правила пунктуации при их
использовании, косвенная речь, сослагательное наклонение.
Пособие включает лексические и грамматические упражнения ко всем
главам вышеупомянутого учебника. «Advanced Language Leader» был выбран
авторами предлагаемого учебного пособия в качестве опорного материала,
поскольку в настоящее время он является одним из самых популярных учебников и
широко используется для обучения английскому языку студентов уровня C1 не
только в России, но и в Европе и других частях земного шара. Поэтому он
удовлетворяет требованию обеспечения академической мобильности студентов,
предусмотренному рамками Болонского процесса.
В соответствии со статьей 1274 Гражданского кодекса Российской
Федерации все материалы средств массовой информации используются в данном
учебном пособии в качестве иллюстраций (в широком смысле) учебного характера;
в объёме, оправданном поставленной целью или методикой, и с указанием имени
автора, произведение которого используется, и источника заимствования.
Учебное пособие предназначено для студентов второго курса, изучающих
английский язык как основной на факультете международной журналистики
МГИМО (У) (продолжающие и коррекционные группы), а также для сборных групп
четвертого курса (начинающие группы). Он рекомендован для обучения в третьем и
четвертом семестрах продолжающего потока, в седьмом и восьмом семестрах групп
начинающего потока в рамках модулей «Речевая практика 3, 4» и «Речевая практика
7, 8» соответственно. Пособие нацелено на подготовку бакалавров в рамках единого
европейского пространства высшего образования.

Прохождение всех упражнений сборника рассчитано на 116 аудиторных часа

(58 занятий). Работа над одним дидактическим блоком требует 8-10 академических
часов (4-5 аудиторных занятий).

Методическая записка

Задания данного сборника упражнений направлены на развитие

аналитических, системных и коммуникативных компетенций студентов, изучающих
английский как основной иностранный язык, таких как: управление информацией,
управление изменениями, анализ и синтез, работа в международной среде.
Языковой уровень студентов, для которых предназначен настоящий сборник
упражнений, характеризуется в рамках Европейского языкового портфеля (Common
European Framework of Reference for Languages) как уровень профессионального
владения (С1 – Effective Operational Proficiency). Этот уровень включает
следующие компетенции: обучаемые понимают большие сложные
нехудожественные тексты и их стилистические особенности, а также специальные
статьи и технические инструкции, даже если они не касаются сферы их
деятельности; способны спонтанно и бегло, не испытывая трудностей в подборе
слов выражать свои мысли, а также активно поддерживать любую беседу.
Для достижения поставленных учебных целей, которые включают освоение
студентами лексических структур, развитие навыков устной и письменной
коммуникации, ведения дискуссии, а также навыков перевода, авторы сборника
разработал методический аппарат, состоящий из двух блоков упражнений.
Первый блок заданий направлен на закрепление изучаемых грамматических
структур. Он включает 6-12 грамматических упражнений различного характера
(раскрытие скобок, выбор правильного вариантов из ряда предложенных,
творческие задания и др.) Грамматические задания предваряются подробными
разъяснениями изучаемой грамматической темы, которые дополняют и углубляют
грамматические знания, полученные студентами из учебника Language Leader
Advanced.
Второй блок упражнений каждого урока (2-3 упражнения) с формулировкой
задания– Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary - направлено на
изучение и закрепление активной лексики и проходимых грамматических структур
методом перевода с русского языка на английский. Упражнения предваряются
списком активных лексических единиц в большинстве случаев с отсылкой к
конкретной странице и заданию учебника Language Leader, где данные лексические
единицы впервые упоминаются. Лексические единицы необходимо перевести с
учетом их контекстуального значения. Для удобства работы с упражнениями
активные лексические единицы в них подчеркнуты, что позволяет правильно
соотносить значения английского выражения и его русского эквивалента.
Упражнения из обоих блоков задаются на дом и отрабатываются в классе
фронтально.

UNIT 1
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
We use the present continuous:
1. To talk about temporary situations:
I’m studying really hard for my exams.
My cousin is living in Thailand at the moment.
(= he doesn’t normally live there).
2. To talk about actions happening at the moment of speaking:
I’m waiting for my friends.
3. To talk about trends or changing situations:
The Internet is making it easier for people to stay in touch with each other.
The price of petrol is rising dramatically.
4. To talk about things that happen more often than expected, often to show envy
or criticize with words like always, constantly, continually, forever:
My mum’s always saying I don’t help enough! (complain)
He’s always visiting exciting places! (envy)
5. To talk about personal or impersonal arrangements:
We’re taking a month off in the summer.
The bank is laying off 200 staff.
6. To express an activity or situation that is true now, but is not necessarily
happening at the moment of speaking (an activity around now).
Do not take the book. Jane is reading it.
7. To express the way somebody is behaving/acting.
I cannot understand why she is being so selfish. She is not usually like that.

STATE VERBS
State verbs are verbs which describe a state rather than an action and therefore do not
normally have continuous tenses. These include:
a) verbs which express likes and dislikes: like, love, dislike, hate, enjoy, prefer,
adore, etc. e.g. I love chocolate ice cream.

b) verbs of senses: see, hear, smell, taste, feel, look, sound. We often use can or
could with these verbs when we refer to what we see, hear, etc. at the moment of
speaking. e.g. Jim must be at home. I can see his car parked outside.
c) verbs of perception: know, believe, understand, realize, remember, forget, notice,
recognize, think, seem, see ( = understand), expect ( = think), etc. e.g. I expect they
will be late.
d) some other verbs such as be, contain, include, belong, fit, matter, cost, mean, own,
want, owe, have ( = possess), require, weigh, wish, keep
( = continue), etc. e.g. My uncle owns a hotel.
Some of the above verbs are used in continuous tenses when they describe actions
and not states. Study the following examples:
1. I think he’s lying. ( = believe).
I’m thinking about the plan. ( = am considering).
2. The food tastes delicious. ( = has a delicious flavour).
He is tasting the food. ( = is tasting the flavour of).
3. I can see some people. ( = perceive with my eyes).
I see what you mean. ( = understand).
I’m seeing my doctor tomorrow. ( = am meeting).
4. It looks as if they have finished the job. ( = appears).
Mike is looking out of the window. ( = is directing his eyes).
5. This perfume smells nice. ( = has a nice smell).
He is smelling the milk. ( = is sniffing).
6. The baby’s hair feels like silk. ( = has the texture of).
She is feeling the baby’s forehead. ( = is touching).
7. Bob has a Porsche. ( = possesses).
He’s having a shower at the moment. ( = is taking a shower).
8. The chicken weighs 2 kilos. ( = has a weight of).
The butcher is weighing the meat. ( = is measuring how heavy it is).
9. This dress fits you perfectly. ( = it is the right size).
We are fitting new locks. ( = are putting in).
10. He appears to be nervous. ( = seems).
He is appearing in a new play. ( = is taking part).
11. He is a rude person. ( = character – permanent state).
He is being rude. ( = behavior – temporary situation, usually with adjectives such
as careful, silly, (im)polite, lazy, etc.)
12. I enjoy going to parties. ( = I enjoy parties in general).
I’m enjoying this party a lot. ( = specific preference).

PAST CONTINUOUS
We use the past continuous:
1. To talk about actions in progress at a time in the past:

We didn’t hear him come in because we were sleeping on the top floor that night.
2. To talk about past temporary/changing situations:
His symptoms were becoming more pronounced as time went by.
3. To talk about past background situations:
Night was falling over the beleaguered city.
4. To talk about past interrupted actions:
They were crossing the bridge when the earthquake struck.
5. To talk about past arrangements:
Nancy was taking the next flight.
6. To describe the atmosphere, setting, etc. in the introduction to a story before we
describe the main events:
One beautiful autumn afternoon, Ben was strolling down a quiet country lane. The
birds were singing and the leaves were rustling in the breeze.

FUTURE CONTINUOUS
We use the future continuous:
1. To talk about an action which will be in progress at a stated future time:
This time next week, we’ll be cruising round the islands.
2. To talk about an action which will definitely happen in the future as the result
of a routine or arrangement:
Do not call Julie. I’ll be seeing her later, so I’ll pass the message on.
3. To ask politely about someone’s plans for the near future (what we want to know
is if our wishes fit with their plans):
Will you be using the photocopier for long? I need to make some photocopies.
4. To make a prediction about the present, that is to say what we believe may be
happening:
Do not call her now – she will be sleeping.

PRESENT PERFECT
We use the present perfect:
1. To talk about ongoing states and actions:
The manor has stood on this spot for over two hundred years.
2. To talk about ongoing times, or actions which may be repeated in the future:

This channel has shown four wildlife documentaries so far this week.
3. With superlatives and with phrases “this is the first/second/only time”:
It’s the worst programme I have ever seen.
It is the second time that I have visited London.
4. With adverbs:
I have seldom experienced racism in athletics.
5. To talk about past action with present relevance (e.g. result):
The power surge has broken my computer.
6. To talk about recent actions:
I have just made a cup of tea.
7. With time clauses:
We’ll make a move as soon as the rain has stopped.
8. To talk about an action which happened at an unstated time in the past. The
exact time is not mentioned because it is either unknown or unimportant. The
emphasis is placed on the action:
The Taylors have bought a sailing boat. (The exact time is unknown or
unimportant. What is important is the fact that they now own a sailing boat.)
9. To announce a piece of news. We use the past simple or past continuous to give
more details about it:
The police have finally arrested Peter Duncan. He was trying to leave the country
when they caught him.
!
a) The present perfect is used with the following time expressions: for, since,
already, yet, always, just, ever, never, so far, today, this week/month, etc., how
long, lately, recently, still (in negations), etc.
b) Have gone (to)/have been (to):
She has gone to the office. (This means she has not come back yet. She is still at
the office.)
He has been to Rome twice. (This means he has visited Rome twice; he is not there
now. He has come back.)

PAST SIMPLE OR PRESENT PERFECT?

PAST SIMPLE
The past simple is used for actions which happened in the past and are not related to
the present.

We use the past simple:

a) For an action which happened at a definite time in the past.

Simon Cook painted his first picture in 1980. (When? In 1980. The time is stated.)
b) For an action which began and finished in the past:

Mr. Clark taught maths for thirty years. (He is no longer a teacher. He has retired.)

c) For an action which happened in the past and cannot be repeated:

Mike won more than twenty medals when he was an athlete. (He is no longer an
athlete. He cannot win another medal.)

d) For an action which happened within a specific time period which is over at the
moment of speaking:
I wrote three letters this morning. (The time period is over. It is evening or night
now).

e) For actions which were performed by people who are no longer alive, even if
the time is not stated:
Charles Dickens wrote ’Oliver Twist’.

PRESENT PERFECT
The present perfect is used for actions which happened in the past and are related to
the present.
We use the present perfect:
a) For an action which happened at an unstated time in the past. The exact time is
either unknown or unimportant, and therefore it is not mentioned or implied:
Simon Cook has painted a lot of pictures. (When? We do not know. The exact time
is not mentioned or implied).
b) For an action which started in the past and continues up to the present:
Mrs Nelson has taught French for twenty years. (She started teaching French
twenty years ago and she is still teaching French today.)
c) For an action which happened in the past and may be repeated:
Ben is an athlete. He has won more than ten medals. (He is still an athlete. He may
win some more medals.)
d) For an action which happened within a specific time period which is not over at
the moment of speaking:

 10

I have written two letters this morning. (The time period is not over. It is still
morning.)

PAST PERFECT
We use the past perfect:
1. For actions/states before a time in the past:
By the third month the rebels had taken most of the province.
It was the fifth time that I had met you.
2. For an earlier action in a past sequence:
When we got back the babysitter had gone home.
3. For unfulfilled intentions:
They had hoped to reach the summit but Travers fell ill.
4. For an action which finished in the past and whose result was visible in the
past:
Jim was happy. He had signed an important contract. (The action finished in the
past and its result was visible in the past, too).
5. To show that the action of the main clause stopped only after the action of the
subordinate clause was accomplished:
He waited till she had regained a certain calm.
6. In the sentence pattern which is a complex sentence with a subordinate clause of
time introduced by scarcely…when; hardly…when; nearly…when;
barely…when; no sooner…than, the time relation between the two actions is of a
specific character – the action of the subordinate clause takes place when the action
of the principle clause is hardly accomplished yet. Hence, the Past Perfect is
found in the principle clause and the Past Simple in the subordinate clause:
He had scarcely entered the room when in a chair by the door he perceived Ann
Chester.
7. To show that the action of the principal clause precedes that of the ’before-
clause’. The Past Perfect is found in the principal clause and the Past Simple in the
subordinate clause:
He had heard the news before he ran up the stairs.
8. The Past Perfect is often used in combination with the Past Continuous when both
actions are viewed from the same past moment.The definite moment need not be
indicated in this case as the pattern itself serves to show that the actions are related
to the same given past moment. One action is accomplished before that implied
moment while the other is still in progress.
Jane had risen and was peering over his shoulder.
Outside on the square it had stopped raining and the moon was trying to get

 11

through the clouds.

There may be a specific time relation between the two actions in a complex sentence with
a ’before-clause’. The action in one of the clauses is not fully accomplished before the
action of the other clause takes place. The unaccomplished action is expressed by the Past
Perfect. If the unaccomplished action is expressed in the principal clause, its predicate is
always negative in form:
They had not gone four miles before he understood it was going to rain.
If the unaccomplished action is expressed in the subordinate clause, its predicate is
affirmative in form but negative in meaning:
I discovered the news before I had been in the house for an hour.

FUTURE PERFECT
We use the Future Perfect:
1. To talk about an action completed by a point in the future:
I will have finished this report by 3.30.
2. To talk about an assumption on the part of the speaker:
You won’t have heard the news, of course. ( = I assume you have not heard the
news.)
The Future Perfect is used with the following time expressions: before, by, by
then, by the time, until/till.
! Until/till are only used in negative sentences:
She won’t have completed the report until/till 5 o’clock.

PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

We use the Present Perfect Continuous:
1. To talk about ongoing states and actions:
Women have been speaking out on this issue for some time.
2. To talk about ongoing actions/states which are temporary or may change:
She’s been drinking a lot recently.
3. To focus on the duration of a continuing action:
I’ve been learning to play chess for three years now.
4. To talk about recent actions:
I’ve been talking to Jenny.

 12

5. To explain a present result (focus on the activity):

I’m sorry the hall is in such a mess. We’ve been decorating.
6. To express anger, irritation or annoyance:
Somebody has been giving away our plans.
! With the verbs live, work, teach and feel (=have a particular emotion) we can use
the present perfect or present perfect continuous with no difference in meaning:
We have lived/have been living here for twenty years.
The present perfect continuous is used with the following time expressions: for,
since, how long, lately, recently.

PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS

We use the past perfect continuous:
1. To put emphasis on the duration of an action which started and finished in the
past before another past action or a stated time in the past, usually with since or
for.
They had been looking for a house for six months before they found one they liked.
2. To talk about an action which lasted for some time in the past and whose result
was visible in the past:
Last Friday Ron had to fly to New York. His flight was delayed. He was annoyed.
He had been waiting at the airport for three hours.
The past perfect continuous is used with the following time expressions: for, since,
how long, before, until, etc.
! We use the past simple for actions which happened immediately one after the other
in the past:
When Jim came home, they watched a film on TV. (Jim came home and then they
watched a film together.)
We use the past continuous for a past action which was in progress when another
action interrupted it:
When Jim came home, Mary was watching a film on TV.(She was still watching
the film when Jim came home.)
We use the past perfect for an action which happened before another past action or
a specific time in the past:
When Jim came home, Mary had already watched the film on TV.(She watched
the film first. Jim came home afterwards.)

 13

We can use the past simple, past continuous or past perfect without any difference
in meaning with verbs such as think, hope, mean, expect, etc. for things we hoped
or wished to do, but didn’t.

FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

We use the future perfect continuous:
To emphasize the duration of an action to a certain time in the future:
By the end of next month, she will have been teaching for twenty years.
The future perfect continuous is used with: by…for.
! AFTER the time expressions by the time, until, before, we use the present simple
because they introduce time clauses. The future perfect and the future perfect
continuous may come either before or after the time clause:
I won’t have finished cleaning the house until you come back.
By the time they reach York, they will have been travelling for four hours.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. In about half of the lines of the following text there is an error in the use
of the present forms. For each line underline the error and write the correct forms.
Some lines are correct.
0. Every year more and more tourists are visiting the Ionian Islands, and most are
00. enchanted by these lush green islands in a turquoise sea. Many now think
1. about the possibility of owning property in this warm, unspoiled corner of
2. Europe. Appeals the idea to you? If so, read on!
3. Imagine yourself standing on a wide terrace high on a cliff above the
4.clear Ionian Sea, the island of Zakynthos in the distance. The sun is beating
5. down and you are hearing the cicadas and the sound of waves lapping
6. gently against the golden sand below. You can smell the heady scent of
7. jasmine. You walk down a steep, stony path to the beach and there is lying
8. the turquoise sea, right in front of you. We’re inviting you to share this
9. experience with us.
10. We currently develop a complex of luxury apartments just outside
11. Lourdas, in the south of Cephalonia. Cephalonia is the largest and the
12. most varied of the Ionian Islands, and Lourdas is a traditional Greek

 14

13. village with a variety of shops and tavernas. Behind the village the
14. mountains are rising steeply and goats roam freely. From the village a
15. road winds down to Lourdas Bay. The wide sweep of the bay shelter a
16. long sandy beach which is almost totally uncommercialised, although
17. local developers build a range of bars and tavernas on a strip of land
18. behind the beach.
19. We have completed our apartment and we now show prospective
20. purchasers the apartment, either in person at the site, or at our
21. London office, on video. To take part in this once-in-a-lifetime offer,
22. phone us now and talk to one of our sales representatives.

Exercise 2. Complete the text by writing the verbs in brackets in the correct tense.
Read through the whole text before you begin as you may need to use passive voice
forms and used to/would in your answers.
Treasure Island is one of the best known and most loved children’s adventure stories. It
(1) ……… (be) first published in 1883 but remains popular to this day. People (2) ………
(think) that the story was solely the work of Stevenson’s imagination, but recent research
has uncovered the true origin of this thrilling tale of hidden treasure and bloodthirsty
pirates.
Treasure Island’s author, Robert Louis Stevenson, (3) ……… (be) a Scotsman born in
Edinburgh in 1850. Although he (4) ……… (live) abroad for many years, in 1881 he
returned to the land of his birth for a holiday. With him (5) ……… (be) his American wife
Fanny, whom he (6) ……… (meet) five years earlier in France, and his stepchildren from
Fanny’s first marriage. The location of their holiday was Braemar in the rugged Scottish
Highlands.
The family soon settled into a relaxing routine. Each morning Stevenson (7) ……… (get
up) early and take them out for long walks over the hills. They (8) ……… (enjoy) this for
several days when the weather suddenly took a turn for the worse. Trapped indoors by
heavy rain, Robert’s 12-year-old stepson, Lloyd, (9) ……… (become) increasingly bored
and restless. Desperate to keep the boy amused, Robert (10) ……… (get out) some
drawing paper and asked the boy to do some painting.
After he (11) ……… (paint) for several hours the boy (12) ……… (return) to his
stepfather with a beautiful coloured map of a tropical island. Robert noticed that his
stepson (13) ……… (draw) a large cross in the middle of the island. ’What’s that?’ he
asked. ’That’s the buried treasure,’ said the boy. The 31-year-old author suddenly had a
flash of inspiration. He (14) ……… (recently ask) to contribute to a children’s magazine
published by his friend W E Henley and he (15) ……… (begin) to see the germ of an

 15

adventure story in the boy’s picture. While the rain (16) ……… (beat down) on the roof
of his rented holiday cottage the author (17) ……… (sit down) by the fire to write a story.
He would make the hero a 12-year-old-boy, just like his own stepson. But who would be
the villain of the piece?
For the last four years Henley (18) ……… (publish) Robert’s stories in his magazine, and
the two had become good friends. But there was something unusual about Henley; as a
young man one of his legs (19) ……… (amputate) and he walked around with the aid of
an artificial wooden leg. Robert (20) ……… (always want) to include such a character in
a story and thus Long John Silver, the pirate with a wooden leg, was born.

Exercise 3. Complete the text with one of the verbs from the list:
Use the correct past or present tenses.

contain, exist, find(x2), allow, dig, produce, try, be, unearth, perish,
discover(x2), walk

Paleontologists in New Mexico (1) ……… the remains of at least one dinosaur from the
late Jurassic period. The paleontologists, from Canada, (2) ……… in a formerly
unexplored part of the Morrison Formation – a vast fossil bed – for the last eight months.
Early last week one of the group (3) ……… a section of rock which (4) ……… a number
of bones from one, or possibly more, large herbivorous dinosaurs. Since then, the group
(5) ……… to release the bones from the rock and piece them together. The
paleontologists believe that the bones may form a whole dinosaur family. It is possible
that the whole family (6) ……… while trying to protect the young from predators.
According to Bryce Larson, the group’s leader, the bones are from a large brachiosaurus.
These animals (7) ……… approximately 150 million years ago and are counted amongst
the largest dinosaurs that ever (8) ……… the Earth. Other brachiosaurus remains (9)… in
the Morrison, but these latest bones are very large and may prove to come from the largest
dinosaur anyone (10) ……… to date.
For a long time the Morrison Formation (11) ……… one of the most productive fossil
beds in the world. Since the first bones (12) ……… there in 1877, it (13) ……… tonnes
of material. The Morrison, more than any other fossil bed, (14) ……… us an insight into
the late Jurassic period in North America. It seems that the latest find could reveal even
more about the giants of the Jurassic.

Exercise 4. Read this biography from a movie magazine. Complete the text with the
verbs in brackets in the past simple or present perfect (simple or continuous).

 16

Mel Gibson (1) ……… (be) a major film star now for more than twenty years. In this time
he (2) ……… (become) one of the most respected Hollywood actors and he (3) ………
(now start) a successful career in film directing, as well.
Gibson (4) ……… (be born) in the United States in 1956 but his family (5)… (move) to
Australia in 1968. He (6) ……… (complete) his school education in Sydney and (7)
……… (begin) his acting career there, in the National Institute of Dramatic Art. He (8)
……… (appear) in several Australian TV series, but (9) ……… (get) his big break in
1979, in a film called Mad Max. He (10) ……… (since/make) two more ’Max’ films. He
(11) ……… (go on) to make several other successful films in Australia, for example,
Gallipoli, before he (12) ……… (move) to Hollywood.
Gibson (13) ……… (make) more than thirty films, many of which (14) ……… (be) great
commercial successes. He (15) ……… (never/be) afraid to take on challenging roles,
such as Hamlet and The Man without a Face, which also (16) ……… (mark) his
directorial debut. He (17) ……… (direct) films for the last few years. To date he (18)
……… (direct) three successful films.

Exercise 5. Fill in the gaps with a correct future form of the verbs in brackets.
A: What (1) ……… (do) this time next year?
B: Well, that’s difficult to say but I hope that I (2) ……… (travel) round the world.
Before then I (3) ……… (hopefully/save up) enough money for the ticket. I plan to end
up in Australia and when I (4) ……… (get) there I’ll get a job and some money. So, in a
year’s time I (5) ……… (probably/travel) for a few months already. I hope that I (6)
……… (visit) quite a lot of different countries by then too.
A: What do you plan to do when you graduate?
B: Well, my plans have changed a bit. I (7) ……… (do) a journalism course, but I didn’t
get accepted. So I’ve sorted something else out and I (8) ……… (start) a hospitality
course tomorrow. It’s for six months, so I (9) ……… ( not finish) in time to go travelling
next spring, unfortunately. However, as soon as I (10) ……… (find out) if I’ve passed the
course, I can apply for a job in a hotel in Australia.

Exercise 6. Fill in the gaps with one of the verbs:

do, hope, step, approach, take off, prepare, walk, feel, hear, arrange,
always/be, manage, not/burn, do, not/feel, expect, learn, come, arrive

Use the correct past tense.

Last year my friends (1) ……… for us to try fire-walking, which is when you walk on hot
coals. I (2) ……… fascinated by it and I (3) ……… people say it was an unforgettable
experience. I was very excited when I (4) ……… on the day, although beforehand I (5)

 17

……… a little frightened! My friends and I (6) ……… in the hope that by the end of the
day we would be able to say we (7) ……… across hot, burning coals.
Our teacher was very good, and by teatime we (8) ……… a great deal and (9) ……… the
fires. I (10) ……… to be terrified when the time came to walk, but as I (11) ……… my
shoes and socks I (12) ……… afraid. I (13) ……… the coals as all my friends before me
(14) ………, and started walking! I could feel the heat, but as I (15) ……… back onto the
grass at the other end I knew the coals (16) … my feet at all. As I (17) ………, all my
friends (18) ……… the walk and none were burnt. The whole experience was amazing,
and I just wished I (19) ……… it sooner.

Exercise 7. Fill in the gaps with a verb from the list:

be, buy, decide, develop, discuss, feel, like, make, phone, run, start, stay,
take, visit, wait, work

Use the correct past tense.

1. She (1) ……… as a waitress for five years when he met her.
2. The lecture (2) ……… by the time they got there.
3. In the supermarket he (3) ……… all the ingredients he needed and then went home
to make her birthday cake.
4. Holly did well in her exam, which was a shock because she (4) ……… (never) an
exam before.
5. They went on a big tour of Britain. First they (5) ……… in London for a few
days. Then they (6) ……… Cambridge, York and Edinburgh, and then Bath. They
(7) ……… to Bath before, but they (8) ……… it so much that they (9) ……… to
go back again.
6. Scientists announced the launch of the new drug last week. They (10) ……… it for
five years.
7. By the time I got to the meeting they (11) ……… (already) the important issues
and they (12) ……… the big decisions without me. I (13) ……… from my mobile
to tell them the train was late and I (14) ……… annoyed that they (15) ………
(not) for me.
8. I looked terrible when I saw Joe last night because I (16)……… for over an hour
and I was exhausted.

Exercise 8. Two students are discussing their plans for the weekend. Fill in the gaps
using the most natural form of the future and the verb in brackets.
A: I’m so glad the week has finished. I’m exhausted.

 18

B: Me too. I (1) ……… (enjoy) this weekend, and make sure I forget all about
college!
A: What (2) ……… (do) then?
B: Well, I (3) ……… (meet) some friends tonight and I expect we (4) ……… (get)
something to eat, and then go clubbing – so I (5) ……… (need) a really long lie-in
tomorrow! Then if there’s enough time, I (6) ……… (go) shopping in the new
mall. How about you?
A: Well, my sister and I wanted to go to a new dry ski slope that’s just opened near us,
but it looks like it (7) ……… (be) cold and wet so I bet we (8) ……… (end up)
doing something else, probably staying indoors! What (9) ……… (do) on Sunday?
B: I haven’t planned anything for Sunday. I probably (10) ……… (not have) any
money left by then! I (11) ……… (give) you a call if you like, and we could go out
or something.
A: Oh, that’s nice of you, but it’s OK. I (12) ……… (finish) this term’s coursework if
I can.
B: Well done, you! You (13) ……… (not want) to be disturbed then! Hey, look at the
time – I’d better go. I (14) ……… (be) late if I’m not careful. Have a good
weekend and see you on Monday!
A: Yeah, you too. Enjoy yourself! Bye!

Exercise 9. Complete this bad weather story using the appropriate past form of the

wait, live, give, need, take, go, accompany, lose, have, be(x2), drive,
develop, come out, not eat or drink, prepare, stop, break down, check,
start, run out, reopen, turn out, begin

verbs from the list:

On 30th January, people in south-east England were thrilled as the first flakes of white
snow (1) ……… to fall. But within two hours, mass chaos (2) ………. That day (3)
……… to be the second worst day for traffic on record, with motorists trapped in their
cars on the M11 motorway for up to 11 hours.
Gary Barnicott (4) ……… one of the first breakdown vehicles to arrive on the scene when
police (5) ……… the motorway. His first priority was to deal with a vehicle stranded near
one of the junctions.
’The guy (6) ……… in his car all night with a wife and three young children and (7)
……… also diabetic. He (8) ……… the car heater on all night and the car (9) ……… of

 19

fuel and (10) ……… all battery power. I (11) ……… his car for him, (12) ……… him to
a service station and (13) ……… he was OK’.
Barnicott (14) ……… back to work, helping other drivers, many of whose cars (15)
……… for quite basic reasons such as overheating of flat batteries.
’It (16) ……… a while to reach people because of the conditions,’ he says. ’I (17) ………
regularly to check if people (18) ……… help. I (19) ……… flasks of coffee and tea,
which I (20) ……… to people who (21) ……… anything for hours. Actually, I was
pleasantly surprised because people who (22) ……… near to that stretch of the motorway
(23) ……… of their homes early to give refreshments to motorists who (24) ……… in
their cars all night.’

Exercise 10. Look at the underlined verb tenses in this phone conversation between a
mother and her daughter. Correct any errors.
D: Hi Mum, I’m sorry (1) I hadn’t phoned earlier in the week, but (2) I’ve been
really busy.
M: (3) I’m wondering if everything was OK.
D: The thing is, something pretty exciting (4) happened. Charlie’s manager (5) was
telling him to apply for a job in Washington.
M: Washington? You mean you’re moving to America?
D: No, Washington near Newcastle in the north of England.
M: Oh, that’s OK. But I thought you (6) were starting a new job at the local school
next term.
D: Well, that (7) has been the idea, but this Washington job would be perfect for
Charlie. It’s exactly what he (8) is wanting to do. (9) He’d been getting more and
more fed up with the job (10) he’s doing at the moment. One of his friends, an ex-
colleague, who (11) has moved to the Washington office about a year ago, (12) is
thinking that Charlie is exactly the kind of person (13) they’re looking for. But
the problem is that Charlie’s in two minds about living in that part of the country.
He (14) still tries to decide whether he (15) wants the job or not.
M: (16) That’s sounding very interesting for Charlie, but what about you?
D: I’m sure I’ll find work in a school in Washington, but I’m not going to start
worrying about that now because Charlie (17) doesn’t even fill in the application
form yet!

 20

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 1

1.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.126
Additional vocabulary
Ex.1a p.6: a reliable way of measuring sth, to enable sb to do sth, to encourage inequality
in society, to get good grades
Ex.3 p.6: scientific formular/formula, mental arithmetic, excerpts from literature
Ex.6 p.6: to put knowledge into practice
Text p.7: to be compared with/to sth, a rounded education, to facilitate, to store
datum/data, to be accessible electronically, rumblings, to stir controversy, to require
knowledge of sth, to further understanding, to undermine the need, to revive, hard/tedious
work, to drill in grammar, to challenge, to diminish, the application of knowledge
Ex.8 p.7: to bring to sb’s attention
Exercise 1. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Джек студент Оксфордского университета, но во время летних каникул он
преподаёт навыки межличностного общения. Это даёт ему возможность применять
университетские знания на практике.
2. Вы всё время перебиваете меня, когда мы обсуждаем традиционное обучение, в
частности, метод, основанный на запоминании фактов и цифр.
3. Ник пошёл на прогулку после того, как написал статью о методе обучения,
основанном на погружении. Он сделал всё возможное, чтобы избежать плагиата.
4. - Они обсуждали учебный план 2 часа, поэтому они чувствовали себя
измученными. -Такие обсуждения не могут проводиться с быстротой молнии.
5. Когда Мэри вошла в комнату, Джон что-то искал в справочнике. Он готовился к
выступлению и хотел показать все свои познания (= всю свою эрудицию).
6. Завод сократит выбросы углекислого газа на 20% к 2025 году. Это говорит о том,
что директор завода думает о защите окружающей среды.
7. К концу следующего года миссис Уайтбридж будет составлять учебные планы
уже в течение 7 лет.
8. Когда я впервые встретила Анну, она поощряла неравенство в обществе уже в
течение пяти лет. Я думаю, что она не права, поддерживая элитарность.
9. Едва я справился с этим тяжёлым и скучным заданием, как начальник дал мне
новое поручение. Он не давал мне возможности бездельничать на работе.
10. Несколько надёжных способов определения уровня шума было разработано за
последние три года.

 21

1.2
Basic vocabulary – see V2 p.126
Additional vocabulary
Ex.3 p.8: hard-working, innovative, highly educated, creative, business-minded, self-
disciplined
Ex.4 p.8: to overcome difficulties
Text p.8-9: a Bachelor’s degree, a Master’s degree in sth, to have a reputation for
being…, to rouse sb to do sth, to conduct negotiations, to reinvent a business model, to
serve on the board of a company, to found a company, classical refinement, to delight
audiences worldwide, an allergic reaction to sth, an organic skincare line, to have a degree
in sth, to seek (sought) advice from sb, to go through sth, to win the Nobel Prize in, to
make a breakthrough in, to struggle, self-esteem, to get into graduate school
Ex.10 p.9: the key to sth
Exercise 2. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Впервые я встретила такого трудолюбивого, высокообразованного, обладающего
самоконтролем человека. Он меня очень воодушевил.
2. -Едва он получил степень бакалавра в Московском университете, как решил
получить степень магистра в университете Кембриджа. -Сколько же степеней он
хочет иметь по биохимии?
3. Господин Джойс работает в правлении компании четыре года. Я никогда не
встречал человека, проявляющего такой интерес к бизнесу.
4. Завтра я встречаюсь с господином Стэнли. Мы будем обсуждать его новаторские
предложения с 10 до 12 часов.
5. Певица восхищала публику по всему миру в течение 15 лет, прежде чем она
решила основать свой собственный театр.
6. Я не могу понять, почему она ленится. Обычно она очень трудолюбива и
обладает самоконтролем. Она наверняка получит Нобелевскую премию.
7. Завтра к 8 часам вечера вам доставят линию натуральной косметики по уходу за
кожей. Надеюсь, у вас не будет аллергической реакции на неё.
8. Когда я вошла в комнату, она просила совет у своей старшей сестры, которая
только что поступила в аспирантуру. У неё уже есть степень магистра по химии, но
ей этого не достаточно.
9. Я не предполагала, что он имеет склонность к занятию бизнесом. На днях я
узнала, что он основал свою собственную компанию.
10. Не проработали они и часа, как поняли, что им придётся просить совет у
господина Клема. Хоть он и был выскочкой, но умел работать в команде.

 22

1.3.
Basic vocabulary- see V3 p.126
Additional vocabulary
Ex.1 p.10: curriculum vitae =CV, to work for a company, internship
Ex.3b p.10: to be suitable for…job
Ex.4 p.10: to apply for a job
CV p.10: to grasp new ideas, on one’s own initiative, to have a logical approach to sth, to
meet the deadline, to be on some exchange programmes
Ex.6b p.11: to highlight sb’s strengths
Ex.8 p.11: hopefully, to lose sb’s references, to write a doctoral thesis
Ex.9 p.11: to be out of work, to meet the requirements, it’s no use doing sth, to look for a
job in finance
Exercise 3. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Господин Клод позвонил, прежде чем я прочёл его резюме. Надеюсь, этот
кандидат будет отвечать нашим требованиям.
2. Это был единственный раз, когда я участвовал в программе по обмену студентов.
Тогда мне удалось усвоить много новых идей.
3. Завтра в это время Клиффорд будет обращаться за работой. Он без работы уже
целый год.
4. -Я не понимаю, почему она такая вспыльчивая. Обычно она очень сдержанна. -
Она должна успеть к крайнему сроку со статьёй.
5. Сэнди очень честолюбив. Едва он начал читать аналитическую статью
американского учёного, как понял, что и сам может написать статью. Ведь он
работает в финансовой сфере 12 лет.
6. Он проходит практику уже три месяца. К концу этого месяца он приобретёт
бесценный опыт и станет подходящим кандидатом для этой работы.
7. Это единственный раз, когда у меня нет логического подхода к решению
проблемы. Я всегда славился (= был знаменит) своей логикой.
8. Нет смысла пересматривать образовательные стандарты. Мы сделали это уже два
раза. Кроме того, ваши доводы неубедительны.
9. Виола не переносит (= у нее аллергия) кошек. Я думаю о том, чтобы подарить ей
канарейку. Она может полюбить птичку.
10. Он пишет свою докторскую диссертацию уже два года. Потом он будет искать
работу в финансовой сфере.

 23

UNIT 2
GRAMMAR REFERENCE 1
THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE ’A’/’AN’ – ONE/ONES
A/AN
1. With singular countable nouns when we talk about them in general:
I want to buy a dress. (any dress)
2. With the verbs to be and have (got):
Mary has (got) a dog. It’s a German Shepherd.
3. Before Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms when we refer to an unknown person:
A Mrs Jones called you this morning. (A person that we don’t know)
4. To show: a) price in relation to weight (two pounds a kilo), b) distance in relation
to speed (80 km an hour), c) frequency (twice a week).
5. When we refer to one example of a class or a species:
An African elephant has larger ears than an Indian elephant.
6. When the topic (noun) is not known to our listener/reader:
A new travel guide has advised would-be tourists to Morecambe that it is a place to
avoid.
7. When we talk about: a) jobs (I am a structural engineer), b) nationalities (Helmut
is an Austrian), c) beliefs (Jack Stevens became a Christian), d) numbers (a
hundred thousand).
A(N)/ONE
1. We use a/an to refer to an unspecified thing with the meaning ’any one’. We use
one when we are counting, to put emphasis on number:
He bought a tie. (We are not talking about a specific tie.)
He bought one tie. (He didn’t buy two ties.)
2. We use one with the words day, week, month, year, winter, morning, night, etc. or
with a specific day or month to say when something happened, usually in
narration:
One summer, the family decided to go to Tahiti.
We can use one day to refer to the future:
One day, you will regret this.
3. We use one or one of … when we mean one person/thing out of many. It usually
contrasts with another/other(s):

 24

One bus was full, but the others were empty.

One of my colleagues is from Italy.
4. We use a/an or one with no difference in meaning when counting or measuring
distance, weight, time, etc.:
I paid a/one hundred pounds for this bracelet.

ONE/ONES
1. We use one in the singular and ones in the plural to avoid repeating the noun when
it is clear what we mean:
My house is the one with the red front door.
2. We use a/an with one when there is an adjective before one:
I want to buy a jacket. I want a leather one.
BUT: I want to buy a jacket. I want one with a fur collar.
3. We use one/ones with this/that:
I don’t like this pair of shoes, but I like that one.
4. We use which one(s) in questions:
I like the yellow blouse best. Which one do you like?

THE DEFINITE ARTICLE

We use the:
1. With nouns when we are talking about something specific, that is, when the noun
is mentioned for a second time or is already known:
I bought a shirt and a dress. The dress is blue and the shirt is green.
2. With nouns which are unique:
the sun, the Eiffel Tower
3. With the names of cinemas (the Rex), hotels (the Carlton), theatres (the Globe),
museums (the British Museum), newspapers/magazines (the Times but: Time
magazine), ships (the Mary Rose), organizations (the EU), galleries (the Tate
Gallery).
4. With the names of rivers (the Nile, and the River Nile), lakes (the Baikal, but
Lake Baikal) seas (the Caspian Sea), groups of islands (the Canary Islands),
mountain ranges (the Alps), deserts (the Sahara Desert), oceans (the Atlantic),
canals (the Panama Canal), countries when they include words such as state,

 25

Kingdom, republic, etc. (the United Kingdom), and names or nouns with ’of’ (the
Leaning Tower of Pisa).
! the equator, the North/South Pole, the north of England, the
south/west/north/east, the Arctic, the Antarctic, the Far East.
5. With the names of musical instruments and dances:
the piano, the tango
6. With the names of families (the Windsors), and nationalities ending in -sh, -ch
or -ese (the French, the Scottish, the Japanese, etc.).
7. With titles (the King, the Prince of Wales, the President). But: the is omitted
before titles with proper names (Queen Victoria).
8. With adjectives/adverbs in the superlative form:
He’s the most respected man in the firm. But: when ’most’ is followed by a noun,
it does not take ’the’:
Most children like cartoons.
9. With the words morning, afternoon, evening and night:
We eat dinner in the evening. But: at night, at noon, at midnight, by day/night, at 4
o’clock, etc.
10. With historical periods/events: the Middle Ages, the Crimean War. But: World
War II.
11. With the words first, last, next, only, same, right, wrong:
the last time, the only one.
12. In some comparative phrases: the more the merrier, all the better.
13. In measurements:
You can buy saffron by the gram.
14. When you talk about physical environments:
I prefer the town to the country.
15. With dates when spoken:
the tenth of May.
16. To refer to the whole class or species:
The rose is one of the few flowers that look better picked than growing.
17. When the context makes it ’known’:
’Has Edward arrived yet?’ ’Yes, he’s in the dining-room’. (=the dining-room of the
house we are in)

 26

18. When a defining phrase makes it ’known’:

Oasis is the Manchester band that shot to fame in the early 1990s.
19. When a prepositional phrase makes it ’known’:
Meet me in the cafe next to the underground station near my house.
20. With the noun sea in the general sense:
The sea was calm without the reef.
21. With names of mountain passes:
the Saint Gotthard Pass
22. With geographic names having the plural forms:
the Midlands, the Netherlands, the Yorkshire Forests.
23. With names of clubs (the National Tennis Club), concert halls (the Carnegie
Hall), monuments (the Washington Monument).
24. With names of parties and institutions:
the Conservative Party, the Democratic Party, the London City Council, the House
of Commons, the British Parliament.
WE DO NOT USE THE:
1. With uncountable and plural countable nouns when talking about something in
general:
Fish live in water.
2. With proper nouns:
Mark lives in Brighton.
3. With the names of sports, games, activities, days, months, celebrations,
colours, drinks, meals and languages (when they are not followed by the word
’language’):
I often play chess. We speak German. But: The German language is difficult to
learn.
4. With the names of countries: (Italy, but: the Lebanon, the Sudan, the Vatican
City, the Argentine (but Argentina)), cities (Paris, Florence, but: the Hague),
streets (Oxford Street, but: the High Street, the Strand, the Mall, the London road,
the A19 ,the M6 motorway), squares (Trafalgar Square), bridges (Tower Bridge,
but: the Bridge of Sighs, the Humber Bridge), parks (Hyde Park), railway stations
(Victoria Station), mountains (Ben Nevis, but: the Matterhorn), individual islands
(Cyprus), continents (Africa), waterfalls (Niagara Falls), bays (Hudson Bay),
peninsulas (Labrador, but the Balkan Peninsula ), capes (Cape Horn),
universities (Harvard University), colleges (Hertford College), buildings

 27

(Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, but: the White
House, the Tower, the Old Bailey).
5. With possessive adjectives or the possessive case:
This is my car.
6. With two-word names when the first word is the name of a person or place:
Gatwick Airport, Windsor Castle.
7. With names of pubs, restaurants, shops, banks and hotels named after the
people who started them and end in –s or –’s:
Lloyds Bank, Harrods, Dave’s Pub, but the Red Lion (pub).
8. With the words bed, church college, court, hospital, prison, jail, school,
university, class, table and sometimes market when we refer to the purpose for
which they exist:
Sarah went to school. (She is a student.)
Her father went to the school to see her teacher yesterday. (He went to the school
as a visitor.)
9. With the word work (=place of work):
Mr. Sanders is at work.
10. With the words home, father, mother, aunt, uncle, nurse, cook, sister, brother,
cousin, baby when we talk about our home/father/mother, etc.:
Mother is at home.
11. With by + means of transport:
She travelled by bus. But: She left on the 8 o’clock bus this morning.
12. With the names of illnesses:
He’s got malaria. But: flu/the flu, measles/the measles, mumps/the mumps.
!
1. We use the with the words beach, station, cinema, theatre, coast, country (side),
ground, jungle, seaside, weather, world, shop, library, city:
Let’s go to the beach.
2. We usually don’t use the with the word television:
I like watching television in the evenings. But: Turn on the television, please. (the
television set)
3. The is optional with seasons:
My favourite season is (the) spring.

 28

4. We use the + adjectives to refer to a group of people usually with the words: poor,
rich, sick, injured, elderly, homeless, disabled, young, old, dead, blind, deaf,
handicapped, mentally ill:
The young are usually impatient.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMPLES

1. the Taj Mahal 25. the Riviera

2. the Bundestag 26. the Stone Age
3. the Pyramids 27. the Cold War
4. the Sphinx 28. the Lincoln Memorial
5. Pluto 29. Parliament (in Britain)
6. (the) Earth 30. the Titanic
7. the moon 31. the Millennium Bridge
8. the sky 32. Baikal
9. the universe 33. Stonehenge
10. the atmosphere 34. the Whispering Gallery
11. the world 35. the George Inn
12. the ground 36. the Balkan peninsula
13. the horizon 37. the Levant
14. the cosmos 38. the Arctic
15. space 39. the Bronx
16. the Mongolian plain 40. San Francisco Bay
17. the Jordan valley 41. the Rocky Mountains
18. the Bering strait 42. Mount Everest
19. the Persian gulf 43. Niagara Falls
20. the Middle East 44. the Christmas Holiday
21. the Crimea 45. Staten Island
22. the Caucasus 46. the Grand Canyon
23. the Ruhr 47. Arlington National Cemetery
24. the Saar 48. Taiga, Tundra
49. The State Hermitage Museum 52. The Odyssey

 29

50. The Winter Palace 53. The Iliad

51. The Parthenon

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Fill in the blanks with articles.
1. He went into… house by … back door and sneaked up … stairs as though he had
something to hide. 2. We’ll never get him … second time. 3. … silent house gave him …
feeling of being there without leave. 4. ’’Oh,’’ he said, ’’you’d have to go back through all
… records, all … way back to … end of …18th century even, to make any kind of …
guess.’’5. ’’What do you mean?’’ But what he meant was quite obvious. … quickly
beating heart gave him away. 6. It was … third time that year he had fallen asleep driving
at night. 7. He was glad that he had been born in … most important city of…United
States. 8. … light in … next room came from … lamp hanging from … ceiling. 9. But one
way or … other it’s not bothering me. 10. Before … first year had passed I had saved …
thousand dollars and we had lived in comfort. 11. Now in … shade of this cool green bush
he looked about him with … fancy of … lover. 12. … police are still on it, and they won’t
let up, you know. 13. Beyond … lighted decks …harbour was … sheet of … sparkling
silver under … full moon. 14. She was never at … loss with …new topic and could be
trusted immediately to break … awkward silence with … suitable observation. 15. She
taught her to wear … flannel all… year round. 16. I’m sorry for you because you’re such
… child, dear, … child crying for … moon. 17. ’’Buryats are … expert riders and
remarkably accurate archers,’’ wrote Rainier of Switzerland who worked as … teacher in
Siberia in … last century. 18. Probably nine tenth of all … people of …United States are
disposed to doubt when they hear it asserted that … future can be predicted. 19. James and
Andrew listened to his story patiently but they gave him … little encouragement. 20. With
… deep hunger of … Irishman who has been … tenant on … lands his people once had
owned and hunted, he wanted to see his own acres stretching green before his eyes.

Exercise 2. Fill in the blanks with articles with names of continents, countries, states,
provinces, cities and some other cases.
1. In his youth Mr. Curry had been abroad… great deal, had lived in… Ceylon, …
Singapore and… India. 2. It was not… Monte Carlo I had known, or perhaps… truth was
that it pleased one better. 3. …Chimney Corner was… name of… bar. Michael had liked
hanging around there. … photographs of famous skiers of… past hanging above… great
fireplace now looked like mementos of… much earlier America. 4. He made… England
too hot to hold him; fled to… Central America, and died there of yellow fever. 5. …wealth
of Mary’s husband flowed from his being ruler-owner of manganese deposits in…
southwestern Asia. 6. I hear he’s off to… Central Africa. 7. He decided to take his profit
and buy… house on… Riviera. 8. Next morning, back from shopping in … Cannes,
Nicole found… note saying that Dick had taken… small car and gone up into… Provence

 30

for…few days by himself. 9. Your advice, then, as I understand it, is that…young man
will be as safe in… Devonshire as in… London. 10. That evening he glanced at… tape for
any news about… Transvaal. 11. My great-grand-father was Governor of… North
Carolina. 12. Several show cases are devoted to… reunification of… Ukraine with Russia.
13. We drove up from… Valencia. 14. Here are some of his belongings such as…sword
given him in… Caucasus and many historical documents. 15. One of…most striking
of…many unique exhibits is… marble sarcophagus - … relic of ancient art found in
excavations on… Taman Peninsula in… Crimea.

Exercise 3. Fill in the blanks with articles before names of oceans, seas, straits,
channels, rivers, lakes, bays and some other cases if necessary.
1. How ill she was when there was… storm in… Indian Ocean. 2. I was promoted to be…
major and every Allied government gave me… decoration – even Montenegro, little
Montenegro down on… Adriatic Sea! 3. Every ferryboat that crosses… East River brings
or takes away girls from Long Island. 4. New York,…largest city in… USA, is situated
at… mouth of… Hudson river, sometimes called… North river. 5. He had grown up at…
shores of… Lake Superior and had sailed small boats ever since he was… kid. 6. They
sent us… postcard of… Lake of Geneva. 7. His large grey eyes were sun-veined from
rowing on… Lake Geneva. 8. We travelled… lot that year – from… Woolloomooloo Bay
to Biskra. 9. They were in… Mediterranean passing… Gibraltar, but…weather, if
anything, was worse. 10. …Potomac flows from West Virginia into… Chesapeake Bay.
11. Warm air began to move from… Gulf of Mexico across Texas into New Mexico. 12.
Isabel had caused…house,… replica of…palace on… Grand Canal at Venice, to be
furnished by… English expert in… style of Louis XV. 13. He said he was… Dane, but
in… Torres Straits he was known as German Harry. 14. Had it not been my custom to run
up to see him every Saturday afternoon and to stop over till Monday morning, this
particular January Monday morning would not have found me afloat on… San Francisco
Bay. 15. Wisconsin was on… Wisconsin River, on… north bank, … matter of seven
miles above… junction with… Mississippi.

Exercise 4. Fill in the blanks with articles before names of peninsulas, deserts,
mountains, islands, falls, passes and some other cases if necessary.
1. She’s lived on… Long Island twenty years and never saw New York City before. 2. He
told stories to beautiful girls about his fighting in… Solomon Islands, in Casablanca. 3.
…Rocky Mountains extend from Mexico to Canada. 4. We were going to climb… Monte
Solaro, dine at… tavern we favoured, and walk down in… moonlight. 5. He took her
for… ride on… river under… Niagara Falls and held her hand lovingly when they walked
in… sunlight of… Northern summer. 6. We could very well have done… Mount
Everest… rate we were doing. 7. On… edge of… Sahara we ran into… plague of locusts
and… chauffeur explained kindly that they were bumble-bees. 8. In December Nicole
seemed well-knit again; when… month had passed without tension, without… tight

 31

mouth,… unmotivated smile,… unfathomable remark, they went to… Swiss Alps for…
Christmas holidays. 9. Symbolically she lay across his saddle-bow as surely as if he had
wolfed her away from Damascus and they had come out upon… Mongolian plain. 10.
Here was another item detailing… wrecking of… vessel in ice and snow off Prince’s Bay
on… Staten Island. 11. He had… small house in… Bermudas. 12. …shell was found
overturned, … next day, near… Bear Mountain. 13. …photographer gave us… picture of
me, my hair limp over… rail on… boat to… Capri. 14. No one should leave… park
without visiting… outlook station on… rim of… Great Canyon for… view of… Lower
Falls of… Yellowstone River. 15. … Kilimanjaro is… snow covered mountain 19,700 feet
high and is said to be… highest mountain in Africa.

Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with articles before geographic names and some other
cases if necessary.
1. …Manhattan is … name of … island which forms … heart of New York. 2. …
Switzerland was … island washed on one side by … waves of thunder around… Gorizia
and another by … cataracts along … Somme and…Aisne. 3. Do you know what it’s like
when there’s sixty degrees of frost in … Arctic – and it still doesn’t freeze? 4. In 1919 I
happened to be in … Chicago on my way to … Far East. 5. ’’She came from …
Bavaria,’’ she said. 6. On…pleasant shore of … French Riviera, about half way between
… Marseilles and … Italian border, stands … large, proud, rose-coloured hotel. 7. I
thought if … test turned out to be good I could take it to … California with me. 8. I had,
indeed, … mind to see … city of Peking, which I had heard so much of. 9. After all it was
… completest thing, and perhaps … deadest in…London of today. 10. He had agencies in
many of … island of … Pacific. 11. Descending to another ledge she reached … low
curved wall and looked down seven hundred feet to … Mediterranean sea. 12. He came to
… Seine, crossed it, and entered one of … less reputable quarters of … Paris. 13. …
Bancrofts are at present living at their summer home on… Lake Metilico. 14. … region
around … Great Lakes doesn’t have … excessive humidity. 15. It may be in … Coney
Island or … Pelham Bay, but I’ll find … room.

Exercise 6. Fill in the blanks with articles before miscellaneous proper names and
other cases if necessary.
1. When they put out from … port in … hired launch it was already summer dusk and
lights were breaking out in spasms along … rigging of … Levant. 2. Well, tomorrow then.
I’m living at … Chelsea now. 3. On … other bank of … Potomac lies … Arlington
National Cemetery, where… President Kennedy was buried. 4. Tom and Miss Baker sat at
either end of … long couch and she read aloud to him from … Saturday Evening Post. 5.
Sensation at … London airport. Attempt to smuggle 12 jewels worth three quarters of…
million. 6. His own ideas of … riotous holiday meant picnicking on … grass of … Green
Park with his family and half … dozen paper bags full of food. 7. After that, if … night
was mellow, I strolled down … Madison Avenue past … old Murray Hotel, and over …

 32

33rd Street to … Pennsylvania Station. 8. Why, yes, didn’t you know that? Why, he’s
manager of … Grand Opera House. 9. Then still keeping … hundred years behind, we
followed into … Oxford Street and down … Regent Street. 10. It was close on midnight
when… man crossed … Place de la Concorde. 11. I graduated from … New Haven in
1915, just … quarter of … century after my father. 12. I meant it might be nice for you to
take … house in … London for … spring season – I know … dove of … house in …
Talbot Square you could get, furnished. 13. … Jefferson Memorial was built in memory of
… third President of … USA, Thomas Jefferson, who was also … author of …
Declaration of Independence. 14. …White House is … President’s residence. 15. At half
past six on… Friday evening in January, … Lincoln International Airport, Illinois, was
functioning, though with difficulty.

Exercise 7. Fill in the blanks with articles before geographic names and some other
cases if necessary.

v RUSSIA
Russia, officially known as … Russian Federation is … largest country in … world. It
occupies about one seventh of … earth’s surface. It covers … eastern part of … Europe
and … northern part of … Asia. Its total area is about 17 million square kilometres. The
country is washed by 12 seas and 3 oceans ( … Pacific, … Arctic and … Atlantic). In …
south Russia borders on … China, … Mongolia, … Korea, … Kazakhstan, … Georgia
and … Azerbaijan. In … west it borders on … Norway, … Finland, … Baltic States, …
Belorussia, … Ukraine. It also has a sea border with … USA. Russia is also the world's
ninth most populous nation with nearly 144 million people as of 2014.
Despite its comparatively high population, Russia has a low average population density
due to its enormous size. … Russian Federation is home to 160 different ethnic groups and
indigenous peoples. … Russian language is … only official state language, but …
individual republics have often made their native language co-official next to … Russian.
Extending across … entirety of … northern Asia and much of … Eastern Europe, Russia
spans nine time zones and incorporates … wide range of environments and landforms.
There is hardly … country in the world where such … variety of scenery and vegetation
can be found. We have steppes in … south, … plains and … forests in … midland, …
tundra and … taiga in … north, highlands and deserts in … east. There are several …
mountain chains on … territory of … country: … Urals, … Caucasus, … Altai and others.
… largest mountain chain, … Urals, separates … Europe from … Asia.
On … vast territory of the country there is … variety of climate, from … arctic in … north
to … subtropical in … south. It is very cold in … North even in summer. … central part of
the country has mild climate: winters are cold, springs and autumns are warm or cool,
summers are hot and warm. In … South … temperature is usually above zero all year
round, even in winter. Summer is really hot, … climate is very favourable. … climate of
… Siberia is continental: summers are hot and dry, winters are very cold.

 33

There are over two million rivers in Russia. … Europe’s biggest river, … Volga, flows
into … Caspian Sea. … main Siberian rivers - … Ob, … Yenisei and … Lena – flow from
… south to … north. … Amur in … Far East flows into … Pacific Ocean.
Russia is rich in beautiful lakes. The world’s deepest lake (1.600 meters) is … Lake
Baikal. It is much smaller than … Baltic Sea, but there is much more water in it than in …
Baltic Sea. The water in … lake is so clear that if you look down you can count the stones
on the bottom.
Russia has one-sixth of the world’s forests. They are concentrated in … European north of
the country, in … Siberia and in … Far East.
… capital of Russia is Moscow. It is its largest political, scientific, cultural and industrial
centre. It is one of … oldest Russian cities. The population of this great city consists of
about fifteen million locals plus several million foreign people, who work, travel and
vacation in this city constantly or only for a few days. There are also big cities in …
Russian Federation besides … Moscow and … Saint Petersburg with … population about
five million people and … Novosibirsk with … population of two million people.
v Welcome to visit … Russia and appreciate its rich history, culture and wonderful
nature!

Exercise 8. Fill in the blanks with articles before these famous landmarks of London.
... Tate Britain ... Regent’s Park
... Westminster Abbey ... Hampton Court Palace
... Tate Modem ... Coliseum/ … Colosseum
... National Portrait Gallery ... Royal Opera House
... Leicester Square ... Geffrye Museum
... National Gallery ... Imperial War Museum
...Whispering Gallery ... NationalTheatre
... Museum of London ... Kensington Gardens
... Changing ... Guard ... Cenotaph
... Buckingham Palace ... Cleopatra’s Needle
... Science Museum ... Embankment
... Natural History Museum ... Westminster Bridge
... Tower of London ... Big Ben
... St.Katharine’s Dock ... Savoy (hotel)
... London Eye ... Southwark Cathedral

 34

... Madam Tussauds ... Tower

... London Zoo ... Tower Bridge
... British Museum ... Design Museum
... Kew Gardens ... Piccadily Circus
... Kenwood House ... Hoxton Hotel
... Hampstead Heath ... Kings Road
... Harrods ... Oxford Street
... Shakespeare’s Globe ... Selfridges (shopping mall)
... Marble Arch ... Leadenhall Market
... London Aquarium ... London Symphony Orchestra

… London Dungeon (prison) ... Odeon (cinema)

... British Library ... Whitechapel Gallery

... Crown Jewels ... Cartoon Museum

... Charles Dickens Museum ... Serpentine Galleries

... Wallace Collection ...Victoria and Albert Museum

... City ... Barbican Centre

... West End ... London City Airport

... Royal Mews ... Somerset House

... Royal Academy of Arts ... Millennium Bridge

... Victoria Embankment Gardens ... Monument

... Mall ... Trotters (store)

... Nelson’s Column ... Knightsbridge

... Wellington Arch ... Hamleys ( a toy store)

... Speaker’s Comer ... Wembley Stadium

... Lido Cafe Bar ... Richmond Park

... Lemon Tree Cafe ... Royal Botanic Gardens

... Old Royal Naval College in … ... Prime Meridian

Greenwich ... Royal Observatory in ... Greenwich
... Great Conservatory at Syon House ... Cutty Sark (ship)
... Eton (school) ... Royal Albert Hall
... Diana Princess of Wales Memorial ... Albert Memorial
Playground ... Serpentine (la

 35

Exercise 9. Choose the correct words.

{ Crisis
There are quite a few/a few quite charities for the homeless/homeless in the UK. One of
the best known/best known is the organisation Crisis. Homelessness/The homelessness is
such a/a such complex issue. Many homeless people sleep on the streets/streets of
London every night and often find it difficult to get help/the help they need. It's not easy
for them to find the place/a place to live. A charity/The charity Crisis aims to transform
lives/the lives of homeless people and prevent the people/people from losing their homes
in the first place.

Exercise 10. Fill in the gaps with the correct articles (fixed common uses).
My name is … James Franklin. I am from … United States. I was born in … New York
City and I studied … French at … Yale University. When I graduated, I worked as …
journalist for … International Herald Tribune. They sent me to … France and I lived in …
Paris for five years. I earned $100 … week and I loved it! I enjoyed going to … theatre
and … opera. I also learned to play … guitar.
Paris is where I met my wife. She was studying … politics at the Sorbonne. We met on …
tenth of … May – a date I shall never forget. After we got married, I got a job with …
United Nations as … translator. My wife teaches at … Columbia University and we live in
an apartment not far from … Central Park.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE 2
MODAL VERBS: present, past and future
1. Ability
She can speak Spanish but she can’t speak Italian. (present)
Despite his handicap he is able to drive a car. (present)
Mozart could play the piano at the age of five. (past)
Mike’s car broke down but he was able to repair it. (past)
2. Possibility
There may be life on Mars.(present)
We might be a little late. (future)
The rash could be a symptom of something more serious. (present)
We’ll be able to travel to the moon but we won’t be able to travel to Mars. (future)
This road can get very busy. (it is theoretically possible)
3. Arrangements

 36

The doctor could see you at six; he can’t see you before then as he’s too busy. (future)
4. Permission
’Can I use your phone?’ ’No, I’m afraid you can’t.’ (present/future; informal)
I was allowed to leave early yesterday. (past)
You may park your car in this area. (present/future; formal)
5. Obligation
Students have (got) to wear school uniform here. (present; someone else has decided)
I must get up earlier. (present; I have decided)
Do we need to get a visa for the USA? (present)
You should/ought to respect your neighbours. (present)
We had to report to reception by four. (past)
We’ll have to/need to get our visas sorted out. (future)
6. Necessity
All human being must/have to/need to have enough sleep. (present)
Cave dwellers had to/needed to hunt in order to survive. (past)
You’ll have to/need to work harder than that. (future)
7. Prohibition
You mustn’t touch that kettle! (present/future)
Guests can’t/ may not use the pool after 11 p.m. (present/future)
You shouldn’t speak to me like that! (present/future)
We couldn’t go because we were too young. (past)
8. Absence of obligation or necessity
You don’t have to/don’t need to pay to visit most museums in Britain. (present)
You didn’t have to/didn’t need to finish the job. (past; the action was not necessary but
we don’t know if the action happened or not)
You won’t have to/won’t need to ask the doctor to sign this form. (future)
9. Advice / recommendation
You really must read ’Birdsong’! (present/future)
You should/ought to consider a private pension. (present/future)
You had better change the locks straight away. (present/future)
10. Logical deduction
This must/has to be the place. (present/future)

 37

This amount can’t be correct. (present/future)

11. Probability
The plane should/ought to be landing now. (present/future)
12. Certainty
It won’t be warm at this time of year. (present)
13. Routines
He will come in and he will start giving instructions. (present)
He would come in and he would start giving instructions. (past)
14. Habits
The public will always side with the nurses. (present)
Jack would always tell me how to run my life. (past)
15. Characteristics
The stadium will hold about 110,000 people. (present)
The car wouldn’t start on cold mornings. (past)
16. Willingness / refusal
The doctor will act as a witness. (present)
The shop wouldn’t change this jumper. (past)
17. Other functions
I will wash up this evening. (an offer; present/future)
Shall I wash up this evening? (a more tentative offer; present/future)
Shall we go out for a curry? (a suggestion; present/future)
Will you give me a call? (a request; present/future)
Would you fill in this form, please? (a more tentative request)
You will/shall all stay after school tonight. (an order/instruction; present/future)
I wouldn’t say that. (a polite disagreement; present/future)

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Underline the correct words.
1. In my office you have to/don’t have to wear a suit but lots of people do.
2. These pills must not/don’t have to be taken if you are under twelve years old.
3. I must/have to leave now because I have a meeting.

 38

4. I didn’t need to go/needn’t have gone to the station to pick her up because she
decided to get the bus, so I finished my essay instead.
5. Notice to all conference participants: Please note that you must/have got to register
before entering the conference hall.
6. You mustn’t/don’t have to smoke inside but you can smoke outside.
7. When I was at university I must/had to write my assignments by hand because
there weren’t any computers then.
8. British dog-owners have to/must have passports for their dogs when t hey
travel abroad.
9. Next year I’ll have to/’ll must get a job to pay back all the money I’ve borrowed
from the bank for my university fees.
10. You don’t have to/must not leave the room before the end of the test.

Exercise 2. Fill in the gaps with the correct form of (not) have to, must, (not) need or
should and the corresponding verb: tell, go(x2), pay (x2), pass, turn, buy (x2), forget,
wear (x4)
1. A: I’m going to Florence next week so I ……… a guidebook.
B: Ah, well, you’re in luck. You ……… a book because I’ve got a small guide to
Florence I can lend you.
2. A: What’s Mike doing these days?
B: He’s studying really hard. He ……… his exams in order to get the promotion
his company has promised him.
3. A: ……… (you) a uniform at work?
B: Yes, and I find it strange because I’ve never worn one before. When I was at
school we ……… a uniform although the girls ……… skirts and not trousers.
4. A: The rules for university fees have just changed. I was really lucky because I
……… for my education, but unfortunately my brother ……… when he goes to
university next year.
B: Yes, I know. My sister will be affected too.
5. A: The bread is in the oven. Can you remind me to get it out in 20 minutes? I
……… like last time when I burnt the loaf.
B: I’m sorry. I’m afraid I ……… now, so I won’t be able to remind you. Can’t
you set a timer?
A: Oh, ……… (you/really)? I’d hoped you’d stay to lunch and have some of
my bread!

 39

6. A: I’ve just joined the tennis club. They’ve got all sorts of rules, you know.
B: Really? Like What?
A: Well, you ……… white clothes on the courts, of course. But the really silly rule
is that you ……… your mobile off as soon as you arrive at the club. I don’t want
to do that – what if I’m needed at work or something?
B: Perhaps they don’t know you’re a doctor. You ……… them.

Exercise 3. Find some mistakes in the text and correct them.

Pollution is causing enormous problems all over the world these days. Governments need
to act quickly to stop this problem before it is too late.
The first thing I believe we absolutely should do is reduce the amount we use our cars.
Our governments must to encourage us to use public transport. In my country, public
transport is not very reliable, so the first thing that governments have to do is to ensure
that buses and trains are a viable alternative to the car. They also should reduce the cost to
the public of travelling on public transport.
However, it is not only the government that needs to make an effort. All of us should
make some effort to reduce pollution. First of all we ought try to walk or cycle if we can,
rather than using our cars. In the past people must walk or cycle because they did not have
cars. It is a shame that we have become so dependent on cars now. Secondly, we should
trying to share car use with our friends and colleagues.
All of us will must make some changes to our lives if we want to reduce pollution.
Fortunately, we mustn’t make big changes to make big improvements in the situation.

Exercise 4. Put one suitable word in each space.

1. Quite honestly, you ……… as well not bother.
2. It’s odd that you ……… know Wendy too!
3. You ……… better not take any more medicine now.
4. All students ……… report to the registrar’s office on arrival.
5. How about going to the lake? We ……… take a cold lunch with us.
6. If I say you have to do it, you ……… do it!
7. I’m not sure about my application. ……… I send two copies or three?
8. ……… that really be Paula’s husband? He looks too young.
9. This ……… be the place I suppose, but it doesn’t look like it.
10. Both the clocks say 4.30, so that ……… be the time.

 40

Exercise 5. Change each sentence so that the meaning stays the same.
1. Although you are in charge, it doesn’t give you the right to be rude.
You may …………………………………………………………………….........…
2. I recommend going to Bath for a week or two.
I think……………………………………………………………………...............…
3. It’s typical of Frank to lose his keys!
Frank would……………………………………………………………………….…
4. I suppose Kate is quite well off.
I should………………………………………………………………………….…...
5. I am as happy as possible at the moment.
I couldn’t ……………………………………………………………………………
6. Although I tried hard, I couldn’t lift the suitcase.
Try…………………………………………………………………………………...
7. I’m sure that Henry will be on time.
Henry is………………………………………………………………………….…...
8. Fancy you and I having the same surname!
It’s odd…………………………………………………………………………….…
9. If I were you I’d take up jogging.
I think……………………………………………………………………….………..
10. Do we have to leave so early?
Need…………………………………………………………………………….……

Exercise 6. Change each sentence so that it contains the word in capital, and so that
the meaning stays the same.
1. I expect this beach will be deserted.
SHOULD……………………………………………………………………………………
2. This climb is possibly dangerous.
COULD……………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Jack is sometimes really irritating!
CAN…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. You can’t borrow my car!
WON’T……………………………………………………………………………………...

 41

5. How about going to the theatre instead?

COULD…………………………………………………………………………………...…
6. Do you want me to turn off the oven, or not?
SHOULD……………………………………………………………………………………
7. I do not think Harry is likely to resign.
WOULD………………………………………………………………………………….…
8. I’m sure this is not the way to Norwich.
CAN’T………………………………………………………………………………………
9. It would be all the same if we gave up now.
MIGHT…………………………………………………………………………………...…
10. Please turn off the light before leaving.
SHOULD……………………………………………………………………………………

Exercise 7. Choose the correct words.

The London marathon
Last year, I ran the London marathon for the first time. I was quite pleased that I was able
to/couldn't/can/could finish the race! I was only able to/can/could/couldn't do it in five
hours and forty-seven minutes, but this year I hope I'll be could/can/couldn't/able to finish
in under four hours. I able to/couldn't/can/could really do enough training last year
because I was too busy at work, so I wasn't able to/could/couldn't/can pace myself that
well. After the first half of the race, I able to/could/can/couldn't keep up with the other
runners and by the end of the marathon, I was hardly couldn't/could/able to/can walk at
all. But I've been training a lot this year and I think I able to/couldn't/could/can do a lot
better next time. I did a practice run last month and I could/couldn't/able to/can have gone
faster, but my pacing and energy levels had improved and I was can/able
to/could/couldn't maintain a steady speed. I'm hoping to raise £3,000 for a cancer charity,
too.
Exercise 8. Complete the advert below with suitable modal verbs.
> Open day at martial arts studio – free workshops and training sessions <
Come and visit our martial arts training studio on Saturday and try out karate, judo and
taekwondo. 

o You ……… register before the open day by completing this form.
o Forms ……… to be completed before 15 May.
o You ……… to have any experience of martial arts – all classes are for beginners.
o You ……… to pay for the workshops – the open day is free.

 42

o You don't have to wear special martial arts clothing, but you ……… wear loose,
comfortable clothes.
o You ……… wear any watches or jewellery.
o Children under sixteen ……… have a signed consent form from a parent or
guardian and ……… to be accompanied by an adult.
o If you ……… to check about anything, please contact openday@martialarts.org.
o Places are filling up quickly, so you will ……… to register soon.

Exercise 9. Choose the correct words.

oughtn’t, won’t, mustn’t, to, allowed, prohibited, may, not, are

Swimming pool rules

• You ……… run in the pool area.
• You are not ……… to swim unless a lifeguard is on duty.
• Swimmers are ……… allowed to dive or jump into the pool.
• It is forbidden ……… bring food or drink into the pool area.
• The use of mobile phones is strictly ……….
• Shouting and pushing ……… not allowed at any time.
• Swimmers ……… not use the sauna after 6 p.m.
• To avoid disturbing others, swimmers ……… to splash water when swimming in
the pool.
• From 1 January next year, swimming caps will be compulsory – those without
swimming caps ……… be allowed to swim in the pool.

Exercise 10. Choose the correct words (other uses of modals).

might, will, rather, let’s, prefer, would, ought to, better, could, shall

Dear Emma,
Are you busy next weekend? If not, ……… go to the badminton championship, ………
we? I think we ……… get tickets in advance, don't you? ……… you like me to buy some
for you? I ……… get them from the ticket office on my way to work. I'm going to get
some tickets for myself, so I ……… as well get yours at the same time. I'd ……… go on
Saturday than Sunday. What about you? When would you ……… to go? You'd ………

 43

give me a ring this evening. Phone me around seven, ……… you?

Lucy

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 2

2.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.128
Additional vocabulary
Text p.17: a state-of-the-art vessel, to retain a unique atmosphere, awe-inspiring views,
gastronomic delights, a comprehensive range of sth., to pamper oneself with sth, to sample
culinary skill, a bustling capital, glacier hiking, to be rich in sth, to indulge in local
delicacies, carbon emission, to set off sb’s carbon footprint, a sophisticated traveller,
sustainable development, to unwind on secluded beaches, stunning views/flora and fauna,
to spend time under canvas, an off-road vehicle
Ex.7a p.17: to blow money, to be keen on doing sth, to avoid doing sth
Exercise 1. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. – Ты думаешь, ты сможешь перенести палящие температуры Сахары? - Да, в
прошлом году я был в пустыне Гоби и чувствовал себя хорошо.
2. Нам не нужно проводить ночь в палатке на берегу озера Байкал. Организаторы
поездки сняли нам домик на берегу озера.
3. – Вы обязательно должны полюбоваться пейзажами, вселяющими чувство
благоговения на севере Уэльса. – Я предпочитаю посетить музей Шерлока Холмса,
музей Лондона и музей естественной истории.
4. Он всегда носит модные костюмы. Он может быть бизнесменом и может
позволить себе транжирить деньги.
5. Вы не можете курить, даже если отдыхаете на уединённом пляже. Это может
нанести ущерб флоре и фауне.
6. – Завтра я должен встать пораньше. – Почему? – Я отправляюсь на экскурсию на
ледник. – Ты путешественник с утончённым вкусом.
7. Вы не должны пропускать организованные экскурсии. Вы посмотрите
Букингемский дворец, галерею Тейт, Вестминстерское аббатство, колонну
Нельсона, здания парламента, Биг Бен, музей Веллингтона, Темпл, Лондонский
Тауэр.
8. Ты не должен убивать время. Ты бы лучше воспользовался дешёвыми
авиалиниями и поехал на Гавайи изучать английский язык.

 44

9. – Завтра может не быть хорошей погоды. – Тогда мы сможем хорошо провести

время в одном из пабов. – В какой бы ты хотел пойти? – В ’Красный лев’,
’Королевский дуб’ или ’Медный чайник’.
10. – Должно быть, он сейчас во дворце св.Джеймса. - А я бы очень хотел пройтись
по Уайтхоллу или по улице Стрэнд. – Я бы предпочёл набережную Виктории.
2.2
Basic vocabulary – see V2 p.128
Additional vocabulary
Text p.18: an (un)inhabited island, to stretch over … km, to move at a rate of, a
biologically outstanding place, an eradication plan
Ex.8 b p. 19: to become a conservationist, to have direct impact on sth, a life-changing
experience
Exercise 2. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Мне действительно необходимо выспаться. Завтра мы собираемся посетить
знаменитые места, такие как площадь Пикадилли, Национальную галлерею,
Трафальгарскую площадь, Британский музей, Гайд парк, музей Виктории и
Альберта, Тауэрский мост, собор Св.Павла, музей науки.
2. – Прогуляемся по улице Молл или по авеню Шафтсбери? – Я бы предпочёл
убежать от суеты городской жизни и пойти в Риджентс-парк или Сент-Джеймсский
парк.
3. – Ты можешь рассказать о своём опыте, изменившем твою жизнь? – Да, это
произошло в Нидерландах в Гааге.
4. – Желающие могут посетить место, знаменитое в биологическом плане. – Да,
давайте вернёмся к природе.
5. – Можно взять твой словарь? – Можно. Что ты хочешь найти? – Я хочу
посмотреть, как пишется ’биологическое разнообразие’.
6. – Брайан может стать защитником природы. – Кто тебе сказал? – Он сам сказал,
что хочет спасать животных, находящихся на грани исчезновения.
7. Не может быть, чтобы он сейчас был в замке Лидс. Он предпочитает держаться в
стороне от туристических приманок.
8. Вам непременно следует посетить этот необитаемый остров. Он тянется на 2
километра и является выдающимся местом в биологическом плане.
9. – Ей не нужно заказывать номер в гостинице Хилтон. Её тётя живёт рядом с
магазином Селфриджес. – Здорово! Там она сможет впитать атмосферу столицы.
10. Мы должны разработать план по уничтожению химических отходов. Если мы
этого не сделаем, мы столкнёмся с необратимыми последствиями.

 45

2.3
Basic vocabulary – see V3 p. 128
Additional vocabulary
Ex.7 p.20: an idyllic place
Text p. 20-21: an expanse of flawless white sand, implausibly turquoise water, a
whacking hotel with three-star facilities, a grassroots campaign, to be spared from sth, to
call on sb to do sth, a protracted struggle, the main plank, to modify a landscape, to be at
stake, unobtrusive service, to service sb’s appetites, to get the go-ahead, to take on.
Exercise 3. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. - Когда ты поедешь в отпуск, ты сможешь купаться в бирюзовых водах
Атлантического океана. – Да, только я хотел бы искупаться в Тихом океане.
2. Вам не нужно принимать участие к общественной кампании, организованной
простыми гражданами. Вместо этого вы можете поехать на Канарские острова.
3. Я должен подготовить безупречное исполнение этой поэмы. Моя судьба
поставлена на карту.
4. Эта огромная трёхзвёздочная гостиница удовлетворяет все потребности туристов.
К тому же недалеко от неё есть пляж с широкой полосой безупречного белого песка,
а вода в океане невероятного бирюзового цвета.
5. - Ваш дом расположен в идиллических окрестностях Лондона. Можно мы
поживём у вас летом? – Нет, нельзя!
6. – Гостиницы на Мальдивских островах предлагают ненавязчивое обслуживание.
– Звучит неправдоподобно. Не может быть, чтобы это была правда.
7. Это огромный обман! Как мы сможем доверять вам в будущем? Мы должны быть
избавлены от этого.
8. – Митингующие призывали присутствующих начать длительную борьбу против
правительства. – Нам не следует поддаваться на их призывы.
9. – Поедем в Италию посмотреть на падающую Пизанскую башню? – Нет, давай
поедем во Францию, полюбуемся
Эйфелевой башней и посетим Лувр. Это будет главным пунктом нашей культурной
программы.
10. Вы не должны видоизменять пейзаж около Виндзорского замка. Королева и
принц Уэльсский не поддержат ваши планы.

 46

UNIT 3
GRAMMAR REFERENCE 1
MODAL PERFECT
- to describe a past ability which was not used: She
could have paid by credit card but she preferred to use
cash.

- to describe a past opportunity which was not taken: I

might have gone to university after leaving school but I
chose to get a job instead.
сould / might have done

- to make a criticism: You might/could have told me

about the party!

- for a specific past possibility: She might have done it;

she had the opportunity and the motive.

- when we want to emphasize a past action or feeling:

couldn’t have done + They couldn’t have tried harder to make me feel
comparative adjective welcome.

- to express a negative deduction about the past: She

can’t have fixed the computer, it’s still not working
properly.

can’t/couldn’t have done

- to express surprise or disbelief: She couldn’t have
done it; she’s such a nice woman.

- for an unfulfilled obligation in the past: You really

should have registered before term started.

should/ought to have done

- to express advice in the past: You should have told me
before.

 47

- to criticize a past action: You shouldn’t have driven

should/ought not to have done through that red light.

- to talk about the probability of an action in the past: I

should (not)/ought (not) to don’t know where our main speaker can be. He should
have done have arrived hours ago.

- when the action happened but was unnecessary: We

needn’t have taken warm sweaters. We could have used
needn’t have done the space in our luggage for more books!

- to express a logical deduction about the past: There

was a terrific noise last night. It must have been an
must have done explosion.

- to express necessity in the past: You mustn’t have had

mustn’t have done any driving convictions or you won’t get the job.

- to refer to something which we feel certain has

happened (but do not actually know): We sent the
will have done invitations on Monday, so they will have received them
by now. Why hasn’t anyone replied?

- if we want to comment on a hypothetical situation in

the past: It would have been a good idea to notify us in
would(not) have done advance of your intentions.

- to express concession: She might not have done all the

may/might not have done
work, but she certainly got good results.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Complete each sentence with a suitable word or phrase.
1. Don’t worry that Carol is late, she ……… missed the train.
2. I begged David to accept some money, but he ……… hear of it.
3. That was a lucky escape! You ……… been killed!

 48

4. It was supposed to be a secret! You ……… told her!

5. I spent last week at the beach because I didn’t ……… go to school.
6. The plane is late. It ……… landed by now.
7. You ……… met my brother. I haven’t got one!
8. There is only one solution. The butler ……… done it.
9. It was lovely. We ……… a better holiday!
10. So it was you who set off the fire alarm for a joke! I ……… known!

Exercise 2. Fill in the gaps using a suitable form of can, could, may, might, be able to,
manage to or succeed in and a form of the verb: have, not/find, we/borrow, speak,
always/get, not/organize, accommodate, get, not/have, even/get, have, tell, not/make,
not/invite, be, ask.
Mike: So how are the wedding arrangements going, Jane?
Jane: Not too bad. We are seeing the vicar tomorrow so Harry and I (0) ……… him
about hiring the church hall for the reception.
Mike: It would be great if you (1) ……… that place, it is an ideal venue.
Jane: Yes, I know. Although it (2) ……… a bit too small if all our friends turn up!
Mike: It holds about a hundred people, doesn’t it?
Jane: Well, in fact it (3) ……… up to a hundred and twenty-five, apparently. But
there are about a hundred and forty on our guest list. It’s a bit of a Catch-22
situation because I (4) ……… people until the reception is organized, but I (5)
……… a venue until I know how many people are coming!
Mike: Some of Harry’s cousins live in the States, don’t they?
Jane: Yes. I’m not sure if they are coming. It’s quite an expensive trip so they (6)
……… it over here. But I’m hoping at least some of them will come.
Mike: They (7) ……… one of those cheap charter flights. I’ve seen a lot of them
advertised on the Internet recently.
Jane: Oh, I think Harry (8) ……… them about that already. He said he’d sent them
some Internet links.
Mike: What about catering? Have you made any plans yet?
Jane: I’ve arranged something with Quality Caterers in the High Street.
Mike: Oh, I wish I’d known that before! I (9) ……… to Liz Brown for you when I
saw her last Tuesday. She’s the manager there and she goes to the same tennis
club as me. You never know, I (10) ……… you a discount!

 49

Jane: That’s a pity. Still, they’ve given us a pretty good deal. By the way, Mike,
there is one favour I wanted to ask you.
Mike: Sure. What is it?
Jane: (11) ……… your video camera?
Mike: Of course. You (12) ……… the tripod as well, if you like.
Jane: Harry dropped his camera when we were in Tenerife. And since we’ve been
back he (13) ……… anyone around here to fix it.
Mike: What about music at the reception? Are you going to get a band?
Jane: No, we (14) ……… live music at the church hall, it doesn’t have a licence.
But we (15) ……… a disco.
Exercise 3. Change each sentence so that it contains the words in capitals, and so that
the meaning stays the same.
1. It wasn’t very nice of you not to invite me to your party!
MIGHT…………………….…………………………………………………………….…
2. Thank you very much for buying me flowers!
SHOULDN’T……………………………………………………………………………….
3. It wouldn’t have been right to let you do all the work on your own.
COULDN’T…………………………………………………………………………………
4. I don’t believe that you have lost your keys again!
CAN’T………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Mary was a talented violinist at the age of ten.
PLAY…………………………………………………………………………………….…
6. Perhaps they didn’t notice the tyre was flat.
MIGHT…………………………………………………………………………………..…
7. The results are expected tomorrow.
KNOW………………………………………………………………………………………
8. They escaped possible injury when the car crashed.
HAVE…………………………………………………………………………………….…
9. A visa wasn’t necessary after all.
NEED…………………………………………………………………………………….…
10. Apparently someone has borrowed the cassette player.
HAVE…………………………………………………………………………………….…

 50

Exercise 4. Find some mistakes to do with modal verbs or expressions and correct
them.
Sergeant Dibden reminded us that we don’t have to tackle a burglar if one enters our home
as this can be very dangerous. He also reminded us that we are supposed by law to inform
the police and our insurance companies of all key-in our 21st century holders after a break-
in.
Mrs. Sanders from Twyfield Close reported that she had been burgled two afternoons
before. The burglar should have got in through an open downstairs window, although at
that time of day there must be plenty of people around who witnessed the break-in. You’d
better report it to the police if you saw anything as it’s our civic duty.
Mr. Harrison from Dukes Avenue was concerned that he hadn’t taken up an invitation
from a security company to assess his house for security risks, but he was relieved to
discover from Sergeant Dibden that he needn’t have invited them anyway, as the police
can do security checks.
Finally, remember, if you need speak to a police officer, you can call Sergeant Dibden at
Holmefield police station at any time.

Exercise 5. Complete the comment at the end of each sentence.

1. Pay no attention to what Mark said. He ……… serious.
2. Fancy accepting the job just like that! You ……… asked me first!
3. The test was no problem at all. It ……… easier, in fact!
4. I’m sure Jack didn’t mean to ignore you. He ……… noticed you.
5. That was a lucky escape! We ……… killed!
6. Hello, I’m home early. I ……… late at the office after all.
7. The meat is a bit burnt. You ……… cooked it for so long. I did tell you!
8. There were plenty of tickets left for the concert. We ……… them in advance.
9. Sally got home at four o’clock this morning. The party ……… really good!
10. This homework isn’t as good as usual. I think you ……… more time on it.

Exercise 6. For each of the sentences below make a new sentence as similar in
meaning as possible to the original sentence, but using the word(s) given. The word(s)
must not be altered in any way.
1. I strongly recommend you to try this sun-dried tomato bread.
MUST…………………………………………………………………………………….…

 51

2. There is no obligation to get an international driving license for this country.

HAVE……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. It was stupid of the government to try to break the strike.
SHOULD……………………………………………………………………………………
4. I warn you not to chat up my girlfriend again!
HAD…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. We didn’t book the table but it didn’t matter as there was hardly anyone in the
restaurant anyway.
NEED………………………………………………………………………………………
6. My hair’s much too long. I’ll have to get it cut soon.
CUTTING…………………………………………………………………………………
7. It is essential that you disconnect the gas supply before removing the boiler.
BE DISCONNECTED ……………………………………………………………………
8. The management will not permit latecomers to enter the theatre until there is a
suitable break.
ALLOWED ………………………………………………………………………………...
9. Why do we have to state ethnic origin on official forms these days?
REQUIRED ………………………………………………………………………………..
10. There can be no doubt that the solicitor has received the information by now.
MUST …………………………………………………………………………………….
11. It probably won’t be difficult to get tickets for the first night.
SHOULD …………………………………………………………………………………
12. It is essential that patients have not eaten or drunk anything for three hours before
the operation.
MUST ………………………………………………………………………………………

Exercise 7. Replace the underlined phrases with a suitable past modal phrase.
The mummy of Djedmaatesankh, a young woman from the ninth century BC, lies behind
a glass display in the Royal Ontario Museum. 2,800 years ago she lived in Thebes with
her husband on the east bank of the river Nile. They were well-off, although as a double-
income couple without children it is likely they were rather unusual. Djedmaatesankh was
a musician at the great Temple of Amun-Re at nearby Karnak, where her husband was a
temple doorkeeper. It is possible that their jobs at the temple provided the couple with a

 52

small wage and other benefits to supplement their main income from a piece of fertile land
on which it is possible that they grew crops of barley, sesame or dates.
We can only guess at what Djedmaatesankh’s life would have been like, and try to
imagine what her problems were. It is possible she was anxious about her inability to have
children and certainly, as she approached her thirties, it is highly likely that she worried
about her health.
Looking upon a face from so long ago, a face not unlike that of any other young woman in
Egypt today, ties us more personally to history. In a way that was impossible for her to
imagine, Djedmaatesankh has achieved a degree of fame in our 21st century, appearing in
dozens of newspapers and magazines.

Exercise 8. Complete this text with these words:

be able to, couldn’t, might, was able to, would (x2), be willing to, had to,
should, was going to and one of the verbs in the correct form: cross, stop,
find, spell, take, testify, be, make out

’Hello! Mr Appleton!’
The voice was some distance behind him. He stopped raking the leaves and turned to see
two women struggling up the driveway towards him. They were wearing identical T-shirts
which had MADD in large black letters across the front! He had a sudden strange thought
that they (1) ……… crazy people who (2) ………. But they didn’t look crazy. As they
came closer, he (3) ……… smaller letters under each of the big letters, spelling out the
words ’Mothers Against Drunk Driving’.
’I’m so glad we found you. I’m Nettie Albright and this is Agnes Miller’.
He shook their outstretched hands. Agnes was wearing gloves.
’We talked to your wife this morning and she’s the one who told us we (4) ……… (5)
……… you here. She said she hadn’t really witnessed the accident, but you had. We were
hoping you (6) ……… (7) ………’. She (8) ……… and take a deep breath.
’You mean the car crash?’
’Yes, exactly, the crash. We need witnesses. That awful man says it wasn’t his fault. He
(9) ……… out and shot! He’s a menace to society. We need your help to put him away’.
It had happened one early evening in July. I (10) ……… just the street when a car came
racing through the red light, narrowly missing me, but smashing into another car in the
middle of the junction. The woman in that car died. When the man who hit her turned out
to be very drunk, it all changed from being an accident to being a criminal case.

 53

Exercise 9. Match each of these items with the phrase or sentence more likely to
follow it.
1. We might go to Crete for our holiday.
2. We could go to Crete for our holiday.
a. We’re not sure yet.
b. Would you like to?

3. You could have told you were going to the beach.

4. You may have told me you were going to the beach.
a. I can’t remember.
b. I’d like to have gone with you.

5. The weather might not have been very good.

6. The weather couldn’t have been very good.
a. You haven’t got a suntan.
b. However, the hotel was fantastic.

7. I think John and his family might be living in Scotland.

8. This time next year John and his family might be living in Scotland.
a. It’s a long time since I’ve heard from him.
b. He’s applied for a job in Edinburgh.

Exercise 10. Give a negative response for B using NEED in an appropriate form and
the verb in brackets.
1. A: I’m so nervous about meeting your parents.
B: (worry) ……… .
2. A: I’ll wash the car before we put it in the garage.
B: (bother) ……… .
3. A: I’ve forgotten my mobile and I need to make a call. I’d better go back and
get it.
B: (do) ……… .
4. A: I feel a little overdressed. I thought everyone would be in smart clothes.

 54

B: (wear) ……… .
5. A: I’m really scared. This diving board looks much too high.
B: (be afraid) ……… .
6. A: I thought your sister was going to be really angry when she found out we’d
broken her MP3 player, but she was really nice about it.
B: (worry) ……… .
7. A: You’re early. Didn’t you go to the shops on the way home?
B: (get) ……… .

GRAMMAR REFERENCE 2
RELATIVE CLAUSES
1. Relative clauses and alternatives
A relative pronoun can be the subject or object of a relative clause:
Last week I saw the film which won all the Oscars. (subject = the film won the
Oscars)
Last week I saw the film which you made at college. (object = you made the film)
To make the meaning clear, we usually put the relative clause as close as possible to the
noun it refers to:
✗ You can buy this dish from your local supermarket, which is made from
organic wheat.
√ You can buy this dish, which is made from organic wheat, from your local
supermarket.
Relative clauses are not the only way to define or add information. Alternatives include:
People who have a complaint è people with a complaint (prepositional phrase).
The man who lives downstairs è The man living downstairs (participle clause)
The first person who helped me è The first person to help me (infinitive clause)
2. Defining relative clause
A defining relative clause identifies or classifies a noun or pronoun in the main clause.
IDENTIFYING Is this the book that you were looking for?
CLASSIFYING Would all those who have booked dinner please go into the
restaurant.

 55

The defining relative clause gives information which is necessary for the sense of the
sentence. In the first example above, Is this the book? Does not convey the full meaning of
the whole sentence, i.e. the specific book that you were looking for.
We often use these clauses to describe an important quality of someone or something:
Van Gogh was an artist who used a lot of bold, vibrant colours.
! In defining relative clauses we can omit the relative pronoun when it is the object
of the relative clause, but NOT when it is the subject:
✗ I saw the film won all the Oscars. √ I saw the film you made at college.
In American English that is more common than which or who in defining relative clauses.
3. Non-defining relative clauses
A non-defining relative clause gives extra information about a noun or pronoun in the
main clause (or about the whole clause), but it doesn’t define or classify; the main clause
still makes sense without it:
Napoleon Bonaparte was France’s greatest military leader.
✚ EXTRA INFORMATION Napoleon Bonaparte was born in Corsica.
è Napoleon Bonaparte, who was born in Corsica, was France’s greatest military
leader.
Napoleon lost the battle of Waterloo in 1815.
✚ EXTRA INFORMATION The fact that he lost the battle led to his exile.
è Napoleon lost the battle of Waterloo in 1815, which led to his exile.

We can also use non-defining relative clauses to show consecutive actions:

Heskey passed the ball to Owen, who scored a magnificent goal.
We always use a relative pronoun, e.g. which, who to introduce non-defining relative
clauses:
✗ Last year's winner presented the cup, each holder keeps for the year.
√ Last year’s winner presented the cup, which each holder keeps for the year.
However, we don’t use that in the same way:
✗ This offer, that will not be repeated, must end next week.
4. Defining or non-defining relative clause?
Compare:
DEFINING The natives who traded with the settlers retained their land.

 56

This answers the question 'Which natives retained their land?' The
answer is 'the ones who traded with the settlers'. It indentifies or
defines particular natives and this means that some of the natives
probably didn't trade with the settlers and therefore lost their land.
NON-DEFINING The natives, who traded with the settlers, retained their land.
This sentence means 'The natives retained their land'. It doesn't
identify particular natives, so it means that all the natives retained
their land.
In written English the use of commas shows these differences.
• In non-defining clauses we use a comma to separate the relative clause from the
rest of the sentence.
• In defining relative clauses we don't use commas at all.
Pronunciation è The use of commas also reflects the way we say the two types of
relative clause. In defining relative clauses, there is no pause between the main clause and
the relative clause:
We asked for the lovely double room which had a sea view.
Although we don't often use non-defining relative clauses in speech, when we do there is
usually a falling intonation at the end of the main clause:
We asked for the lovely double room (î), which had a sea view.
5. Comment clauses
We can add a non-defining relative clause to the end of a sentence to make a comment
about the information (not the noun) in the main clause. Unlike most non-defining relative
clauses, comment clauses are common in spoken English.
FACT Winston Churchill lost the 1945 election.
COMMENT People didn't expect this.
è Winston Churchill lost the 1945 election, which was rather
unexpected.
In conversation, we can use a comment clause to add our opinion:
A We had to wait for over an hour to see the doctor.
B Which is outrageous!
! We use which, NOT who, whose, that or it to introduce a comment clause within a
sentence:
✗ Herold never phones before visiting, that is annoying.
√ Harold never phones before visiting, which is annoying.

 57

In writing we always put a comma before which, and in speech there is usually a falling
intonation at the end of the main clause.

PRONOUNS, ADVERBS AND PREPOSITIONS IN RELATIVE CLAUSES

Although gangster Al Capone was responsible for a number of murders and extortion
rackets in 1930s Chicago, the crime for which he was eventually tried and imprisoned
was tax evasion.
1. Relative pronouns
This chart lists relative pronouns and how they can be used:

NON-
PRONOUNS USED FOR SUBJECT OBJECT DEFINING
DEFINING

people,
who √ √ √ √
animals
whom people ✗ √ √ √
objects,
which √ √ √ √
animals
people,
that objects, √ √ √ ✗
animals
relationships,
whose √ √ √ √
possessions
people,
no pronoun things, ✗ √ √ ✗
animals

1. We can use who to refer to animals when they are known individuals, e.g. domestic
pets:
Is Sheba the cat who was run over and nearly killed last year?
2. Whom is formal and we rarely use it in speech. We now mainly use whom after
prepositions.
3. We always use which (not who) to refer to inanimate objects. (For which to introduce
a comment cause).
4. In spoken English we can use that or who to refer to people.
5. (For information on omitting pronouns in object defining clauses go back to Defining
relative clause).

 58

ACADEMIC ENGLISH In formal and academic English we use which rather

than that in defining clauses:
This report is based on the survey which was conducted by Shering and Beecham.
We also use whose to refer to inanimate objects:
It would only be possible to colonise planets whose atmosphere contained enough oxygen
to sustain human life. (= the atmosphere of which)
2. Relative clauses with prepositions
We can use prepositions with relative pronouns. Their position depends on formality:
INFORMAL/NEUTRAL FORMAL
My grandparents lived in th My grandparents didn’t own Our clients Mr and Mrs
house but they didn’t own it. the house (which/that) they Thompson, did not own the
lived in. house in which they lived.
I’d like some information Do you have any The insurance claim to
about an insurance claim. I information about the which you referred does not
referred to it in an email. insurance claim appear to be in our records.
(that/which) I referred to in
my email?

! We do not put a preposition before the relative pronoun that:

✗ They didn't own the house in that they lived.
If we put a preposition before who, the pronoun always become whom:
The patients, among whom there were several immigrants, had to undergo a series of
tests.
COMPARE:
The people who this report is addressed to will have to consider its proposals carefully.
The people to whom this report is addressed will have to consider its proposals carefully.
3. Relative clauses with where, when and why
We can use these adverbs to introduce or replace clauses about places, times, etc.
USE IN RELATIVE
ADVERB EXAMPLES
CLAUSES
where* instead of which/that + a The house that The house where
preposition to describe Dickens wrote his Dickens wrote his later
places later novels in is novels is now a school.

 59

now a school. This is the line where

This is the line on you sign your name.
which you sign
your name.
when instead of that or on I remember – it I remember – it was the
which to describe times, was the day that/on day when the heatware
days, years, etc. which the heatware started.
started.
why instead of for + which, High taxation is High taxation is often
(usually with the noun often the main (the main reason) why
reason) reason for which governments fall.
governments fall.
* In informal English we also use where with the meaning in which to describe a
situation:
Have you seen the episode where the Hoppers’ farm is destroyed in a fire?
I once saw an accident on the motorway where three people ended up going to hospital.
It is possible to use where, when and why without the noun to which they refer:
It’d (the place) where that music festival is held every year.
I can’t remember (the time) when I got home last night.
She’s hyperactive. That’s (the reason) why she can’t concentrate.
! We don’t include a preposition in when or where clauses:
✗ That's the house where I grew up in.
4. Prepositional phrases
In some cases we can use prepositional phrases to replace relative clauses:
with instead of Passengers who Passengers with
that/which/who + have first-class first-class tickets
have to describe tickets can board can board now.
possession now.
in/at/on, etc. instead of which/that I've never seen the I've never seen the
+ be + preposition to furniture which is in furniture in the
describe position the attic. attic.

5. Modifying relative pronouns

We often use modifiers such as all of and many of before which or whom in a non-defining
relative clause to refer to the subject or object of the clause:

 60

The supermarket withdrew all of its jars of tomato puree, several of which were found t
contain fragments of glass.
The renewable energy grants, half of which are provided by local government, will be
available from September.
The collage entered over a hundred students for the exam, all of whom passed.
We interviewed fourteen applicants for the post, none of whom we thought suitable.
6. whichever, whenever, etc.
In defining relative clauses we can modify the pronoun or adverb with –ever to give the
meaning of anything, anyone, anywhere, etc:
Use whichever phone you want – they all have outside lines. (= any phone that)
Invite whoever you like to the party. (= any person who)
You can put the photo wherever you think it looks best. I don’t mind. (= in any place
where)

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Choose the correct words.
MAHATMA GANDHI
Mahatma Gandhi (1869–1948), who he/who was born in Porbandar in India, was a
political and ideological leader during the 1930s and 40s and is known as the person
led/who led/which led India to independence. Non-violence was a method of social action
that/,that/what he used to achieve social and political change. Gandhi who/,who was
arrested many times by the British for his political activities, believed it was honourable to
go to prison for a just cause. Altogether, he spent seven years in prison for his political
activities. India ,which/that was granted independence in 1947, was partitioned into India
and Pakistan. This disappointed Gandhi ,who/who had advocated a united India
where/which all Indians could be free of British rule. After partition, there was a great
deal of fighting. Violence was something ,that/that/,which Gandhi had struggled to
prevent all his life, so he starting fasting. After five days, the opposing leaders promised to
stop fighting and Gandhi broke his fast. Twelve days later, he was assassinated by a Hindu
fanatic who opposed/whom opposed/opposed his philosophy. Gandhi's life and teachings
have inspired many ,that/who have come after him, including Nelson Mandela and
President Obama.

 61

Exercise 2. Choose the correct words.

BOUDICA: A BRITISH WARRIOR
Boudica (died AD 60 or 61) was the British queen ,which/who/which/,who famously led
the Iceni tribe in an uprising against the large number of Romans ,which/who/which/,who
were occupying Britain. Boudica's husband Prasutagus ,who/who/which/,which had ruled
as an independent ally of Rome, left his kingdom jointly to his daughters and the Roman
emperor in his will. However, when he died, the Romans took over the land
,which/who/which/who his daughters should have inherited. In AD 60 or 61, Boudica led
the Iceni people in a revolt against the Romans. On hearing the news, Suetonius
,who/which/who/,which was the Roman governor at the time, hurried to Londinium
(London) ,which/which/who/,who was the rebels' next target. The Romans did not have
enough men to fight the rebels and they abandoned the town ,who/who/,which/which was
then burnt to the ground. Suetonius later regrouped his forces ,which/who/which were
still outnumbered, and managed to overpower the Britons which/,which/,who/who were
finally defeated at the Battle of Watling Street. Boudica, it is said, then killed herself so
she would not be captured. The history of these events was rediscovered during the
Renaissance and led to a resurgence of interest in Boudica's popularity during the
Victorian era who/which/,which/,who is part of the reason why she remains an important
cultural symbol in the United Kingdom.

Exercise 3. Complete the text, using suitable relative pronouns. Then add six more
missing commas, as in the example.
THE IRON DUKE
Arthur Wellesley, first Duke of Wellington, is a leading military and political figure of the
nineteenth century. He is best known as the commander of the British forces (1) ………
helped to defeat Napoleon Bonaparte at the battle of Waterloo in 1815. Wellesley √,who
was born in Ireland joined the British army in 1787. At first he worked for the Lord
Lieutenant of Ireland, (2) ……… was a friend of his brother Richard Wellesley. He also
began a political career when he was elected as a member of parliament for Trim, (3)
……… was a constituency in Ireland two years later.
Wellesley saw his first active military service in 1794 in the Netherlands.
In 1796 he went to India to fight in the fourth Anglo-Mysore war which culminated in the
battle of Seringapatam. But the most significant phase of Wellesley's career began in
1808, when he sailed to Portugal to lead the British army in the campaign against the
French occupation of the Iberian peninsula. In 1813 he defeated Napoleon's brother Jacob,
the man (4) ……… had proclaimed himself king of Spain, at the battle of Vitoria. It was a
significant victory (5) ……… effectively liberated Spain from French occupation. As a
reward for this success, Wellesley was given the title of Duke of Wellington by the British
government. Wellington's greatest victory came in Belgium in 1815. Together with
Gebhard von Blücher who was the general leading the Prussian forces he finally defeated

 62

Napoleon at Waterloo, in Belgium. The victory brought an end to the war (6) ……… had
ravaged Europe for almost twenty years.
Wellington returned to London as a national hero and resumed his political career serving
as prime minister from 1828 to 1830.

Exercise 4. Complete the article with suitable relative pronoun or adverbs, as in the
example. Use one word only.
> TV CHOICE <
JACK OF HEARTS 9.00 p.m., BBC 1
Jack of Hearts is a new six-part drama series (0) that comes to our screens this week. It
has been given the prime Wednesday evening slot, (1) …… shows that the network has
faith in its latest creation. The first episode opens to a scene (2) …… a young man is being
chased. He stops at a phone box and makes a desperate call. This calls wakes up a man (3)
…… most viewers will recognise as Keith Allen – an actor (4) …… characters are usually
villains on the wrong side of the law. This time, however, he is playing a hard pressed
probation officer with a complicated professional and personal life, both of (5) …… form
the main themes of the series. The writers have managed to find a different angle on his
personal problems. At the centre of these problems is his stepdaughter, for (6) …… he
attempts to keep the household together. His relationship with his wife, (7) …… seems to
be a short-tempered, moody woman, is further threatened later in the series (8) …… she
joins the staff of a college at (9) …… she is faced with a problem from her past. Thus the
ground is prepared in this first episode for a series (10) …… may help to lift British
summertime TV out of its regular slump.

Exercise 5. Find thirteen more mistakes in the text and correct them, as in the
example.
which
• Tourism today is an industry √ has grown so much in recent years that in many
countries it provides the greatest single contribution to the country's revenue. But is it
always a good thing? Mass tourism which is a relatively recent phenomenon, brings
with it a whole raft of problems. First, it means that a country's economy may rely on
an industry who is wholly seasonal, with the consequence that the huge numbers of
people work in tourism during the season have no income during the rest of the year.
Some find wherever work they can, but others may look for support from a government
is already receiving lower revenues.
• Second, it is true that in many countries tourists are destroying the very sights where
they flock to see. They take home pieces of an ancient monument or of a coral reef
which will gradually result in erosion of the attractions and therefore of the industry.
While this kind of destruction may be wholly unintentional, a certain type of tourist

 63

which wants only a 'good time' can be very destructive in a different way: they behave
badly, pick fights and often damage the hotel rooms where they are staying in.
Obviously, it is then this behaviour by that the local community judges all members of
that nationality, creating enmity rather than fostering empathy, whose should be one of
the main advantages of tourism.
• Finally, there are many places tourism is threatening a well-established way of life:
people that whose livelihoods traditionally come from older industries, such as
agriculture or fishing, are finding new jobs and wealth in the overdeveloped tourist
regions, but at what cost? It is sometimes difficult to understand the reasons which for
countries become involved with tourism.

Exercise 6. Rewrite the underlined parts of each sentence, using a word of phrase
from the box and any other words necessary.

into which / at which / many of which / non of which/

whichever / when / whenever / why / where

0 There are several delightful hotels in the area

at which you may wish to stop.
that you may wish to stop at.
1 All the towels are clean so you can use
………………………………………
any of the towels that you like.
2 Do you know the reason
………………………………………
for her disappearance?
3 This is the spot
………………………………………
at which Lady Jane Grey was executed.
4 We looked at five or six second-hand cars,
………………………………………
but there weren’tany that were suitable.
5 The children had no idea of the edventure
………………………………………
that their curiosity would lead them into.
6 In Scotland, December 31st is a day
………………………………………
on which everybody has a party.
7 You can come and visit us
………………………………………
any time you want.

 64

8 They have a great range of designer jackets –

………………………………………
many of them are quite inexpensive.

Exercise 7. Choose the correct words.

Which famous figure do you admire most and why?
• I admire Martin Luther King Jr., whose/of whom famous words inspired the civil rights
movement. He showed us by example that we can overcome what/whatever challenges we
face, using peaceful means. Even today, many people, some of which/of whom were born
long after his assassination in 1968, still find inspiration in his words.
• The person for whom/who I have the greatest admiration is Nelson Mandela. He began
to transform a country in which/where there was so much violence and injustice.
• Aung San Suu Kyi is someone that/which I have always looked up to. She has never
given up fighting for democracy and justice for her people, a cause which/to which she
has dedicated her life.
• The person which/person I admire most is Mother Teresa, whose/of whom work among
the poor and the sick in Calcutta, India, made her famous all over the world. She devoted
herself to helping others, many of whom/who were sick and dying, and inspired so many
people.

Exercise 8. Complete the text with the correct relative pronoun, adverb or a
combination of preposition and relative pronoun. In one case, the combination with -
ever must be used.
A ROYAL WEDDING
29 April 2011, the wedding day of Prince William and Kate Middleton, was a day ……
people all over Britain celebrated together. The couple were married in London, in the
place …… all heads of state have been crowned since the time of William the Conqueror.
Prince William, …… grandmother is the Queen, was relaxed and happy. Kate looked
beautiful in a wedding gown …… design had been kept secret until the last minute. The
guests, many …… were foreign royalty and dignitaries, also included some famous
personalities such as the footballer David Beckham. The title …… Kate Middleton will
now be known is the 'Duchess of Cambridge'. The huge numbers of people …… lined the
streets to catch a glimpse of the royal carriage were not disappointed. It was a day …… all
British people could enjoy …… way they chose, and an event …… they will always
remember.

Exercise 9. Correct the mistakes in these sentences.

1. Emperor Charles V who ruled over Spain in the 16th century had only one son.

 65

2. That's the vintage car she's spent so much money on it.

3. I've thrown away most of the clothes wore when I was a teenager.
4. Do you know the woman who her children are always playing football in the street?
5. That's a question which for the company has no answer, I'm afraid.
6. The director refused to take my call which was really annoying.
7. What you need is the cable, that connects the computer to the printer.
8. You can collect the new bag, when you see my sister, which cost a lot of money.
9. It isn't very clear to who you are referring in this recent correspondence.
10. Do you have any idea for why she hasn't responded to our various offers.

Exercise 10. Underline the defining relative clauses in the following jokes. The first
one is done for you.
0 I know a man who married his sister.
> But that’s against the law!
Not if you’re a priest, it isn’t!
1 In a court of law the people in the public gallery were becoming very noisy.
To make himself heard, the judge shouted:
> The next person who interrupts this trial will be thrown out of this court.
Hooray! shouted the prisoner.
2 A man walked into a police station and said:
> I’ve come about the job that’s advertised outside.
What job? asked the policeman.
> The one on the poster outside that says: MAN WANTED FOR BURGLARY.
3 A man was run over by a car. A policeman asked:
> Did you see the person who was driving the car? Not really, said the man.
Not really, said the man. But I know it was my wife.
> But how do you know it was your wife if you didn’t see the person who was
driving the car? Because I’d recognise her laugh anywhere!
Underline the non-defining relative clauses in the following jokes. The first one is
done for you.
0 Little Lawrence, who was a noisy, spoilt child, was running up and down the
aisle of an aeroplane. One annoyed passenger stopped him and said:
> Listen, kid. Why don’t you go outside and play for a while!
1 A scientist was addressing a conference.
> Gentlemen, he announced proudly. I have created an incredible new acid.

 66

This acid, which I think is the answer to the problem of waste disposal, eats
up and gets rid of everything that is put into it.
The scientist stood proudly, awaiting a response. A voice from the back of the
auditorium broke the silence:
> And what kind of container do you keep this amazing acid in?
2 Harold went up to a man at a party, who he thought he recognised, and said:
> It’s good to see you again after all these years. But how you’ve changed!
Your hair is different; you’ve lost weight; you’re a little shorter and you’ve
stopped wearing glasses. What happened to you, Mr Frost?
But I’m not Mr Frost!
> Amazing! You’ve even changed your name!
3 Farmer Jack’s special chicken, which lays square eggs, cost him nearly £1000.
> That’s an expensive chicken. Can it talk as well?
Sure, but it only says one thing.
> And what’s that?
Ouch!

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 3

3.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.130
Additional vocabulary
Ex.2a p.27: reluctant, an extravagant shopper, excessively polite.
Text p. 27: to endear, to twitch curtains, a spokesman for a company, to conduct a
survey, to be spot on, to moan on/about sth to sb, to be jealous of sth, jealousy of sth, to
achieve sth against all odds.
Ex.7 p. 27: to boast of/about sth, to play down sth, to be (in)attentive to sth.
Ex.9a p.27: small talk.
Exercise 1. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. – Должно быть, он достиг своей цели, несмотря ни на что. – Он очень гордится
своими успехами.
2. Не может быть, чтобы он завидовал новой машине соседа. Я знаю о его
отвращении к этому чувству.
3. Возможно, Стив начал этот пустой разговор. Он слишком искусен в таких вещах.

 67

4. – Ему не следовало быть невнимательным к представителю компании. – Да,

иногда он бывает бестактным и невежливым.
5. – Напрасно он потратил так много денег на новую модель вертолёта. Мы знаем о
его страстном увлечении собирать модели летательных аппаратов и купили ему две
абсолютно новые модели. – Ему следовало избавиться от этой одержимости давным
давно.
6. Мне не пришлось проводить исследование. Мой помощник известен своей
способностью к предвидению результатов.
7. – Неужели она потратила 3 миллиона долларов на это сапфировое ожерелье? –
Да, она получила состояние от своей бабушки и теперь может позволить себе быть
расточительным покупателем.
8. Если бы он не преуменьшил опасность, сейчас у нас не было бы проблем.
9. Она была чрезмерно вежливой, чтобы получить нужный результат.
10. Когда я заметила, что занавеску дёрнули, я поняла, что дома кто-то есть.

3.2
Basic vocabulary – see V2 p.130
Additional vocabulary
Ex.1 p.28: international collaboration, to collaborate with sb on sth/in doing sth.
Text pp.28-29: to pervade, recalcitrant, ratio/ratios, commitment to sth, to look
bewildered.
Ex.6a p. 29: videoconferencing facilities, to be famous for sth, to gain prestige through
sth.
Ex.7a p.29: IMF, IOC, UNESCO, WHO, OPEC, ASEAN, NATO, EU, WTO, ICAO,
NASA.
Exercise 2. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Не может быть, чтобы он не проверил результаты. Он такой дотошный человек.
2. – Неужели он не смог руководить лабораторией? – Вполне возможно.
Руководитель должен быть харизматичным человеком.
3. - Он мог бы сотрудничать с нами в этом вопросе, но он человек, остающийся в
тени. –Как же ему удалось получить работу в Международном олимпийском
комитете?
4. – Неужели он в корне изменил их отношение к проблеме? – Да, он очень хитрый
человек.

 68

5. Им не пришлось использовать технические средства, позволяющие проводить

видеоконференции. Небольшая группа учёных всё же приехала в Честер.
6. Напрасно она пыталась привести яркие примеры. Предыдущий оратор привёл 10
примеров в своей эмоциональной речи.
7. – Ему не следовало сотрудничать с ними в разработке новой вакцины против
кори. – Но он профессор и член Всемирной организации здравоохранения.
8. Национальное управление по аэронавтике и исследованию космического
пространства выступает за международное сотрудничество с нашей страной.
9. – Ты выглядишь смущённым. – Нет, я расстроен. Наши подрядчики не поставили
нам оборудование для видеоконференций. – Им не следовало нарушать условия
контракта.
10. Господин Сайлос очень культурный, практичный человек, поэтому его
пригласили работать в ЮНЕСКО.

3.3
Basic vocabulary – see V3 p.130
Additional vocabulary
Ex.1 p.30: articulate, assertive, committed, dignified, diligent, to solve problems/to settle
questions, indiscreet, observant, outgoing, passionate, provocative, respectful, sensitive,
stuffy.
Text p.20: to keep sb under thorough observation, in-depth thinking, to endure, to
develop at a rapid pace, intelligent, modest, to get along with sb, to be eager for sth/to do
sth, to foster good relations, to be called upon, to think on your feet, poise, to be
indispensable for, to boost the national economy, immeasurable responsibility.
Ex.9 p.31: to pass on the information to sb.
Exercise 3. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Возможно, он передал секретную информацию агентам иностранной разведки. –
Давайте установим за ним тщательное наблюдение.
2. Не может быть, чтобы он хорошо знал историю и литературу. Он никогда не
стремился изучать гуманитарные науки.
3. – Должно быть, посол воспользовался своей дипломатической
неприкосновенностью. Иначе, ему не удалось бы вывести из страны старинные
иконы. – Да, его поведение всегда было вызывающим.
4. – Ему не следовало решать все вопросы самому. – Но ему собираются
предложить командировку за границу, а там у него не будет заместителей.

 69

5. Напрасно господин Сэндхерст потратил три дня, решая эти проблемы. Разве его
помощник не проинформировал его о том, что мы нашли консенсус?
6. Она не могла вынести мысль о расставании с Ральфом. Он был таким скромным,
чувствительным и сдержанным человеком.
7. Не может быть, чтобы вы не поладили с Оливией. Она такая разумная девушка. Я
думаю, что она смогла бы урегулировать даже международный конфликт.
8. Если бы не помощь министра иностранных дел Бельгии, встреча на высшем
уровне не состоялась бы.
9. – Мой двоюродный брат, который живёт в Европе, получил должность в
Международной организации гражданской авиации. (у меня только один
двоюродный брат). – Как ему это удалось? – Он очень умный, чётко выражает свои
мысли и готов много работать.
10. Моя тётя, которая живёт в Нидерландах, вышла замуж за китайца. Должно быть,
он стремится выучить русский язык. (=у меня не одна тётя)

UNIT 4
GRAMMAR REFERENCE 1
COHESION: LINKING WORDS AND PHRASES
BE CAREFUL: although grouped together, none is totally synonymous. Their position in
the sentence can also vary; this is where your reading and dictionary come in.

Listing Giving examples Generalising

first, second, third for example in general

first,furthermore, finally for instance Generally

to begin, to conclude as follows: on the whole

Next that is as a rule

Reinforcement in this case for the most part

Also Namely in most cases

Furthermore in other words Usually

Moreover Result/consequence Highlighting

what is more So in particular

 70

in addition Therefore Particularly

Besides As a result/consequence Especially

above all Accordingly Mainly

as well (as) Consequently Reformulation

in the same way because of this/that in other words

not only ... but also Thus Rather

Similarity Hence to put it more simply

Equally for this/that reason Expressing an alternative

Likewise so that Alternatively

Similarly in that case Rather

Correspondingly under these circumstances on the other hand

in the same way Deduction the alternative is

Transition to new point Then another possibility would be

now, in other words Contrast

as far as x is concerned in that case Instead

with regard/reference to Otherwise Conversely

as for ... this implies that ... on the contrary

it follows that if so/not in contrast

turning to in comparison
Stating the obvious

Concession (sth
Summary Obviously
unexpected)

in conclusion Clearly However

to conclude Naturally even though

 71

in brief of course however much

to summarise as can be expected Nevertheless

Overall Surely Still

Therefore after all Yet

Here are just a few examples of some of the words in action:

REINFORCEMENT

Desktop computers are cheaper and more reliable than laptops; furthermore, they are
more flexible.

RESULT/CONSEQUENCE

Prices fell by more than 20% last year. As a result, sales increased by 15%.

GENERALISING

On the whole, his speech was well received, despite some complaints from new members.

CONTRAST

The South East of the UK often has the coldest weather in the winter. Conversely, the
North West of Scotland frequently has the mildest temperatures.

CONCESSION

It was a very expensive holiday, the weather was bad and the people weren’t very
friendly. Nevertheless, we would probably go back to the same place.
• Even though is a conjunction used to say that a fact doesn’t make the rest of the
sentence untrue. It connects ideas within a sentence:
• Even though much of the power of the trade unions has been lost, their political
influence should not be underestimated.
• Even so is a prepositional phrase used to introduce a fact that is surprising in the
light of what was just said. It connects ideas between sentences:
Much of the power of the trade unions has been lost.

• Even so, their political influence should not be underestimated.

 72

Although however is often used to connect ideas between sentences, it can also be used to
connect ideas within a sentence:
• When it is followed by an adjective, adverb, or much/many:

We just don’t have the money to do the work, however necessary you think it is.

• When it means ‘no matter how’:

However she held the mirror, she couldn’t see the back of her neck.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Choose the correct word to fill in the gaps.

1. Polls show that Tony Blair is the most popular Prime Minister this century.
………, there are even members of his own party who are uneasy with his
approach.

In particular However For instance

2. There are some slight variations in temperature, but ……… 26 to 27ºC should be
expected.

consequently otherwise as a rule

3. The two main Channel Islands, ……… Jersey and Guernsey, are much closer to
France than to England.

for example namely in particular

4. It was announced that nurses' working hours would be increased by 25%. ………,
even fewer trainee nurses are expected to join the profession.

As a result So that Likewise

5. Sales of CDs have experienced a small but steady fall over the past 12 months.
………, vinyl records have seen an increase in their share of the market, up to
1.7%.
Above all Correspondingly In contrast

6. The Vice Chancellor explained that in light of the current financial climate and
because of unexpected bad debts, it would be necessary to peg salary levels at their
current level for all grades of staff. ………, no-one was getting a pay rise.

 73

Nevertheless In other words Similarly

7. It is clear, therefore, that the situation in Brazil will improve only slowly. ………
the economic problems being experienced in Japan, the outlook is slightly more
optimistic.

Furthermore In comparison With reference to

8. In order to try to reduce car use in the inner cities, the government has announced
new restrictions on company parking spaces and ………, a new tax on individual
car use.
in addition as well as in the same way

9. Essays must be handed in by the deadline, ……… they will not be marked.

obviously otherwise as a result

10. ……… it has been shown that fractures can occur at even relatively low pressures,
the use of the material should not be completely discounted.

Because Even though Nevertheless

Exercise 2. Choose items from (1) and from (2) to complete these sentences in an
appropriate way. Note the punctuation at the ends of the sentences and phrases
already given.
1 2

when though The acting was superb

he was working as a librarian
before at that time I was still late for work
we met each other
by contrast he began his story
then nevertheless the snow began to fall
Cuba has increased production by 35%.

1. The world output of sugar has been in slow decline since 1984.
By contrast, Cuba has increased production by 35%.

2. Redford published his first novel in 1968.

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 74

3. The story told in the film was predictable,

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. He was working in the garden
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. We had lived in the same block of flats for 5 years
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. I got up very early.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. He waited until the audience was silent.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 3. Underline the correct alternative.

1. Some of his photographs had won prizes in competitions. So that/ Consequently,
he thought of himself as a professional photographer.
2. She listened while/at the same time Ray read to her in a low voice.
3. The graphics in that new computer game I bought are quite good. Even so,/Even
though, I soon got bored with playing it.
4. Mr. Townsend was on holiday so/in consequence he wasn’t considered.
5. He was refused entry to the country. Though/Instead he was forced to return to
Spain.
6. I understand your point of view. However,/Although I don’t agree with it.
7. Even so,/Even though I knew the house was empty, I rang the doorbell.
8. It was the best race seen in the stadium before that/since Howe beat Razak in
1989.
9. John had lived in the village for 20 years. Even though/Nevertheless, the locals still
considered him an outsider.
10. The car skidded to a halt as/meanwhile we were approaching the bridge.
11. He has lived next door to us for years, yet/however we hardly ever see him.
12. They met for tea at a café in New Street and afterwards/since they went shopping.
13. I walked up the stairs cautiously. Even so / Even though I nearly felt twice.
14. We all sat there gloomily, meanwhile / while Stuart smiled to himself.
15. I first saw Sam Moroney in Manchester. After / After that, I didn’t miss any of his
British concerts.

Exercise 4. Choose the clause - A or B - that provides the best ending for each
sentence.
1. Many people believe that capital punishment is a deterrent to serious crime,
even though
a. it actually makes little difference to the crime rate.

 75

b. the crime rate has decreased in some places where it is used.

2. We usually consider it healthy to eat lots of fruit, but

a. it's one of the best food groups in terms of vitamins.
b. too much can produce an excess of acid in the stomach.

3. I enjoy having people to stay, though

a. I always appreciate the peace when they've gone.
b. I always feel unhappy when they've gone.

4. Iain Banks' early novels were considered quite strange, while

a. his later ones also seem to be quite weird.
b. his later works are more mainstream and accessible.

5. The patient had the nurses running round and they quickly lost patience,
much as
a. they tried to sympathise with her.
b. they got annoyed with her.

6. Global warming is often considered the main factor in current climate

fluctuations, yet
a. it appears to be having a real effect on phenomena such as hurricanes.
b. periods of warming have long been a feature of the Earth's
development .

Exercise 5. Write the second sentence so it has a similar meaning to the first.
Use the words in brackets.
1. Warnings of the flood were given well in advance, yet people didn't leave
their homes .
(spite)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Very little of the remaining stock sold, despite the low prices in the sale.
(even though)

 76

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. The magazine had tried introducing several new features. Nevertheless,
circulation continued to drop.
(although)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. The Scots won the battle, even though they had a far smaller force.
(despite)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Although this may seem difficult now, you'll soon wonder why it caused so
many problems.
(though)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. I adore children but I can't accept that kind of behaviour from any child.
(much as)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 6. Choose the correct words.

THE RUINS OF POMPEII
In AD 79, the volcano Mount Vesuvius erupted for two days, throwing volcanic ash over a
large area of the Italian coast near Naples. As a result/However, the Roman town of
Pompeii was completely buried and after/afterwards was forgotten about for almost 1,700
years. It was at the end/eventually rediscovered by accident in 1749. The ruins of the city
contained many intact buildings, including shops, homes and public baths. In
addition/Similarly, there were many wonderful frescoes and other art objects.
Nevertheless/Consequently, archaeologists were able to gain detailed insights into the
everyday life of a Roman city. The site has become a popular tourist destination attracting
approximately 2,500,000 visitors every year.
The objects buried beneath the ash were protected from air and moisture and
eventually/consequently were in perfect condition. Unfortunately, many of these objects
deteriorated rapidly afterwards/therefore due to mishandling and the effects of the
environment. In brief/Moreover, Pompeii has suffered damage from the numbers of
tourists visiting the site and, nevertheless,/as a consequence, the authorities have had to
close some of the buildings in order to preserve them. Nonetheless/In other words, it is
essential to keep the site open to tourists in order to generate funds for further restoration
work.

 77

Exercise 7. Match the clauses to make sentences as in the example, and choose the
most suitable linking word from the box to join them.

after/although/and/ if/or/that/unless/when

0. Did the doctor say exactly when
1. It was the finest portrait ……
2. Our car broke down last week ……
3. Your order will be cancelled ……
4. The policeman was rushed
to hospital ……
5. We can either go camping ……
6. Usain Bolt won the gold medal ……
7. I’m not going to play this game ……
A. we’d just had it served.
B. you’ll be able to go back to work?
C. we can stay in a cheap hotel.
D. he smashed the World Record.
E. you follow the rules properly.
F. the artist had ever painted.
G. we don’t receive payment by the
due date.
H. he had been stabbed in the park.

Exercise 8. Complete the text with the adverbial linking expressions from the box. In
sentences 3, 7, 8, 10 you need to use more than one option.

nevertheless / conclude / in addition / for / secondly / finally / reason / such

/ summarise / lastly / nonetheless / firstly / lastly / therefore / consequently
/ however

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
There are many kinds of natural disasters, ……… as earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic
eruptions, tornadoes, hurricanes and floods. There are also human-made disasters; ………
example, the BP oil leak in the Gulf of Mexico or the nuclear power plant explosion at
Chernobyl. The process of dealing with such disasters is complex. ……… , it is essential
to have some kind of plan ready to cope with such major disasters. This is known as a
disaster management plan.
……… , the disaster management plan will need to address important matters such as
warning those who are likely to be affected. ……… , it should set out how people might
be evacuated, and how temporary housing, food and medical care will be organised.
……… , it should say who should work on ways of containing the disaster, if this is
possible. ……… , it should make provision for financial aid to those affected so that they
can rebuild their homes and their livelihoods.

 78

Most countries have some kind of disaster management plan. ………. , when a
particularly bad disaster strikes, these have often been shown to be ineffective. For this
……… , it is essential to regularly update disaster plans. To ……… , the worst effects of
a disaster can often be prevented by good preparation, early warning and a swift response.

Exercise 9. Choose the correct linkers.

after, as, nevertheless, until, in addition, however, although, consequently,

moreover, otherwise, furthermore

1. … you can’t seem to remember things for more than 24 hours, I suggest we have
an MRI scan.
2. Doctors have been working too many hours these past few months. … , nurses are
now working on average 15 hours a day.
3. I have a lot of work to do. … , I really need a break from work.
4. … the X-ray machine was bought last month, it urgently needs repair.
5. … three years of intensive testing throughout developed world, we are able to
confirm the following fantastic results.
6. I will not be able to make you an appointment … the dentist comes back from his
holiday.
7. Although they weren’t able to reset the bone on the first attempt, they were … able
to do it on the second.

Exercise 10. Rewrite the sentence using the word provided. You must use between
two and five words, including the word given.
1. Contrary to what Paul thought, he had actually done well in the exam.
 (contrast)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Although I studied really hard, I feel I'm not as well prepared as I could be.
 (yet)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. As well as being a gifted musician, Claire came top of her class in most
subjects.
 (addition)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Sarah revised for several hours every evening in order to do well in her finals.

(so that)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. According to the report, more and more students choose to live at home whilst
studying at university.
 (stated)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. In spite of Tina's dedication, she didn't manage to get an A.
 (although)

 79

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

GRAMMAR REFERENCE 2
EXPRESSIONS WITH FUTURE MEANING

They are to hold a secret

be to
official arrangements meeting.

You are not to disturb the head

formal commands/instructions be(not) to teacher while the inspectors are
here next week.

We’re due to collect her at

timetable be due to
five.

be about to
The check-in is about to close.
on the point/
immediate future The building is on the point of
verge of
completion.
adjectives
The decision is imminent.

probability/certainty (un)likely to He’s unlikely to recognise me.

Your venture is bound to fail if

bound/sure to you
don’t prepare fully.

1.1 be to

We often use be to in if- clauses when we wish to say that the event in if -clause is
dependent on the event in the main clause happening first:

If British tennis is to reach world standard again, both more money and more
commitment will be necessary. (= More money and commitment must be given first for
British tennis to improve.)

 80

It is quite common to use the passive for instructions with to be:

These pills are not to be taken with any other form of medicine.

1.2 be due to

When we use be due to to talk about a future event, it is possible that the timetable may
change, i.e. the event is not totally fixed, as is the case with be to:

New measures to contain asylum seekers are due to come into force on 1st August
but a case currently before the European court may delay this until the autumn.

1.3 be about to/ on the point of/ on the verge of

Can be used to talk about an event that we intend or expect to happen in the near future.
The event may or may not be planned, but we often use about to when the evidence in the
present indicates that it will happen. To stress that the future event is very imminent we
can add just:

Come on! The check-in desk is just about to close.

on the point of/ on the verge of can be followed by either an – ing form or a noun.
You can see he’s on the point of losing his temper./ Some species are on the verge of
extinction.

Some adjectives contain the idea of ‘in the near future’, e.g. imminent, forthcoming,
impending. We tend to use these adjectives in more formal English:

A decision from the judges is imminent. We will return to the law court as soon as
we have any further news.

! We use impending only in attributive position, i.e. before the noun:

✗ The sensation of doom was impending.
✔ No one could shake off the sensation of the impending doom.

! We do not use time adverbials (e.g. in an hour) with the expressions: be about to/
on the point of/ on the verge of.
1.4 be likely to / be unlikely to/ be sure to/ be bound to
The work is sure to take ten days. (the action is definitely going to happen)
In the negative we put not after the adjective:
Don’t worry about Dad – he’s sure not to find out about the loan.

! We can use be sure to and be certain to as imperatives; we don’t use be bound to in

this way:

 81

Be sure/certain to give me a call when you arrive at the hotel.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES

Exercise 1. Complete these two short texts using the most appropriate expressions
with future meaning.
Here in Augusta the final day of the US Golf Masters (1) .................. begin, and we could
be (2) .............. a historic win. Tiger Woods, who (3) ..................... start his bid for a place
in the history books in forty minutes, could complete the grand slam – winning all four
golf masters tournaments in one year. Woods starts today in the lead and he is (4) .............
give up that lead easily. This is going to be an exciting day, folks, so be (5) ............. book
your place in front of the TV and settle down for a thrilling day’s viewing!
> FILM NEWS <
Hollywood’s king and queen – Tom Cruise and Julia Roberts – (6) ........... star opposite
each other in Ridley Scott’s new blockbuster .
No interviews or press releases are (7) ........... but rumour has it that the film will be
another Roman epic, following hot on the heels of the success of Gladiator, Scott’s last
film. Filming (8) ........... start in September, but because of other commitments the two
stars are (9) ........... join the set until next year. One thing is certain; with that combination
of director and stars, the film is (10) ........... be a success.
Exercise 2. In each set of choices, only one answer is correct. Underline the correct
answer.

What do you think of the Government’s new university education policy?

• When universities start/will start charging higher fees, it's bound to be/it bounds
to be/it's bounding to be difficult for students.
• They haven't thought it through carefully enough – it's bound to be/be/being a
failure.
• Some colleges are on the verge of closing/close down already – this will
unlikely/is unlikely to help.
• It's sure to improving/sure to improve the quality of higher education, in my
opinion.
• It may/may be start working once the universities find/will find alternative
funding.
• Although the new policy is not due to/to due come into effect until next year, I
don't hope/predict a fall in student numbers this year.

 82

Exercise 3. Read the text, underline all the mistakes (wrong word forms,
inappropriate word use, etc.). If a word must be replaced or corrected, underline it,
and write the new, correct word.

The Broadbank Hotel

Dear Guest
0 The Management of the Broadbank Hotel wish to inform you that the hotel is
too
00 close on 5 December this year. It is about to reopen next year as part of the
000 Value4U chain of hotels.

1. As you know, the Lister family has been involved in Broadbank Hotel for over
2. twenty years now and the due closure is a blow to all of us. We realised some
3. months ago that we will need to find some kind of financial support for the
4. forthcoming season. We started to look at ways of doing this and we were go
5. to work with an investment company to upgrade the hotel with the addition of
6. a gym, swimming pool and sauna complex. We were on the verge of sign a
7. contract, which was allowed us to retain control of the hotel, but we were
8. unable to complete the deal on time. We were likely to send Christmas cards
9. as usual to all our regular clients, with information about offers for the
10. spring, but of course, that is now not possible. Unfortunately, we are sure to
11. be able to set up another hotel in the near future.
12. The Value4U chain envisages reopen the hotel by 1 March, and they
13. are about to contact you when that happens. It just remains for us to thank
14. you for your support in the past, and to wish you every success for the
15. future. We hoped to be able to write to you with news of a new venture at
16. some point in the not-too-distant future.

0...........to...... 00.........due.... 000........ ✔........

1. ……… 2. ……… 3. ……… 4. ……… 5. ……… 6. ………
7. ……… 8. ……… 9. ……… 10. …….. 11. ……. 12. ……..
13. …….. 14. …….. 15. …….. 16. ……..

Exercise 4. Choose all possible forms A, B or C, to complete the sentence.

1. “The fish is very fresh. And the beef is very good too.” “I think A,B the fish.”

 83

2. “There’s someone knocking at the door! Who can it be at this time of night?
“ …… Helen. She said she might come round to watch the midnight movie on
TV.”
3. “I’ve just received some new sales figures. …… them very much, I’m afraid.”
4. Over the next six months, the company …… ten new supermarkets in France.
5. …… with this kind of problem before, I expect, so I’ll leave you to get on with it.
6. According to sources close to the prime minister’s office, the foreign
minister…… .
7. Well, that’s all for today. …… you next week at the same time, if that’s all right.
8. Next year …… some time travelling, and then look for a teaching job.
9. The problem we have with Jack is that he …… insist on opening all the windows
in the cold weather.
10. There’s not much bread, I’m afraid. I hope …… eat it all before the others arrive!
11. At this rate, by the time we get to the party, most people …… .
12. The riot police are running into the square. There …… trouble!

1. A I’m going to have B I’ll have C I’m about to have

2. A That’s going to be B That’ll be C It’s due to be
3. A You’re not going to like B You won’t like C You’re not liking
4. A is going to open B will be opening C is opening
5. A You’re going to deal B You are dealing C You’ll have dealt
6. A is on the point of resigning B is due to resign C is about to resign
7. A I’m going to see B I’m seeing C I’ll see
8. A I’m spending B I’m going to spend C I’ll spend
9. A is going to B is about to C will
10. A you won’t B you aren’t about to C you’re not going to
11. A will leave B will have left C are on the point of leaving
12. A is going to be B will be C is due to be

Exercise 5. Write a new sentence with same meaning containing the word in capitals.
1. The 12th English Teaching conference takes place on 5-12 June. TO
………………………………………………………………………………………….……

2. The president is expected to arrive here at 9.30. DUE

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…
3. Everyone was on the point of leaving when the fire alarm went off. ABOUT
………………………………………………………………………………………….……
4. He’s got the bad habit of playing very loud music late at night. WILL

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 84

5. The car has broken down, we’re miles from anywhere, and we haven’t got a phone.
So, what’s our plan? TO
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Good news! Jane is expecting a baby! HAVE
…………………………………………………………………………………………….…
7. I’m driving to Leeds anyway on Tuesday, so why don’t I give you a lift? I’LL

………………………………………………………………………………………….……
8. “There’s a letter for you.” “I’m sure that’s my new credit card.” WILL
……………………………………………………………………………………….………
9. I expect the police have caught the thief by now. WILL
…………………………………………………………………………………………….…

Exercise 6. Complete the conversation with words from the box. Use each word or
phrase once only.

anticipate, begin, due to, expect, guarantee to, hopes to,

intend, is likely to, is sure to, plans to, should, will be

- When do Brain’s exams start then?

- Well, they (1) ……… tomorrow, actually.
- Do you (2) ……… him to do well?
- We think he will. He’s taking nine subjects, and he’s quite optimistic. He (3)
……… pass at least six of them – he’s very good at those six subjects. We think that he
(4) ……… pass two of the others: French and art – he’s studied very hard, but he’s not
naturally gifted in those subjects! We’ve got no hopes at all for music. He (5) ……… fail
it. I don’t know why the school entered him for it.
- What does he want to do next year?
- That depends. If he does well, he (6) ……… stay on at school for two years and
study politics.
- Politics? That’s unusual. Can he study that at his school?
- Well, that’s the problem. No, he can’t, his school doesn’t have a very good range
of subjects. But we’ve just heard that they (7) ……… opening the new sixth form college
in Fareham very soon. We (8) ……… being able to send him there, but we don’t know for
certain.
- Does he (9) ……… to go to university afterwards then?
- Yes, if everything goes OK.
- I see. And if he doesn’t pass enough of the exams?
- Well, he might leave and look for a job. Sandy – you know, my elder sister – says
she (10) ……… have a vacancy for a trainee in her business, but obviously she can’t (11)

 85

……… take him. And he’s (12) ……… see the careers advisor next week anyway. We’ll
just have to see.

Exercise 7. Read the sentences A and B and decide whether both are correct, one is
correct, or both are incorrect.

1. A. IKEA is on the point of open a new store in Bristol.

B. IKEA is about to open a new store in Bristol.
2. A. All ferries will be departing one hour late because of the bad weather.
B. All ferries depart one hour late because of the bad weather.
3. A. The final performance is due to take place on 15th April.
B. The final performance takes place on 15th April.
4. A. Stefan is certain not to be on time – he’s always late.
B. I’m certain Stefan won’t be on time – he’s always late.
5. A. Renovations to the roof are about to begin on 2nd January.
B. Renovations to the roof are to begin on 2nd January.
6. A. Will you promise taking care when you’re travelling alone?
B. Be bound to take care when you’re travelling alone.

Exercise 8. Underline the correct words.

Dear Mr Williams,
I am writing to enquire about your next company board meeting, which I plan to
attend/attending. When is it due/certain to take place and what items are possible/likely
to be on the agenda? I assume you will have been sent/will be sending out an agenda
prior to the meeting. When can we predict/hope to receive it? I am just about/due to
leave on a business trip to Hong Kong, where we are on the point of sign/signing an
important contract, and I would very much like to be kept informed. I anticipate/hope
returning from my trip in about ten days' time and I'll be sure/forthcoming to contact you
by phone when I return/will return.
Yours sincerely,
Edward Weston

Exercise 9. For each of the sentences below, write a new sentence as similar as
possible in meaning to the original sentence, using the word or phrase given. This
word must not be altered in any way.

 86

1. The result of our appeal against the parking fine should arrive in the post
tomorrow. due
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Turn that music down! It’s so loud that it’ll definitely wake all the neighbours.
bound
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Scientists in the human genome project feel that they are about to discover the
secret of life. discovering

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. It is possible that the road-sweeping contract will be withdrawn from Dustbugs.
likely to
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Everyone in the village lived in fear of the volcanic eruption, which was imminent.
impending

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. I really don’t think that the examiner will accept a handwritten script these days.
unlikely to

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Please make your purchases and proceed to a check- out. The store is going to
close in five minutes. about

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. If we want medical research to provide cures for all known diseases, it must be
adequately funded. is

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 10. Choose the correct phrases.

1. There has been a government announcement about NHS procedure. The old
medical cards are … discontinued from January 1st.
A. bound to be B. likely to be C. to be
2. Listen, Dad's going into the MRI room now. His scan is … performed.
A. about to be B. likely to be C. to be
3. We've just had a message from the hospital manager. Appointments are not …
made after 6pm.

 87

A. about to be B. due to be C. to be
4. Our hospitals just don't have the money to cope anymore. There are … be
problems if this continues.
A. bound to B. due to C. to
5. As planned, the Health Minister is … make a statement at 15.30.
A. bound to B. likely to C. due to
6. Marco was very lucky today. His wife told him to stop just as he was … take the
wrong pill.
A. about to B. bound to C. due to

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 4

4.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.132
Additional vocabulary
Text p.37: rush of life, to pick up a cold, to get struck down by a flu virus, to bounce back
after (an operation), to have regular check-ups, to grin (a grin) from ear to ear.
Exercise 1. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. В cуете жизни не следует забывать о регулярном прохождении медосмотров и

заботе об иммунной системе, в противном случае мы, вероятно, проведем полжизни
в больничной палате.
2. Должно быть повышенное давление и стресс явились причиной его сердечного
приступа.
3. Было предложено провести ряд серьезных научных исследований для
определения того, как Омега-3 жирные кислоты могут помочь в увеличении средней
продолжительности жизни.
4. Преждевременное старение и высокий процент детской смертности могут стать
настоящей чумой 21 века.
5. Все больше людей живут в условиях постоянного стресса, в результате чего в
значительной степени страдает иммунная система: они часто простужаются и
подхватывают вирусы гриппа.
6. Операция на сердце – это очень сложная процедура, однако, в большинстве
случаев, восстановление после нее не занимает много времени.
7. Исследования показывают, что «улыбка до ушей» встречается в три раза чаще
среди здоровых людей, нежели среди тех, у кого есть какие-либо проблемы со
здоровьем.
8. Чрезмерное потребление соли может привести к ожирению, вследствие чего,
риск возникновения сердечного приступа увеличивается.

 88

9. Так как рентген может существенно помочь в установлении причин болей в

груди, побочные эффекты не обсуждаются.
10. Марию не могли видеть в солярии, так как последние три недели она лежит в
родильном отделении.

4.2
Basic vocabulary – see V2 p.132
Additional vocabulary
Text p.38: to perform exercises, a shabby office, a healthcare system, ropey, averting
illness.
Ex.8 p.39: prevention of illness (verb: to prevent), to lead to the best results.
Exercise 2. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. После окончания медицинской школы он интересовался традиционной
медициной и хотел стать терапевтом, но его убедили, что выгоднее заниматься
альтернативными методами лечения и ему нужно стать ароматерапевтом.
2. Сейчас непросто найти грамотного фармацевта, в основном в аптеках работают
консультанты, которые ничего не знают о свойствах лекарств. Это свидетельствует
о том, что система здравоохранения не уделяет достаточно внимания этой проблеме.
3. Он приехал в больницу на плановый осмотр. Сначала его направили на рентген,
а потом в хирургию, где доктор порекомендовал ему срочно лечь на операцию.
4. Многие больницы до сих пор не получают достаточного финансирования и
вынуждены использовать устаревшее оборудование, которое очень медленное, что
приводит к созданию длинных листов ожидания.
5. К сожалению, во многих крупных городах до сих пор не построены отдельные
больницы для безнадежно больных, хотя во многих больницах студенты
медицинских вузов работают волонтерами в отделениях с такими пациентами и
обеспечивают паллиативный уход, что приводило к наилучшим результатам и
помогало предотвратить более страшное проявление болезни.
6. Современные хирурги утверждают, что подцепить пост-операционную
инфекцию сегодня практически невозможно.
7. Парамедики были первыми, кто прибыл на место аварии. Они оказывали первую
помощь, а консультанты помогали справиться с шоком
8. Сейчас в США очень модно заниматься превентивной медициной, которая,
кстати, помогает выявить ранние стадии болезней и предотвратить их.
9. Очень вредно находиться весь день в захудалом/убогом офисе, нужно выходить
раз в два часа на улицу и делать упражнения.
10. Наша система здравоохранения страдает от длинных очередей, нехватки
медикаментов и плохого оборудования.

4.3

 89

Basic vocabulary – see V3 p.132

Additional vocabulary

Text p.40-41: lazy and uncaring nurses, on a day-to-day basis, to skip breaks, a vocation,
to prescribe medicines, to whinge about, to go into the profession, to be on the verge of
(doing sth.), to nurse, nursing, to care for terminally ill patents, to be committed.
Exercise 2. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. Воодушевленный, он шел по улице, когда зазвонил мобильный телефон.

Мужчина, на том конце провода, был враждебно настроен по отношению к нему, он
неоднократно подчеркнул, что был разочарован и повесил трубку.
2. Когда все находятся на грани нервного срыва из-за постоянной неразберихи в
стране, речь президента должна быть речь воодушевляющей и приободряющей.
3. Все знают, что система коридоров нашего университета крайне запутанная, но
мы не можем на это жаловаться, так как приходим сюда учиться каждый день, но
поверьте, мы все чувствуем облегчение, когда занимаемся в одной и той же
аудитории.
4. Студенты нашего факультета могут пойти в три разные профессии: журналист,
социолог, или специалист по PR. Все зависит от призвания.
5. В больницах работают медсестры, которые крайне ленивы и наплевательски
относятся к пациентам. Совершенно непонятно, как им позволяют выписывать
рецепты на лекарства.
6. Если студент хочет успешно сдать экзамен, он должен готовиться все время и не
отдыхать. Зато, когда он получит наивысшую оценку, он будет чувствовать, как-
будто сбросил гору с плеч и весь день будет в приподнятом настроении.
7. Обязательно посетите нашу новую курортную зону. Вы можете каждый день
посещать различные процедуры, после которых вы почувствуете себя
помолодевшими и обновленными (=полными жизни и энергии).
8. Если вы хотите заниматься сестринским делом в крупной больнице, вы должны
осознавать, что рано, или поздно, вам придется ухаживать за неизлечимо больными
(пациентами).
9. Он хотел ее разозлить, но у него ничего не вышло, так как в тот день у нее было
приподнятое настроение. Она поняла, что сестринское дело было ее призванием и
она всегда хотела быть преданной ему.
10. После того, как он понял, что выучил все новые слова и выражения в этом
разделе, он почувствовал небывалое облегчение и вдохновленный приступил к
изучению следующего раздела.

UNIT 5
GRAMMAR REFERENCE 1

 90

FUTURE IN THE PAST

Was/were going to
• the plan is not usually fulfilled :
The fitness club was going to increase its annual subscription but so many members
protested that it backed down.
• However, it is possible to describe a past intention that is fulfilled. That is made clear
in the context:
“Thanks for posting my letters.” “That’s OK. I was going to post mine anyway.”
• To make excuses for things we haven’t done:
I was going to buy you a birthday present buy I couldn’t find anything you’d like.
• use the negative to talk about things we have done but didn’t intend to do:
We weren’t going to disturb you but we thought you should hear the news from us.
• It is possible to transfer any form with future meaning to the past.
We were meeting them at the concert hall, but we didn’t know which entrance they
were waiting at.
• With was/were + present infinitive, we express the idea that things were “hidden in
the future”; things that actually happened in the future at a particular point in the past:

I thought we were saying goodbye for ever. But we were to meet again under very
strange circumstances.

He was to find out years later that the car he had bought was stolen

• Was/were + perfect infinitive tells us that the things were expected, but didn’t happen:
The boat, which was to have taken them to the island, failed to arrive.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
Use the word in brackets.
1. In 1995 I left university and travelled to Singapore and met Tom, who I married
two years later. (would)

 91

In 1995 I left university and travelled to Singapore, where I met the man
…………… two years later.
2. We didn’t want to reveal the designs so soon but we were forced into it. (weren’t)
We …………… the designs so soon but we were forced into it.
3. It was expected that the shuttle would make a further voyage, but technical failure
prevented it. (have)
The shuttle …………… a further voyage, but technical failure prevented it.
4. The government revised its intention to increase fuel duty today as the rise in oil
prices was already causing problems. (due)
The duty on fuel …………… by the government today, but it didn’t happen
because of the problems caused by the rise in oil prices.
5. We bought the cottage twenty years ago and, amazingly, we’re still living in it!
(living)
When we bought the cottage, we hardly imagined that …………… in it twenty
years later!
6. The fire alarm went off and stopped the play from even starting! (about)
The fire alarm went off when the play …………….
7. I was so late that I expected the ceremony to be over by the time I arrived.
(finished)
I was so late I expected that …………… by the time I arrived.

Exercise 2. Choose the correct answer.

1. He was almost sure he …… his exam.
a. was passing
b. was to pass
c. would pass
2. I …… to the party, but Peter made me come.
a. wouldn’t go
b. wasn’t going
c. wasn’t going to go
3. I thought she …… everything by our arrival, but I was wrong.
a. would have prepared
b. would be preparing
c. would prepare
4. The concert …… at 5 p.m. but in fact it started 3 hours later.
a. would start
b. had to start
c. was due to start
5. I …… the report when I noticed some alarming details.
a. was to sign
b. was about to sign
c. would sign
6. Peter decided he …… to France on holidays.

 92

a. will go
b. would go
c. went
7. We …… with them, but they finally convinced us.
a. weren’t going to travel
b. wouldn’t travel
c. weren’t to travel
8. When I got to the station, the train …… .
a. would leave
b. was to leave
c. was about to leave
9. After many days of suffering, he …… .
a. was supposed to break down
b. would break down
c. was on the verge of breakdown
10. All the problems …… be solved during yesterday’s meeting.
a. would
b. were to
c. were about to
11. I …… this letter yesterday, but I didn’t have enough time.
a. would send
b. was supposed to send
c. was about to
12. I was sure that after midnight I …… .
a. would be sleeping
b. would sleep
c. was sleeping
13. We couldn’t be at that party, because we …… abroad the following day.
a. would go
b. were going
c. went

Exercise 3. Put a tick (✔) if the underlined verbs are already correct. If they are
wrong, correct them.
1. I’m sorry, I didn’t think the noise will disturb anyone.
2. Where were you? I thought you were going to wait for me?
3. We were discussing your case tomorrow, so I’ll be able to give you an answer
soon.

 93

4. I never thought that I would be spending my holiday in hospital, but there I was.
5. I hope the building work would have finished by the time we get there.
6. At the height of her popularity her face is to be seen on advertisements all over the
country.
7. The council has announced that the housing estate is to be demolished.
8. I was about to report him missing, when he walked through the door.

Exercise 4. Underline the one that is correct or more appropriate. Sometimes both
are possible.
1. He decided that next day he would fly /was going to fly to Alabama.
2. She was made redundant last week, but I think she would resign / was going
to resign in any case.
3. When she heard I was going to move / was moving to Oslo, she looked quite
upset.
4. She could see that the boy was going to jump / was jumping off the
wall, but there was nothing she could do about it.
5. I thought they would be leaving / were leaving tomorrow. Now it seems
they'll be with us until Thursday.
6. We could see that the fence was falling down / was going to fall down before
long, so we had it mended.

Exercise 5. Choose the more appropriate alternative, (a) or (b), to complete these
sentences.
1. The meeting was to have taken place in the hall, ... .
a but had to be cancelled at the last moment.
b and was well attended.
2. She was to have appeared with Elvis Presley in his last film, ... .
a and was a tremendous success.
b but the part went to her sister.
3. Later, in Rome, I was to meet Professor Pearce ... .
a but she left before I got there.
b and was very impressed by her knowledge.
4. The twenty police officers who were to have gone off duty at 8.00 ... .
a went to the Christmas party.
b had to remain in the police station.
5. It was to take 48 hours to get to Japan ... .
a and we were exhausted when we arrived.
b but we managed to do it in only a day.

 94

6. After the war he was to teach at London University ... .

a but no money was available to employ him.
b for 10 years.

Exercise 6. Choose the correct word or phrase (a-c) to complete the sentences.
Sometimes more than one option is possible.
1. ‘I’m sorry about spilling wine on your dress last week.’ ‘Don’t worry. I …… take
it to the cleaner’s anyway.’
A was going to B would C was to
2. As he raised his arm she realized that he …… strike her again.
A was due to B was to C was about to
3. I’m really sorry. We …… to stop at a service station and phone you, but we didn’t
want to waste any more time.
A were due to B were going to C were to
4. Everyone was getting impatient. The trial of the century …… start in two minutes.
A would go B was to C was due to
5. Look, I didn’t put the rubbish out this morning because I thought you …… do it!
A were going to B would C were to
6. The new department store …… on 2nd January, but the explosion prevented this.
A was to open B would open C was to have opened

Exercise 7. Write (✓) if the underlined parts are correct. If they are wrong, correct
them.
1. I’m going to do the washing, bur we'd run out of washing powder.
2. The concert tonight would be over by about 9.30. We could eat after that.
3. When we were passing Mike's house, we thought we'd drop in and see him.
4. ’Where shall I hang my coat?’ ‘Sorry, I thought Dawn will have shown you. The
cloakroom is through there.’
5. The manager of Newtown United said that the team is to be announced at 9.00
tomorrow.
6. The second half was about to start, so shall we go back to our seats now?
7. I knew that by the morning I would be feeling exhausted, but I just couldn’t refuse
her invitation to go dancing.
8. ’Where's Alan? He is supposed to be here yesterday, and there’s still no sign of
him.’ ‘I'm about to ask the same question.’
9. I didn't phone Tom this morning because I was going to see him when I’ve finished
work.

 95

10. DNA testing was to he used by police in the search for the missing Dublin
schoolboy. His parents have welcomed the news.
1. We are meeting at 7.00 in the Globe coffee bar. Can you be there, too?
2. We didn’t expect that having a rabbit as a pet will cause so many problems.

Exercise 8. Complete the sentences with the correct future in the past form.
1. Where was the photo shoot bound to/was the photo shoot due to/would the photo
shoot soon to take place? I thought it was on the beach.
2. I was going/was to/would to invest in a fashion line but pulled out at the last minute
when I saw the business figures just didn’t add up.
3. Who would have thought that he would/would have had to/would have to go on to
become the biggest designer of the decade?
4. When he was starting out, his designs tended to be understated and simple but later
he was to have been/would go on to be/would to continue to be much bolder and
daring.
5. Although people spent less money during the economic crisis, consumer confidence
was going was to/was to/due to gradually return as the economy improved.
6. We were bound to/were supposed to/would have everything ready before the
meeting, but we just ran out of time.
7. Although she didn’t yet realise it, she was soon to go on to/was supposed to go
on/would have gone on to create her most successful design.

Exercise 9. Choose the correct words in the email below.

Dear Jane,

I was interested to hear that you are thinking of selling your house. We would
be/were going to sell our house last year. In fact, we had already found a house that
we wanted to buy. We hoped that we would/were to be able to sell the old house
before buying the new one, but in the end we decided that we were to/would take
out a loan to buy the new house. We were/would be going to pay off the loan when
the old house was sold. Anyway, we would be/were about to close on the new
house, and contracts were/would be due to be exchanged shortly, when the
economic crash happened. We had never imagined that house prices would/were to
fall so low or that so few people were to/would be looking for a home to buy! So, at
the last minute, we decided to pull out. Of course, we lost our deposit, but what a
good thing we didn't get stuck with a huge mortgage and a house that we couldn't
sell!

Write soon,

 96

Judy

Exercise 10. Complete the conversation below with the correct Future in the past
form of the verb.
A: Thanks for popping over at such short notice.
B: That's no problem. I ………… (come) over here anyway.
A: I wanted to talk to you about the job that we will be offering you. I had hoped that
I ………… (have) some definite news for you – as you know, the board members
………… (due, meet) yesterday and discuss the matter.
B: Yes, of course.
A: As I said, I ………… (raise) the matter at the meeting yesterday but unfortunately
the meeting was cancelled.
B: Well, actually, I ………… (about, phone) you when I got your message. You see,
I was offered a job at another company and ………… (due, start) there this week, but I
had second thoughts and pulled out. Well, now they've made me another offer and I'm
afraid it's far better than the one you ………… (offer) me.
A: Oh, I see. I thought you ………… (wait) until the end of the month before making
a decision. We ………… (make) you a firm offer shortly.
B: Yes, I appreciate that. I ………… (not accept) their offer, but this opportunity is
just too good to miss.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE 2
EMPHATIC STRUCTURES
Focusing with IT-CLAUSES
We can use an it-clause to focus attention on certain information. Compare the
following sentences:
• 'Helen bought the car from Tom. 'No, it was Tom that bought the car from
Helen.
• 'Helen bought her car last year.' 'No, it was two years ago that Helen bought
the car.'
• 'Helen bought her car from Bob.' 'No, it was Tom that Helen bought the car
from.'
The information we want to emphasize comes after be and is followed by a clause
usually beginning with that. We sometimes use which or who instead of that; when
and where can also be used, but usually only in informal English; and how or why
can't replace that:

 97

• His parents were always there to help; it was to them that/who he now turned for
support.
• 'Sue's just arrived.' 'That's odd. It's usually on Thursday that/when she visits.'
• 'Was it by cutting staff that he managed to save the firm?' 'No, it was by
improving distribution that he succeeded.' (not ... how he succeeded.)

Focusing with WHAT-CLAUSES

Compare the following sentences:
• We gave them some home-made ice cream.
and
• What we gave them was some home-made ice cream.
If we want to focus particular attention on certain information in a sentence, we
sometimes use a what-clause followed by be. The information we want to focus
attention on is outside the what-clause. We often do this if we want to introduce a
new topic; to give a reason, instruction or explanation; or to correct something that
has been said or done. In the following examples, the information in focus is in
bold:
• What I'd like you to work on is exercise two on page 38.
• Tim arrived two hours late: what had happened was that his bicycle chain had
broken.
• 'We've only got this small bookcase - will that do?' 'No, what I was looking for
was something much bigger and stronger.'
We can often put the what-clause either at the beginning or the end of the sentence:
• What upset me most was his rudeness. or
• His rudeness was what upset me most.
To emphasize an action performed by someone, we use a sentence with what…do…
• Dave lost his job and was short of money, so what he did was (to) sell his flat
and move in with his brother.
• A: When the bookcase arrived, two shelves were broken. B: Did you send it
back?
A: No, what we did was (to) send them a letter of complaint.
The pattern in this kind of sentence is what + subject + do + be + to-infinitive clause.
(Notice that the 'to' in the infinitive can be omitted.)
We rarely use other wh-clauses (beginning with how, when, where, who, why) in
the same way. Instead, we prefer phrases instead of the wh-word. Here are some
examples:

 98

• The only reason (why/that) I left the party early was that I was feeling unwell.
(rather than Why I left the party early was...)
• The place (where/that) you should play football is the playground, not the
classroom.
(rather than Where you should play football is...)
• The best way (in which/that) you can open the bottle is by putting it in hot water
first.
(rather than How you can open the bottle is...)
• Somebody (who/that) I enjoy reading is Peter. (not Who I enjoy reading is...)
• The time (when/that) I work best is early. (rather than When I work best is…)
INVERSION
In statements it is usual for the verb to follow the subject. Sometimes, however, this
word order is reversed. We can refer to this as INVERSION. Compare:
• Her father stood in the doorway. In the doorway stood her father.
• He had rarely seen such a sunset. Rarely had he seen such a sunset.
• He showed me his ID card. I only let him in then. Only then did I let him in.
Notice how the subject comes after the verb (e.g. stood) or an auxiliary (e.g. had,
did).
INVERSION AFTER ADVERBIAL PHRASES OF DIRECTION AND PLACE
When we put an adverbial phrase, especially of direction or place, at the beginning of
a sentence, we sometimes put an intransitive verb in front of its subject. This kind of
inversion is found particularly in formal or literary styles:
• Dave began to open the three parcels. Inside the first was a book of crosswords
from his Aunt Alice. (or, less formally Inside the first there was a book of
crosswords...)
With the verb be we always use inversion in sentences like this, and inversion is
usual with certain verbs of place and movement, such as climb, come, fly, go,
hang, lie, run, sit, stand:
• Above the fireplace was a portrait of the Duke. (not ...a portrait of the Duke was.)
• In an armchair sat his mother. (rather than ...his mother sat.)
Inversion doesn't usually occur with other verbs. We don't invert subject and verb
when the subject is a pronoun. So, for example, we don't say 'In an armchair sat
she.'
In speech, inversion often occurs after here and there, and adverbs such as back,
down, in, off, round, up etc.:

 99

• Here comes Sandra's car.

• I lit the fuse and after a few seconds up went the rocket.
INVERSION IN CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.
It would be a serious setback, if the talks were to fail. - It would be a serious
setback, were the talks to fail.
If you should need more information, please telephone our main office. - Should
you need more information, please telephone our main office.
The sentences with inversion are rather more formal than those with 'if. Notice that
in negative clauses with inversion, we don't use contracted forms:
Had he not resigned, we would have been forced to sack him. (not Hadn't he...)
INVERSION AFTER NEGATIVE ADVERBIAL
In formal and literary language in particular, we use negative adverbials at the beginning
of a clause. The subject and verb are inverted:
• after the time adverbials never (before), rarely, seldom; no sooner....than; hardly
/scarcely/barely ...when...
Seldom do we have goods returned to us because they are faulty (not Seldom we do...)
Hardly had I got onto the motorway when I saw two police cars following me.
• after only + a time expression, as in only after, only later, only once, only then,
only when:
She bought a newspaper and some sweets at the shop on the corner. Only later did
she realise that she'd been given the wrong change.
Only once did I go to the opera in the whole time I was in Italy.
• after only + other prepositional phrases beginning only by..., only in..., only
with..., etc.:
Only by chance had Jameson discovered where the birds were nesting.
Mary had to work at evenings and weekends. Only in this way was she able to
complete the report by the deadline.
• after expressions with preposition + no, such as at no time, in no way, on no
account, under/in no circumstances:
At no time did they actually break the rules of the game.
Under no circumstances are passengers permitted to open the doors themselves.
• after expressions with not..., such as not only, not until, and also not + object:
Not until August did the government order an inquiry into the accident.
• after little with a negative meaning:

 100

Little did I then realise the day would come when Michael would be famous.
Notice that inversion can occur after a clause beginning only after/if/when or not until:
Only when the famine gets worse will world governments begin to act.
Inversion after 'so + adjective... that'; 'such +be...that’ ; ‘neither .../nor…’ Compare
these pairs of sentences:
Her business was so successful that Marie was able to retire at the age of 50.
OR
So successful was her business, that Marie was able to retire at the age of 50.
Her understanding of music education was such that the government wanted to
draw on her expertise.
OR
Such was her understanding of music education that the government wanted to
draw on her expertise.
FRONTING
In spoken English we sometimes want to make a strong contrast with something in a
previous statement. We can do this with objects and complements by “fronting” them
(moving them to the front of the clause), which makes them more emphatic:
She is such a lovely person; so friendly and reliable.
[She may be friendly, but she isn’t reliable] è
Friendly she may be, but reliable she is not.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Rewrite these sentences with the adverbial phrase(s) of direction or place
at the front of the clause. Use inversion where possible.
1. The people dived for cover as the bullets flew over their heads. ..as over their
heads flew the bullets.
2. That night, just as John had predicted, a heavy snowfall came down.
3. The two men were talking in front of the station.
4. A line of police officers was behind the protesters.
5. A small stream ran at the end of the street. There was an overgrown garden across
the stream.
6. She could hear the sound of the tractor and suddenly it came round the corner.
7. A white pillar was in front of them and a small, marble statue stood on top of it.

 101

8. The teacher blew a whistle and the children ran off.

Exercise 2. Match the most likely sentence halves and then make new sentences
beginning Were..., Should..., or Had....
1. If the government were forced into another election,...
2. If you should wish to make an appointment to see Dr Simons,...
3. If she had become a lawyer, as her parents wished,...
4. If the chemicals were to leak,...
5. If you should have further problems with your wrong printer,...
6. If Germany were to beat Romania,...
7. If anything had gone wrong with my plan,...
8. If you should decide to accept the post,...
a. you will be expected to start work on 1st April
b. a large area of the sea would be contaminated.
c. I would have been held responsible.
d. it would be the favourite to win.
e. she would have earned a large salary.
f. she is available between 9.00 and 11.00.
g. contact your dealer for advice.
h. they would face Italy in the final.

Exercise 3. Write new sentences with a similar meaning beginning with one of these
adverbials.

I. (1-5) never / before / not until / not / on no account / scarcely

1. This was the first time the race had been won by a European athlete.
2. The plane had only just taken off when smoke started to appear in the cabin.
3. She made no sound as she crept upstairs.
4. This window must not be unlocked without prior permission.

II. (5-11) barely / in no way / little / no sooner / only after / seldom

 102

5. He only thought about having a holiday abroad after he retired.

6. The telephone started ringing just after he had left the office.
7. It is unusual for the interior of the island to be visited by tourists.
8. Judith started asking me questions as soon as I had stepped through the door.
9. They didn't get round to business until they had finished eating.
10. The existence of extra-terrestrial life is not confirmed by the report.
11. She didn't realise what would happen to her next.

Exercise 4. Correct any mistakes you find in this newspaper item.

TOWN EVACUATED AS FOREST FIRES APPROACH

The people of Sawston were evacuated yesterday as forest fires headed

towards the town. Such the heat was of the oncoming inferno that trees more
than 100 metres ahead began to smoulder. Only once in recent years, during
1994, a town of this size has had to be evacuated because of forest fires. A
fleet of coaches and lorries arrived in the town in the early morning. Into these
vehicles the sick and elderly climbed, before they headed off to safety across
the river. Residents with cars were ordered to leave by mid morning. Later in
the day, as the wind changed direction and it became clear that the fire would
leave Sawston untouched, were heard complaints from some residents. "At no
time the fires posed a real threat," said one local man. "I didn't want to leave
my home, and nor most of my neighbours did." But Chief Fire Officer Jones
replied, "Hadn't we taken this action, lives would have been put at risk. Only
when the fires have moved well away from the town residents will be allowed
to return to their homes."

Exercise 5. In some of the following sentences there are mistakes with word order
and missing auxiliaries. Find and correct the mistakes, changing the verb form if
necessary. Tick the correct sentences.
1. The team is going to complain about this and so is the referee.
2. Little we knew the full extent of his involvement in the fraud.
3. The sales director is resigning, as most of the marketing team.
4. Over in the corner stood the three-meter tall statue of Lenin.
5. The embassy refuses to intervene. Well, so it be.

 103

6. The council promised to put on a great display. And put they on a great display.
7. Under no circumstances will latecomers be admitted to the auditorium.
8. Now the time is for wise investors to think seriously about buying Treasury
Bonds.
9. Rarely the early explorers had encountered such friendly and positive attitudes.
10. Not since Kubrick's 2001 has a director made such an intellectually challenging
sci-fi movie.
11. The government's proposals are unrealistic, as those are of the opposition .
12. Opposite this house did the old city walls run.
13. Only after climbing onto the roof he managed to escape from the rising flood
waters.
14. No doubt didn't he realise the consequences of his actions.

Exercise 6. Make these sentences more emphatic by 'fronting' part

of them. Do not use any additional words.
1. Though he was exhausted, he managed to reach the finishing line.
2. Salim’s life's ambition is to make the pilgrimage to Makkah.
3. The New Confessions is Boyd 's most complete work.
4. The school governors really can't accept that proposal.
5. An enormous flower display was placed on the table.
6. The Cresta Run is much more challenging for the dedicated skier.
7. Several sharp criticisms of ministerial conduct were also included in the report.
8. An elderly man was lying in the shop doorway.
9. It proved impossible to get to the bottom of the mystery.
10. The damage was so severe that the pilot couldn't regain control.
Exercise 7. Choose the best option, A, B or C, to complete these short extracts.
Sometimes more than one option may be possible.

1. Mrs. Sugden meant no harm to anyone, but ..... the intelligence to be really
kind.
From Enigma Variations by Irene Young
A neither she had B neither had she C she had neither

 104

2. He could hear the pursuers getting closer. They were almost upon him,
reaching out for him, the pounding of their boots ringing in his ears, yet .....
his legs would not respond.
From Wall Games by Michael Dobbs
A try as hard as he might B try as hard as might he
C as hard as he might try
3. ..... when the spectators began to return to the slope above the melon beds,
coming in greater numbers than ever before.
From The Siege of Krishnapur by J G Farrell
A The rains had hardly stopped B Hardly had the rains stopped
C Hardly the rains had stopped
4. In the first bedroom a door opened onto a short flight of rickety steps that led
to an attic. Ward had often threatened to have it converted into a work room
but, ..... with most attics, it remained nothing more than a storehouse for junk
that wasn't wanted elsewhere in the cottage.
From Heathen by Shaun Hutson
A the case is B as the case is C as is the case
5. There were three of them. Roberta - she was always called Bobbie, and was
the oldest. ....., who wanted to be an engineer when he grew up. And the
youngest was Phyllis, who was always trying to be good.
From The Railway Children by E Nesbitt
A Peter next came B Came next Peter C Next came Peter

6. 'That was despicable.' 'You were not sick unto death,' retorted Joan. 'And since
..... the prince's heart, how could I have stolen it from you?'
From The Child Bride by Philippa Wait
A at no time have you possessed B at no time you have possessed
C at no time possessed you
7. It appeared that, despite the age gap, they'd become quite good friends. And
then, since her father's fatal heart attack eighteen months ago, ..... to come to
terms with his loss, to face the grief and despair at the thought of never seeing
him again, than her mother's letters and telephone calls had begun to fill her
with stunned horror. Abseiling, at fifty-eight?
From Calypso 's Island by Rosalie Ash

 105

A no sooner she had slowly started B no sooner that she had slowly started C no
sooner had she slowly started
8. And now, her face straight, her lips seeming to quiver, she went into the song;
and ....., so touching the cadences, so tender with longing the words , that she
seemed transformed before their eyes .
From My Beloved Son by Catherine Cookson ·
A so beautiful her rendering of it was B so beautiful was her rendering of it C
her rendering of it so beautiful was

Exercise 8. Read the information below then correct the sentences. Each correction
must contain a cleft sentence.
Nick turned up late for work on Monday because he got stuck in a traffic jam on the
ring road. Nick had a hands-free mobile phone in his car so he was able to call his
manager and warn her that he would be late. She was furious but managed to
reschedule an important meeting for the afternoon.
1. Nick was late because he had overslept.
No, it was ..... .......................................................... that he was late.
2. Nick sent his manager a text message to let her know he'd be late.
No, what Nick ......................................... from his hands-free phone.
3. Nick was late on Wednesday morning.
No, ........................................................... that he was late.
4. Nick's manager had to start the meeting without him.
No, what she ......................................................... the afternoon .
5. Nick got stuck in a traffic jam in the town centre.
No, not the town centre; it ..................................................... got stuck.
6. The manager had to reschedule the meeting because a client was unable to
come.
No, it ...................................................... had to reschedule the meeting .
7. Nick called his manager to give her the sales figures.
No, it ................................................................... that he rang her.
8. Nick's manager felt a little annoyed with him for being late.
No, she didn't feel a little annoyed. What ........................................ .

 106

Exercise 9. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use
the word in brackets.
1. The union representative called the strike.
(person) ……………………………………………………………………………..
2. Political analysts do not question his dedication.
(isn't) ………………………………………………………………………………..
3. These criminals are totally ruthless.
(what) ……………………………………………………………………………….
4. Dickens used to live around the corner.
(place) ……………………………………………………………………………….
5. It was the next-door neighbour who complained.
(one) …………………………………………………………………………………
6. The children inherited everything except the house.
(only) ………………………………………………………………………………..
7. The climbers reached the peak at six o'clock.
(was) ………………………………………………………………………………...
8. They engaged two au pairs to look after the children.
(did) …………………………………………………………………………………
9. Before leaving we switched off the power supply.
(last) …………………………………………………………………………………
10. The company has imposed a ban on private emails.
(done) ……………………………………………………………………………….
11. The only thing the customers wanted was to get their money back.
(all) ………………………………………………………………………………….
12. The managing director informed the staff of the news.
(it) …………………………………………………………………………………...

13. Our mechanics just need five minutes to change the tyres.
(all) ………………………………………………………………………………….
14. The introduction of stamp duties led to the loss of the American colonies.
(that) ………………………………………………………………………………...

 107

Exercise 10. Complete each sentence with two to five words, including the word in
bold.
1. You will get there on time if you leave now.
will Only if you ... leave now will you ... get there on time.
2. As soon as I got into bed. I fell asleep.
sooner No ....................................................... into bed ……………… I fell asleep.
3. We didn't notice the time until it was too late.
did Not until it was ..................................... the time.
4. It was only after I drank the milk that I realised it was sour.
did Only after I had drunk the milk .................................................. it was sour.
5. If I were you. I would buy a computer.
you Were ……………………………………………. buy a computer.
6. I only noticed the scratch on my car when I looked closely.
notice Only when I looked closely ......................................... the scratch on my car.
7. They had no idea it was the wrong train.
know Little ................................................it was the wrong train.
8. There's no way I can meet him at the airport.
can In no way ...........................................at the airport.
9. We could only get there on time by taking a short cut.
could Only by taking a short cut ........................................... there on time.
10. She's a brilliant actress and a talented writer as well.
only Not .......................................................actress, but she's also a talented writer.
11. Don't open the door on any account while I'm out.
should On no account .........................................the door while I'm out.
12. If I had realised how late it was, I wouldn't have stayed so long.
realised Had ....................................................was, I wouldn't have stayed so long.
13. I haven't eaten such delicious food anywhere.
else Nowhere ...........................................such delicious food.
14. You must not open this box under any circumstances.
no Under .................................................. this box.
15. I had never seen such a fierce dog before.
before Never ......................................................such a fierce dog.
16. I remembered my keys only after I had closed the door.
remember Only after I had closed the door ..........................................
17. We rarely had sweets when we were young.
have Hardly ever ..........................................we were young.

 108

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 5

5.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.134
Additional vocabulary
Ex.3 p.46: demographic changes, an urban phenomenon.
Text p.46: global consumerism, consumer society, mental health, a mindset, an income
level, a massive influx, globetrotting (v.: to globe-trot), to be obsessed with brands, a
shrinking birth rate.
Ex.5b p.47: to treat fairly, a severe downturn.
Exercise 1. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Возникшее сегодня общество потребления - уже проблема не только экономики.
Многие психологи полагают, что всеобщее потребление может значительно
повлиять на образ мышления людей и их психическое здоровье.
2. Массовый приток беженцев из прифронтовых зон может повлечь за собой
демографические изменения, которые повлияют на сокращающийся уровень
рождаемости. Аналитики прогнозируют небывалый для региона всплеск
рождаемости.
3. Серьезный экономический спад привел к уменьшению расходов на люксовые
товары и повысил спрос на товары, необходимые для комфортной жизни.
4. Многие люди помешаны на модных марках (одежды). Они часто покупают
вещи, которые не соответствуют их уровню заработка. Они следуют модным
тенденциям и прислушиваются к советам экспертов моды.
5. Дипломаты, большую часть своей жизни, много путешествуют по различным
странам. Пока они отсутствуют, назначенные ими наблюдатели присылают отчеты о
происходящем в их резиденции.
6. Общество потребления не является только городским феноменом. В деревнях
люди следят за индексом цен на определенную продукцию и тратят свои деньги
непоколебимо.
7. Я заявляю с полной уверенностью, что все ваши обвинения беспочвенны и вы
обязаны обращаться со мной справедливо.
8. На сегодняшний день проблема парковки является ключевой. В связи с этим
малогабаритные машины пользуются большим спросом.
9. В современных магазинах представлен широкий ассортимент товаров массового
потребления.
10. Потребительский бум продолжается. Оборот розничной торговли вырос на 10%.

 109

5.2
Basic vocabulary – see V2 p.134
Additional vocabulary
Text p.48-49: half-consumed, a carmaker, to launch, to be commissioned (to do sth.), to
imply, misleading, to recruit, post-war regeneration, to line up, to have good access to
transport routes, a plant.
Exercise 2. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Платья знаменитых домов моды сшиты из высококачественной, дорогой, часто
необычной ткани. Они создаются с при помощи отнимающих много времени и
выполняемых вручную техник.
2. Возможно она и всемирно известна, но не талантлива.
3. Никогда еще я не была так заинтересована в чем-либо: созданные вручную
аксессуары с привлекательным дизайном стали моим хобби и дополнительным
доходом.
4. Современные автопроизводители строят свои заводы достаточно далеко от
населенных пунктов, чтобы люди могли комфортно жить в «бездымной среде».
5. Многие волонтеры были наняты и получили поручения отправиться в районы,
нуждающиеся в после-военном восстановлении.
6. «Супер Джем» только что выпустили на рынок новый джем. Толпы людей
выстраиваются в очереди перед магазином, чтобы купить новый продукт. Даже
дружба, длинною в жизнь некоторых покупателей с владельцем магазина, не
помогла приобрести джем без очереди.
7. Когда она зашла в комнату, первое, что она увидела – на половину пустую
бутылку виски от всемирно известного производителя.
8. Мы рассматриваем жалобы на ложное или вводящее в заблуждение описание
товаров и услуг.
9. В июле количество экспортированных товаров выросло на 1,5%. Такой рост
подразумевает, что экономика будет развиваться и дальше.
10. Самые дорогие квартиры в домах, которые расположены удобно в отношении
транспорта.

5.3
Basic vocabulary – see V3 p.134
Additional vocabulary
Ex.2a p.50: in the spotlight, to pose questions, throwaway.
Ex.2b p.50: a catwalk, consumer interest, green products, all the rage, to follow suit,
unrelenting.
Exercise 3. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

 110

1. Едва ступив в мир высокой моды, он получил огромную известность, как

создатель уникальных предметов гардероба с повышенной носкостью.
2. Если ты вдруг станешь работать в индустрии моды, сохрани благоразумие и не
подавайся одержимости нулевым размером.
3. В средневековой школе за нарушение дисциплины применялось телесное
наказание.
4. Появившись впервые на подиуме, она оказалась в центре внимания, а платья,
которые она демонстрировала вызвали огромный интерес со стороны потребителей.
5. Появление на рынке экологически-чистых продуктов ставит перед фермерами
трудные проблемы, связанные с тем, как бороться с конкуренцией.
6. В Европе активисты «Грин Пис» безжалостны по отношению к людям, которые
носят натуральные меха.
7. Многие девушки следуют примерам знаменитых топ-моделей. Они одержимы
диетами и часто страдают анорексией.
8. Преимущество одноразовой посуды в том, что не надо тратить время на ее
мытье, а можно выбросить после использования.
9. Каждый должен проявить высокую политическую сознательность и хоть раз в
жизни сходить на выборы.
10. Рваные джинсы и высокие каблуки - последний писк моды сейчас.

Consumer Collocations
Ex.5a p.47 or see V1 p.134
Exercise 4. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Когда экономика сильнее, доверие потребителей растет, и люди более склонны
тратить деньги.
2. В супермаркетах, потребитель сталкивается с таким широким выбором, что
люди, в конечном итоге, покупают слишком много и в пустую переводят продукты
питания.
3. Когда популярная игрушка запускается на рынок, потребительский спрос может
быть настолько высок, что превышает предложение, а магазины часто распродают
ее быстро.
4. Потребительские тенденции и траты сильно зависят от состояния экономики.
5. Цель организации по защите прав потребителей проверять делают ли компании
то, что они должны делать, и чтобы потребители имели необходимую им
информацию давая им советы, когда это необходимо.
6. Потребительская группа представляет потребителя, продвигая вперед какие-
либо спорные вопросы, когда это необходимо, чтобы о правах потребителей не
забывали.
(*потребительская группа - совокупность потребителей, объединенных по какому-

 111

л. признаку, напр., возрасту, доходу, частоте покупок, величине задолженности,

сфере деятельности и т. д.)
7. В наше время, многие товары широкого потребления и продукты можно
приобрести через Интернет.
8. Правительство проверяет индекс потребительских цен ежемесячно для того,
чтобы внимательно следить за ростом инфляции.
9. Во время финансового кризиса, люди имеют меньше денег, чтобы тратить, а во
время потребительского бума - наоборот.
10. Потенциальная опасность общества потребления заключается в том, что
слишком много внимания уделяется благосостоянию и материальным вещам, а не
заботе о сообществе.

UNIT 6
GRAMMAR REFERENCE 1 - 2
PASSIVE VOICE

We use the passive:

a) when the person who carries out the action is unknown, unimportant or obvious from
the context.
a. My flat was broken into last week. (We do not know who broke into the flat.)
b. Coffee beans are grown in Brazil. (It is not important to know who grows the
coffee.)
c. My car was serviced yesterday. (It is obvious that a mechanic serviced it.)
b) when the action itself is more important than the person who carries it out, as in news
headlines, newspaper articles, formal notices, instructions, advertisements, processes, etc.
a. The new hospital will be opened by the Queen on May 15th. (formal notice)
b. Then, the milk is taken to a factory where it is pasteurised. (process)
c) when we refer to an unpleasant event and we do not want to say who or what is to
blame.
A lot of mistakes have been made. (instead of 'You have made a lot of mistakes'.)
We use by + agent to say who or what carries out the action. We use with +
Instrument/material/ingredient to say what the agent used.
The pancakes were made by Claire. They were made with eggs, flour and milk.
The agent is often omitted in the passive sentence when the subject of the active sentence
is one of the following words: people, one, someone/somebody, they, he, etc.
active: Somebody has rearranged the furniture.

 112

passive: The furniture has been rearranged.

BUT: The agent is not omitted when it is a specific or important person or when it is
essential to the meaning of the sentence.
a) The 'Mona Lisa' was painted by Leonardo da Vinci.
b) A new law has been passed by the government.
When the verb of the active sentence is followed by a preposition, the preposition is kept
in the passive sentence as well.
active: They presented him with a medal.
passive: He was presented with a medal.
When we want to find out who or what did something, then the passive question form is as
follows: Who/What ... by?
Who was Australia discovered by?
What was the fire caused by?
The verbs hear, help, see and make are followed by the bare infinitive in the active but by
the to-infinitive in the passive.
active: They saw him leave the building.
passive: He was seen to leave the building.
BUT: hear, see, watch + -ing form (active and passive)
active: They saw him running down the stairs.
passive: He was seen running down the stairs

PASSIVE REPORTING STRUCTURES

We often use a passive to report what people say, think, etc., particularly if we want to
avoid mentioning who said or thought what we are reporting:
People in the area have been told that they should stay indoors.
Everyone was asked to bring some food to the party.
When we want to describe an impersonal or general feeling (not something said by a
particular person), or we don't want to mention the person whose words are being
reported, we can use a passive form of the reporting verb.

SUBJECT + PASSIVE VERB + TO-INFINITIVE:

He was said to be innocent. He was asked to leave.

 113

Other verbs that can be used in this pattern include agree, allege, announce, assume,
calculate, claim, consider, decide, declare, discover, estimate, expect, feel, find, know,
mention, propose, recommend, say, show, suggest, suppose, think, understand.
NOTICE that many other verbs are not used in this pattern, including inform, persuade,
reassure, remind, tell, warn.
With the verbs agree, decide, forbid, hope, plan, and propose, we can use it + passive
verb + to- infinitive (notice that some of these are also used in the pattern it + passive
verb + that-clause):
It was agreed to postpone the meeting.
It has been decided to build a road around the village.
An alternative to IT + PASSIVE VERB + THAT-CLAUSE IS TO USE SUBJECT +
PASSIVE VERB + TO-INFINITIVE:
It was expected that the damage would be extensive, or
The damage was expected to be extensive.
It had been thought that the chemicals convey important information to the brain,
or
The chemicals had been thought to convey important information to the brain.
Most of the verbs listed before can also be used in this pattern except for agree,
announce, decide, mention, propose, recommend, suggest.
We can only use tell in this pattern when it means 'order'. So we can say:
✔ I was told (= ordered) to go with them to the railway station.
✗ The accident was told (= said) to have happened just after midnight'.

When a that-clause begins that + there..., we can make a passive form there + passive
verb + to be.

COMPARE:
It is thought (that) there are too many obstacles to peace, or
There are thought to be too many obstacles to peace.
In 1981 it was reported (that) there were only two experts on the disease in the
country.
or
In 1981 there were reported to be only two experts on the disease in the country.
It was alleged (that) there had been a fight, or

 114

There was alleged to have been a fight.

We can use the same verbs in this pattern as with Subject + Passive Verb + To-Infinitive

PASSIVES WITH GET

In informal English, get can be used instead of be in passive forms which describe actions.
We often use get to describe accidental, negative, unusual or unexpected actions:
How did he get hurt? (= How was he hurt?)
His hand got trapped in the car door. (= His hand was trapped ... )
Hurry up or you'll get caught in the storm. Some of the workers are getting laid off.
Apparently there was a power cut- Jane got stuck in the lift for over an hour!
We cannot use get to describe states:
✗ That house gets owned by my uncle. V That house is owned by my uncle. (state)

PERSONAL/IMPERSONAL CONSTRUCTIONS
The verbs think, believe, say, report, know, expect, consider, understand, etc. are used in
the following passive patterns in personal and impersonal constructions.
active: People believe that he lied in court.
passive: a) It is believed (that) he lied in court. (impersonal construction)
b) He is believed to have lied in court. (personal construction)

active: They expect him to arrive soon.

passive: c) It is expected (that) he will arrive soon.
d) He is expected to arrive soon.

 115

ONLY ONE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION

to explain
to demonstrate
to announce
Sth was done to sb
to introduce
1. The rule was explained to them.
to describe
Им объяснили правило.
to mention 2. It was announced to us that the flight
to repeat had been delayed.
Нам объявили, что … .
to report
3. The mistake was pointed out to him.
to point out Ему указали … .
to translate 4. A new plan was suggested to us.
Нам предложили … .
to dictate
to provoke
to say
to suggest

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first,
using the word in brackets.
1. The customs officer insisted that I open my suitcases. (made)
I ……………………………………………………………..… the customs officer.
2. A farmer let us park the caravan in his field overnight. (permission)
We ………………………………………………….… the farmer's field overnight.
3. A lot of people think the government is out of touch with public opinion. (felt)
It …………………………………………………… out of touch with public
opinion.
4. Some people believe that the proposed legislation is unworkable. (considered)
The proposed legislation ……………………………………...…………………… .
5. A witness saw the man hide something in his carry-on bag. (seen)
The man ……………………………………………………….. in his carry-on bag.
6. There's a risk of a large multinational taking over our small company. (getting)
Our small company is at risk of …………………………………………………… .

 116

Exercise 2. Complete the sentences, as in the example.

1. It is said that this orchestra is the best in the world.
This orchestra ... is said to be the best in the world.
2. It is believed that the thieves have left the country.
The thieves …………………………………………………………………………..
3. The fire is reported to have started by accident.
It……………………………………………………………………………………...
4. He is known to be making a lot of money.
It……………………………………………………………………………………...
5. It is expected that they will arrive in time for dinner.
They………………………………………………………………………………….
6. She is said to know a lot about gardening.
It……………………………………………………………………………………...
7. It is thought that he will be attending the meeting.
He…………………………………………………………………………………….
8. It is believed that we are able to win the competition.
We……………………………………………………………………………………
9. The company is thought to be making a big profit.
It……………………………………………………………………………………...
10. It is reported that the government has reached a decision.
The government……………………………………………………………………...
11. It is said that they were responsible for the damage.
They………………………………………………………………………………….
12. She is expected to break the world record.
It……………………………………………………………………………………...
13. He is known to have several foreign bank accounts.
It ……………………………………………………………………………………..
14. They are reported to have financial problems.
It……………………………………………………………………………………...

 117

Exercise 3. Using one was/were + past participle (passive) form, and one past
simple (active) form, which one of the two verbs can complete both sentences in
the pair?

1. a She ……… coming into class late.

b I ……… her carrying a yellow bag.
(recall/notice)

2. a I ……… them taking apples from my garden.

b They ……… stealing apples from the farmer's fields.
(catch /not mind)

3. a As he fell into the pool, he ……… himself shouting for help.

b Jones ……… shouting at Mrs. Markham before the robbery.
(imagine / hear)

4. a I ……… waiting for at least an hour.

b I ……… getting caught in the rain without an umbrella.
(dislike / keep)

5. a We ……… the bills waiting for us when we got home.

b They ……… entering the building with knives.
(find / dread)

6. a We ……… the birthday presents that Uncle Joseph sent.

b The children ……… playing football in the park this morning.
(see / like)

 118

Exercise 4. Complete the sentences using a pair of verbs. Use the past simple for the
first verb and a passive form with being + past participle or to be + past participle
for the second.

avoid / ran down seem / design appear / crack

deserve / given not mind / photograph deny / pay
resent / ask tend / forget

• He ………… award for bravery.

• The tin opener ………… for left-handed people.
• He ………… any money for giving his advice to the company.
• She ………… to make tea for everyone at the meeting.
• Many reliable methods of storing information ………… when computers arrived.
• I narrowly ………… by the bus as it came round the corner.
• The parents ………… with their children.
• The window ………… in a number of places.

Exercise 5. If necessary, correct these sentences.

1. Ken was wanted to be the leader of the party.
2. I had been taught to be played chess by the time I was four.
3. Monica is considered to be the best student in the class.
4. The painting has been reported being missing.
5. Derek is hated to be away from home so often.
6. Joan and Frank are being allowed to keep the prize money.
7. Jane is preferred to ride her bike where her parents can see her.

Exercise 6. If possible, rewrite these newspaper headlines as passive sentences, as in

1. Begin each sentence with It has been ... that . . . If this is not possible, write X after
the headline.
1. AGREEMENT THAT UN WILL SEND IN TROOPS
2. AID WORKERS TELL OF MASSACRE
3. “EARTH SHRINKING BY TEN METRES EACH YEAR" CLAIM
SCIENTISTS
4. EARTHQUAKE CALCULATED TO HAVE COST $3 BILLION
5. YOUNG PEOPLE ENCOURAGED TO APPLY FOR GOVERNMENT
GRANTS
6. REPORTS OF REBEL TROOPS ENTERING CAPITAL

 119

Exercise 7. Tony has taken his old car in for an inspection. The news is not good.
Read what he was told and report it using a passive + to-infinitive, as in 1.
1. We've found that the tyres are unsafe.
The tyres have been found to be unsafe.
2. We've discovered that the brakes are badly worn.
3. We consider that the petrol tank is dangerous.
4. We think that the electrical system is a fire hazard.
5. We expect the repairs to be very expensive indeed.

Exercise 8. Write a past simple passive sentence beginning with There... from the
notes, as in 1. If no passive sentence with There... is possible, write a sentence with
It... that....
1. 30,000 people at the concert / report
There were reported to be 30,000 people at the concert.
2. half a million refugees in the camps / estimate
3. gas was poisonous / assume
4. the President would make a statement later / expect
5. fault in the equipment / show
6. Beijing was not yet ready to hold the Olympic Games / feel
7. over 100 winners in the competition / say
8. she had resigned from the government / understand
9. connection between the disease and eating fish / show

Exercise 9. Complete the text with the correct passive form of the words in brackets.
You need to use different tenses. In two cases, the passive is not possible, so you
should put the active form.
TROY
The ancient city of Troy, situated in what is now Turkey, is best known for its role in the
Trojan War. The war ……… (describe) in the Iliad and the Odyssey, two epic poems that
are said to ……… (compose) by the Greek poet Homer.
The Iliad ……… (consider) to be one of the landmark works of western literature. It
……… (compose, probably) over 2,700 years ago, ……… (pass on) orally from one
generation to the next, centuries before ……… (write down). The war was supposed to
……… (precipitate) by the kidnapping of the beautiful Helen, wife of Greek King
Menelaus, by Paris, a son of the King of Troy. The war lasted ten years and many warriors
on both sides ……… (kill).
Homer describes the ending of the war as follows: the Greeks ……… (pretend) to give
up and sail away, leaving a statue of a giant wooden horse on the beach. The horse ………
(look like) a gift, but it ……… (fill) with Greek soldiers. The Trojans opened the city

 120

gates and the horse ……… (bring) inside. The Greek ships returned quietly at night. The
soldiers inside the horse climbed out and let the other Greeks into Troy. The city ………
(burn down) and Helen ……… (take back) to Greece.
The ruins of Troy ……… (excavate, first) in 1865 by an English archaeologist, Frank
Calvert, and further excavations ……… (carry out) from 1868 by Heinrich Schliemann, a
wealthy German businessman and archaeologist. Many treasures from the site appear to
……… (steal) by Schliemann and taken to Germany, and the Turkish authorities asked
for ……… (pay, compensation). Many cities were found to ……… (build) on the same
site, some dating back to 3000 BC, but whether the stories of Troy in the Iliad and the
Odyssey are actually true is still a mystery. There is still a great deal of scientific
investigation that ……… (need, do) in order to uncover the true history of Troy.

Exercise 10. Complete the text with the correct passive form of the verb in brackets.
3D PRINTING
In 2009, 3D printing
 ……… (name) by Business Week as one of the 20 most important
inventions. But the technology behind 3D printing isn’t new – in fact it
 ………
(develop) in the 1980s by Chuck Hull of 3D systems. The 3D printing machines are
remarkable because several different objects
 ……… (can produce) by a single machine.
The method of production is also remarkable: an object
 ……… (produce) by firstly
designing it in a computer programme which breaks the object into thousands of very thin
slices. Then, the design
 ……… (send) to the printer, which forms the object by layering
slice upon slice of material until the final object
 ……… (produce). The benefits are
obvious. Instead of goods
 ……… (produce) thousands of miles away and then
transported to their market, what we need
 ……… (can make) at home and tailored to
our exact requirements.
 The reason 3D printing has become more and more possible is
down to development and affordability. The technology of 3D printing
 ……… (develop)
over the past 30 years to the point where objects can
 ……… (print) at home, and even
large objects such as entire rooms.
 Unfortunately, 3D printing
 ……… (use) to produce
harmful things recently, like guns. Nevertheless, the future applications of this technology
seem endless. Perhaps even human organs
 ……… (print) in the future for use in
transplant operations.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE 3
HAVE / GET SOMETHING DONE
We use have + object + past participle (known as the causative) to describe
something which is done for the subject by someone else. We can use it in all
tenses.
The pharaoh had the pyramid built while he was still alive. (Slaves built it for
the pharaoh.)

 121

Have you just had your hair done? It looks lovely. (Has the hairdresser done it
for you?)
We'll probably have the roof repaired in the spring . (Builders will do it.)
In informal English we can use get instead of have:
Do you get your hair done at Ebony's?
I'm going to get the keys copied. Do you want a set?
Harry got himself moved to the New York office.
In imperatives it can be the person spoken to or someone else who will do the action:
Have / Get that mess cleaned up at once!
Please have those spreadsheets faxed over to the New York office this afternoon.
We can use the causative in future statements as commands or promises. Here it can
be the subject of the sentence or someone else who will do the action:
Make sure you have those keys back on my desk tomorrow morning.
Don't worry. I'll have the report finished before the meeting. (I will do it or I
will get it done.)
We're going to get it fixed as soon as the insurance money comes through.
We can also use this pattern to describe something which is done to the subject
by someone else without them asking for it, often something unpleasant or
unexpected:
Liz had her passport stolen. (= Her passport was stolen.)
John got his tyres slashed by some hooligans.
Darryl argued with the police officer and ended up getting
himself arrested.
Out of the blue, Mark had his plan approved by the board
yesterday.
With this meaning, we can only use have, not get, in the present perfect:
I'm afraid Alicia has had her visa application refused.
ha ve somebod y do something
There is an 'active' version of the causative which means 'cause someone to do
something'. The object is the person who does the action. There are two patterns:
• have + object + infinitive:
I had the mechanic repair my washing machine.
They 're having the architect draw up a set of plans for the new extension.
This pattern is more common in American English .

 122

• get + object + to + infinitive:

I'll get the hairdresser to do my hair this afternoon.
We get the gardener to mow the lawn once a fortnight in the
summer.
In British English we can use the get + object + to + infinitive pattern with the
meaning of 'persuade or force someone to do something’:
After numerous letters from our solicitor we finally got them to give us a refund.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Complete the text with suitable forms of the verbs have, get, bury, copy
or make.
THE TERRACOTTA ARMY
In 1974, Chinese farmers digging a water well near the city of Xi'an discovered several
terracotta statues buried in the earth. Senior archaeologists were called in and (1)
……… a large pit dug in the surrounding area. What they discovered made
headlines around the world - it was the fabled terracotta army of China's first
emperor, Qin Shi Huang.
According to the ancient historian, Sima Qian, Emperor Qin had (2) ……… an
enormous underground necropolis, or city of the dead, constructed around the year
200 BC. The emperor (3) ……… his servants to fill the necropolis with carved
soldiers whose purpose was to protect him in death. For years people thought Sima
Qian's account was simply a myth, but we now know it to be true.
Excavations continue at the site but archaeologists believe there to be around 8,000
soldiers and over 500 horses. The emperor (4) ……… each soldier (5) ………
separately, so that no two soldiers look exactly the same. Because of the huge
number of statues required, a certain amount of mass production was necessary. But
the emperor (6) ……… his artists to carve a different face on each statue. Some
people believe he made the artists (7) ……… the faces of real soldiers, but this
seems unlikely.
Because the emperor wanted his army to last, he (8) ……… his carved soldiers (9)
……… from terracotta, which, unlike wood, does not rot or disintegrate with time.
Emperor Qin (10) ……… himself (11) ……… in a mausoleum close to the site of
the terracotta army. It is likely that in the coming years the Chinese government will
(12) ……… its archaeologists to excavate the tomb. It may turn out to contain even
greater treasures than those found in the tomb of Tutankhamen in Egypt. For it is
certain that an emperor as powerful as Qin would have (13) ……… his most valuable
treasures (14) ……… close to his own body.

 123

Exercise 2. Rewrite the sentences using have something done.

1. Their windows need to be cleaned.
They need to have their windows cleaned.
2. The hairdresser was styling Mrs Brown's hair.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. She told her son to carry the shopping to the house.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Dad is going to arrange for someone to cut the grass.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. They used to employ a cleaner who cleaned the house.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Did the mechanic repair Paul's motorbike?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. The boss asked his assistant to type the letter.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. A plumber fixed the dripping tap for Joe.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. Have you told the secretary to make some photocopies?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. The chef was cooking Tom's lunch.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
11. Did you tell the shop to deliver the sofa to you?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
12. My purse was stolen last Friday.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
13. Did you employ a painter to decorate your house?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
14. The builders are putting a new roof on Adam's house at the moment.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
15. She asked the maid to polish the silver.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 124

16. The man had asked the porter to take his luggage to his room.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
17. Did you ask Jenny to arrange the flowers for you?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
18. When will your glasses be made?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
19. I hired a professional to cater for my party.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
20. Did you ask anyone to sweep the chimney?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
21. She asked him to do the shopping.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
22. Their house was burgled last night.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
23. He employed a carpenter to build the fence.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
24. Julie's housekeeper irons all her clothes.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
25. His shop's windows were smashed in the riot.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
Exercise 3. Complete the text, using suitable forms of the words in brackets, as in
the example.
Highlights of China - The Forbidden City
LOCATION OF THE PALACE
The ancient palace of the emperors of China, known as the Forbidden City, is situated
in the heart of modern-day Beijing. The palace (0) can easily be reached (can/easy/reach) by bus or
metro. However, you can also (1) ……………………………… (get/your travel
agent/arrange) a private guide to collect you from your hotel.
HISTORY AND DESCRIPTION OF THE PALACE
Emperor Yongle (2) ……………………………… (have/the palace/build) at the
centre of his new capital, Beijing. (3) ………………………………
(it/believe/be/construct) early in the fifteenth century. The complex covers more
than 74 hectares and (4) ……………………………… (surround) by 10-meter-high

 125

walls. (5) ……………………………… (it/say) that more than one million workers
were involved in its construction. After being used by successive emperors for five
centuries, the palace (6) ……………………………… (abandon) in 1924 when the
last emperor left.
VISITING THE FORBIDDEN CITY
Tickets to visit the palace (7) ……………………………… (can/purchase) at the
entrance. Be aware that the complex contains 980 buildings spread over a huge area. If
you are short of time, (8) ……………………………… (have/your hotel/arrange) an
organised tour so that you can focus on the highlights .

Exercise 4. Rewrite the sentences using the word in brackets. Do not use the word
someone in your answers. The tense should stay the same as in the original sentence.
I'm going on holiday next week and a lot of arrangements are involved.
1. I persuaded my neighbour to agree to look after my cat. (get)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. I asked my cleaner to come on Monday, not Wednesday. (have)

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. I asked someone to come and fix the lock on the front door. (have)

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. I'm going to ask someone to cut my hair. (get)

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. I'll ask my sister to water the garden. (have)

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 5. Choose the correct words.

THE TAJ MAHAL
The Taj Mahal was built by the Emperor Shah Jahan. He had the building
constructed/construct in 1631 in memory of his beloved wife, Mumtaz Mahal, who died
in childbirth.
The Emperor had 20,000 men work/worked on the building, using only the finest
materials. He got expert craftsmen come/to come from all over India, as well as from
Persia and Constantinople, to work on the finest details in gold and marble. He had them
decorate/decorated the entire building with flower designs and precious jewels. He also
had a beautiful garden designed/design with several large reflecting pools.
Shah Jahan was a cruel and ruthless leader. At the start of his reign, he had his brothers

 126

killed/to kill. But later it was one of his own sons who overthrew him and had him
imprisoned/imprison in the Fort of Agra for nine years.
When Shah Jahan died in 1666, his family had his body placed/place in a tomb next to the
tomb of his beloved Mumtaz Mahal.

Exercise 6. Complete the text with the correct passive structures, using the words in
brackets. Use full forms.
THE ANCIENT PYRAMIDS OF EGYPT – YOUR QUESTIONS ANSWERED
Why did the ancient Egyptians choose the form of a pyramid?
It ………… (argue) that the Egyptians chose this form because of the sun god Ra. He
………… (say) to ………… (create) himself from a pyramid-shaped mound of earth
before creating all the other gods. It may well be that the pyramid shape ………… (think)
by the Egyptians to resemble the rays of the sun.
How were the pyramids built?
It ………… (not know) exactly how they were constructed. It ………… (think) that tens
of thousands of labourers ………… (make) to ………… (transport) the stone from the
quarry to the construction site. But some historians think that the pyramids could not have
been built without mechanical equipment and it ………… (suggest) that the Egyptians
possessed some kind of technology that has now been lost. It ………… (even, suggest)
that the Egyptians ………… (help) to ………… (build) the pyramids by aliens!
How long did it take to build the pyramids?
It ………… (believe) that the Great Pyramid at Giza took about twenty years. Some of the
other pyramids are smaller and less complicated and took a shorter time.

Exercise 7. Choose the correct words.

Natalie: How was your visit to the ruined city?
Jason: It was fantastic. But on the way there we got caught/caught in a sandstorm
and had to take shelter in some caves. Our car got stuck/was got stuck in the sand but
luckily we were helped getting out/to get out/get out by some of the local villagers.
Natalie: You didn't get hurt/didn't hurt, did you?
Jason: Not at all. When we finally arrived there, the site was fabulous. We were let
to go/were let go/were allowed to go inside all the buildings, although we were told that
not touch/were told not to touch anything, and the tour guide told us about the history of
the city. Apparently, the ruins were damage/got damaged in an earthquake some years
ago and when they started restoring them they discovered even more ruins below. It is
believed/It believes that some of them could be over 3,000 years old.

 127

Exercise 8. Choose the correct words. You do not need five of the choices.

get it fixed, got stuck, she was helped, let, be happened, thought, told,
considered, made to, they helped her, been broken down, allowed, broken
down, happen

Elizabeth: You look exhausted, Joan.

Joan: I am. I've just climbed three flights of stairs. When I arrived at the store,
they said that nobody was ………… to use the lifts. Instead, we were all ………… use the
stairs. Well, as you know, I don't like being ………… what to do without an explanation.
So I said to the shop assistant, 'This is ………… of as one of the best shops in town! I don't
understand why none of your lifts are working.' Then he explained that all the lifts had
………… because of an electrical problem. Apparently, one lady ………… in the lift
between the second and third floors. They told her that they were going to ………… and
that she should stay calm. Then the fire brigade arrived and ………… escape. The shop
assistant said that he saw the lady afterwards and she seemed all right.
Elizabeth: Being trapped in a lift must be terrible! In fact, I think it's generally
………… as being one of the most frightening things that can ………… to anybody.

Exercise 9. Choose the correct words. You do not need four of the choices.

were taken, it was decided that, it is believed that, were helped,

having been given, had looked at, to have been rescued, was given,
had her ear looked at, were drawn to, had been given, were allowed to take,
be given, be known as, got called, was called


Mara and Christoph had taken a break from work to spend three months travelling with
their two children in Bali. Christoph (1) ………… leave from his work, and Mara had her
own business so she was free to take the time off. They had intended to travel around Bali,
but when they arrived in Candidasa, they found a lovely small hotel where they felt
comfortable, and so they ended up staying there longer than planned. Things (2) …………
by the fact that the other guests who came there were always so nice.
For some time, Mara had been suffering from an ear infection, so the family decided to go
to Amlapura, the closest city, to get help. Mara (3) ………… by a doctor and she (4)
………… antibiotics. Then they went to do a little shopping. As they looked down a side
street, their eyes (5) ………… a small monkey which was chained up outside a shop. The
monkey looked helpless and in need.
As they arrived at the shop, the monkey went up to Christoph straight away. There was an
immediate bond. As Mara and Christoph looked at each other, they knew that they had to
rescue this animal – a little monkey which would later (6) ………… Angel.

 128

The owners weren't at the shop, so the pair spoke to neighbours there, who offered to help.
The owners (7) ………… and Mara and Christoph asked if they could buy the monkey.
But the owners said that Angel was not for sale; they kept her for their children. Then
somehow, after a few minutes, things changed. Mara and Christoph were not really sure
why, but the owners changed their minds and the couple (8) ………… Angel as a gift for
their children.
So the family returned to the hotel with an extra member. They looked after Angel for a
while to make her strong, then (9) ………… it was best to research the local area for a
place for her to go because (10) ………… monkeys need a monkey family to accept them
while they are growing up.
A suitable area was found, and Angel was soon set free in a lovely forest on a cliff top
overlooking the sea. No doubt, Angel is happy (11) ………… and at (12) ………… the gift
of freedom.

Exercise 10. Choose the correct forms.

The pyramids of Egypt are regarded/thought by many people as the greatest monuments
being built/having been built/to have been built in the history of the world. But they are
also the source of some of the world's greatest mysteries. Who built them? Why and how
were they built?
The pharaohs (ancient rulers of Egypt) had built the pyramids/had the pyramids built by
huge teams of workers. Each pharaoh usually told/had/got the workers start building his
pyramid during his lifetime, so that it would be ready to protect his body and soul after he
had died.
In the past, was thought/what was thought was/it was thought that the pyramids were
built by foreigners and slaves. But it is now seemed/now seems/seems that from
archaeological evidence that in fact the pharaohs got Egyptians build/for build/to build
the pyramids for them. These Egyptian builders were either employees of the pharaoh or
workers recruited from local villages.
In the case of the pyramids at Giza, the building work was carried out/the builders built
them over a period of about eighty years. Much of the work was probably took
place/done/happened while the river Nile was flooded. Huge limestone blocks were
floated from stone quarries up to the base of the pyramids. The stone blocks then needed
to be cleaning/cleaned by hand. Finally, have been/being/having been polished, the stone
blocks were then pushed up/pushed then up wooden ramps to their correct positions.

 129

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 6

6.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.136
Additional vocabulary
Text p.57: technological advances, an impact on sth., a breakthrough, to breed laziness, to
contribute to a sedentary lifestyle, to account for sth., a double-edged sword, fundamental
changes.
Exercise 1. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Нам сказали, что этот прибор, созданный по последнему слово техники,
значительно облегчит жизнь людей.
2. Нам предложили запатентовать это крупное достижение в сфере медицины.
3. Ей повторили несколько раз, что она должна отвечать за свои поступки.
4. Сегодня многие ставят под сомнение настоящую ценность достижений в сфере
технологий. Страх перед технологиями быстро набирает обороты, так как многие
люди замечают их отрицательное влияние на свою жизнь.
5. Современные и новомодные приспособления и устройства взращивают лень и
способствуют сидячему образу жизни.
6. Все достижения в области медицины - палка о двух концах: они не всегда
используются по назначению, зачастую являясь маркетинговым ходом медицинских
корпораций.
7. Устаревшие технологии должны быть заменены современными; они не только
небезопасны для окружающей среды, но и могут вызвать множество проблем со
здоровьем.
8. Изобретение гибридных двигателей привело к кардинальным изменениям в
потреблении топлива, но все же многие люди ставят под сомнение вероятность того,
что они заменят автомобили с топливными двигателями.
9. Иногда удаление лишней информации с жесткого диска вашего компьютера
позволяет ускорить его работу.
10. Последний крик моды у молодежи – фотопримерка одежды.

6.2
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.136
Additional vocabulary
Text p.58-59: to be prominent in sth., extensive research into sth., to cross-reference, an
open-online-course company, face-to-face learning, one-on-one, to embed, to award, a
cloud-based school.
Ex.8 p.59: to sack, to be at the start of sth., to appoint, to prosper, to close down.
Exercise 2. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

 130

1. Пробирки (test tubes) используются в лабораториях. Прежде, чем заполнять их

важными образцами, они проходят тщательный контроль качества и определенные
диагностические тесты на прочность материала, из которого они сделаны. Плохое
качество материала может привести к неверным результатам исследований.
2. Критерии академического оценивания ваших навыков чтения и письма
установлены международной конвенцией.
3. Нобелевская премия вручается выдающимся ученым в области медицины,
физики, химии и литературы.
4. «Онлайн-Инициатива» - это открытые онлайн-курсы, где студенты обучаются
не очно, а регистрируются в «облачной» школе (школа, виртуально
располагающаяся на «облачном» сервере)
5. Не все студенты любят посещать групповые занятия, многие предпочитают
индивидуальное общение с профессором.
6. Трое друзей стояли у истоков создания этой известнейшей инновационной
компании. К сожалению, много лет спустя, совет директоров уволил основателя-
управляющего и нанял известного анти-кризисного менеджера на должность
руководителя компании.
7. В то время никто не мог подумать, что компания будет процветать и никогда не
прекратит свою деятельность.
8. Она внезапно выстрелила в него, но пуля вошла в стену не задев его.
9. Студентам языковых факультетов рекомендуется пользоваться словарями с
перекрестными ссылками.
10. Аналитики настоятельно рекомендуют провести масштабное исследование
туристических рынков.

6.3
Additional vocabulary
Text p.60: to highlight, to be fraught with sth., to empower, to liberate, anxiety, to handle,
to unleash, prevalent, ancestry, outsourced.
Exercise 3. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Люди выражали беспокойство, что оказываемая Турцией и США военная
помощь Азербайджану будет направлена против Армении.
2. Этот документ уполномочивает сотрудника подписывать договоры.
3. Мой отец научил меня управлять лодкой.
4. Главы самых крупных государств не допустят, чтобы в мире развязалась новая
гонка вооружений.
5. Устаревшие культурные и религиозные верования бытуют во многих
этнических общинах.
6. Родители ничего не рассказывали ему о предках его семьи.
7. Его позиция в компании закрепилась благодаря тому, что он всегда прибегал к
услугам внешних подрядчиков.

 131

8. Попытки освободить заложников увенчались успехом.

9. Это политически самый простой путь, однако он чреват серьезными
потрясениями в будущем.
10. Был осуществлен ряд мероприятий, направленных на то, чтобы подчеркнуть
связь, существующую между развитием и миграцией.

UNIT 7
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
REAL CONDITIONAL
Usually we use present tense verb in the if-clause to talk about future:
If you leave now you will be able to catch the 7 o’clock train.
In conversation we often use be going to instead of a present tense verb.
If I am going to catch the train, I’ll have to leave now.
When we make offers, give instructions or advice we use an imperative in the main
clauses:
Take another snack if you are hungry.
If you have a mobile phone, check that it is turned off.
Usage of if-clauses
If your father phones, I’ll take a message.
If Tom won’t be at the conference tonight, I’m not going.
If Andy only started the report a week ago, he won’t finish it this week.

UNREAL SITUATION
We often use past or past perfect tenses to suggest that we are talking about an unreal,
improbable or imagined situation:
I would give you anything that you asked for whenever you asked for it.
I would lend you money if you asked for it.
I wish that I had studied economics.
We often use a past tense with if to talk about things that are not real or not probable
now (would + infinitive):
If I had a free year, I would travel round the world.
It would be great if Pam got the job, but I’m not sure she will manage to do it.

 132

After If, we often use were instead of was. In a formal style, were is considered more
correct:
If I was/were fitter, I would play tennis every weekend.
If she was/were more honest, more people would trust her.

COULD AND MIGHT IN SENTENCES WITH IF

As well as would, we can use could (would be able to) and might (would perhaps).
He could lend you his motorbike if you wanted.
He might agree if we persuaded him.

UNREAL PAST
We can use a past perfect with if to talk about an unreal situation in the past to imagine
the results of something that didn’t happen (would have + past participle):
If I had played a bit harder, I think we would have won.
If you hadn’t said that thing to Pam, everything would have been all right.
We can also use would have + past participle to talk about present and future
situations which are no longer possible because of the way things have turned out:
If he hadn’t resisted in his life, he would have been alive today.

MIXED CONDITIONALS
Sometimes we use a mixture of past and present tenses in the clauses:
If + past tense, wouldn’t have + past participle
If it wasn’t so expensive, we would have opened many more safari parks around the
country. (= it is very expensive, so we didn’t open any more)
IF + PAST PERFECT, WOULD + BARE INFINITIVE
If game reserves had been set up earlier, there would now be fewer animals in
danger of extinction. (= game reserves were not set up earlier, so more animals are
in danger of extinction)
In formal contexts we can use were instead of was in the if-clause:
If it were not for the zoos, most people would never see wild animals/…was not
for…….
! We prefer to use were in the expression “If I were you”, giving advice.

 133

We can use if…..were + to-infinitive rather than if + past simple, talking about
imaginary future situations:
If the government were to ban zoos, it would put captive breeding programs at
risk. / If the government banned zoos…
! with state verbs as belong, doubt, know, understand we do not usually use this
pattern!
If we understood more animal behavior we would be in a better position to protect
them ( If we were to understand more about….)
In predictive conditionals we usually use the present simple in the if-clause but also we
can use the past simple or present perfect.
If you don’t eat now, you’ll get hungry later during the meeting.
If they’ve finished already, we’ll give them something else to do.
Using predictive conditionals to express a preference we can include would with verbs
of “liking” or “not liking” in the main clause. We can also use would rather + bare
infinitive when we express a preference between alternatives which have been suggested:
If it isn’t too late, we’d like to watch the BBC new on TV.
If it is ok with you, I’d rather stay here (You suggested going somewhere else).

MIXED UNREAL CONDITIONALS (what would happen if … ?)

Speaking about the hypothetical conditionals, instead of connecting an imaginary event
to a possible present or future event using would, we can connect it to a possible past
event with would have:
If I were rich, we would offer to help those who are suffering from famine.
If we were rich, we would have offered to help those who were suffering.
What would have happened if?
In counter factual conditionals, instead of connecting an imaginary past event to another
past event using would have, we can connect it to a present event or situation using would.
If your parents hadn’t met, you wouldn’t be sitting here now.

ONLY IF/IF ONLY

We can use only if to emphasize a special condition. Sometimes we put the word only
before the verb in the main clause. The phrase if only and only if is a more emphatic
version, meaning one condition only:
He’ll come only if he’s ordered to.
We broke the law if and only if the agreement formed a legal contract.

 134

We can use if only in unreal conditionals, expressing wishes and regrets:

If only I had an extra copy, I’d gladly give it to you (I wish I had an extra copy).

! Wish can be followed by that, but if only cannot:

Differences between if only and wish (-wish-see unit 11)

If only is often more emphatic than I wish. Compare these examples:
If only we’d seen you coming. We might have braked in time. (a regret)
I wish we’d seen you coming. We would have put out the red carpet! (a wish)
For greater emphasis we can put a subject between if and only in informal English:
If you only knew how much trouble you’ve caused!
✗ If only that you'd told me about it earlier. ✔ I wish that you'd told me about it earlier.

Supplementary examples with If only

(1) Past Simple; reference to the present:
If only I had more money. (= I haven’t)
(2) Past Continuous; reference to the present:
If only I was going with him. (= I’m not)
(3) Could; reference to the present:
If only you could be here! (= you aren’t)
(4) Would; reference to the future:
If only the sun would come out! (= it’s too cloudy)
(5) Past Perfect; reference to the past:
If only I had listened to you. (= but I didn’t)
(6) Could have done; reference to the past:
If only I could have answered. (= but I wasn’t able to)

IF AND POLITENESS
If-clauses are also used to tell/ask people to do things in a polite way:
If I could just get a word in here….
If you’ll wait here, I’ll fetch the manager.
If I could just have your attention for a moment….

 135

EVEN IF, EVEN THOUGH

We can use even if (despite the possibility that) to say that a condition may exist, but it
won’t affect the future or possible situation described in the main clause. We can use even
though (despite the fact that) to talk about the existence of a condition that won’t affect
the past or present situation in the main clause:
We’ll have a great time even if it rains. (It may rain, but it won’t stop us).
Even if British History wasn’t a required subject I’d enjoy learning about it.
We had a great time even though it rained. (It rained, but it didn’t stop us).
Even though Tom never studies, he passes all the exams successfully.
UNLESS
Unless means “if not” in the sense of “except if”.
! It can be used only in real conditionals.
She’ll be here tomorrow unless there’s a bus strike.
Let’s go and see this new film – unless you’re too exhausted.

IF AND IN CASE
We use in case mostly to talk about precautions – things we do to be ready for what
might happen.
I’ll get some steak out of the freezer now, in case he comes for lunch.
We can use should after in case – “by chance”
I’ve made up a bed in the spare room in case he should stay the night.
I wrote down her name in case I should forget it.

ADVANCED POINTS
If you will follow me, I’ll show you to the fitting-room.
If you would just wait here for a second, I’ll see if they are free.
We can come tomorrow morning instead if it will make things easier.
I’ll give up smoking if it will make you happy.

IF IT WASN’T FOR/HADN’T BEEN FOR

If it wasn’t/ weren’t for his help, I’d be in a bad mood.
If it hadn’t been for Pam, it is tough to know what they would have done.

 136

We can express these ideas with But for:

But for your help…
But for Pam…

OTHER CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS

I’m all in favour of safari parks provided (that)/providing (that) the animals are well
looked after.
So/As long as developed countries put money into these reserves, species will be
preserved.
I’m willing to support the proposal on condition that animals are kept in large
enclosures.
In the event of the alarm sounding, visitors should leave the zoo by the nearest exit.
Supposing the proposal is rejected, what will you do then?
An alarm will sound in case of animals escaping from the safari park.
We must protect natural habitats, otherwise more animals will become extinct.

ORDER AND PUNCTUATION

We can put the if-clause before or after the main clause. When we put the if-clause first,
we separate the two clauses with a comma:
If you feel dizzy, you shouldn’t go to work.
You shouldn’t go to work if you feel dizzy.
We can emphasize the fact that the main clause is a consequence of the if-clause by
putting them at the beginning of the main clause:
The bus service is limited. If you hire a car, then you’ll be able to go wherever you choose.
If the key isn’t in the drawer, then Pam must have taken it.
! We don’t use so in this way.
When we add an if-clause after a main clause as an additional comment, we can use a
comma to show that the if-clause is separate.
I’d like to get a ticket, if they still have some.
Pam always goes to school, even if she feels bad.

 137

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Rewrite each sentence, beginning the new sentence with if….. Keep the
meaning of the new sentence as close as possible to the original one.
1. I don’t have a reliable car, so I probably won’t drive to Spain.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. With a student card you can get a discount at the bookshop.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. You can borrow my laptop for the evening as long as you promise to bring it back
tomorrow.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. By using more efficient light bulbs, there could be a 5% reduction in electricity
consumption.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. I wasn’t promoted, so I didn’t have to move to our head office in London.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. You’ll have to leave the house by 7.00 to catch the 8.30 train.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. I didn’t know you were a vegetarian, otherwise I wouldn’t have cooked lamp for
dinner.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. I didn’t study hard, and that’s why I have such a poorly paid job now.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 2. Complete the sentences using a given word or phrase and the verb in
brackets.

even if, even though, if, unless

1. I didn’t tell my parents I was coming to a night club. If they knew where I was,
they’d be really annoyed. (know)
2. It’s so cold, it would be surprising ………… we ………… snow tonight. (not get)
3. Malcolm looked at some of my recent paintings, but ………… he ………… them
he didn’t show it. (like)
4. She didn’t seem at all tired ………… she ………… all day. (drive)
5. The town hall is a beautiful old building. It would be a great shame ………… it
………… to be pulled down. (be)
6. I haven’t lost any weight ………… I ………… lots of exercise. (do)
7. ………… you ………… David Mitchell’s first novel, I’m sure you’ll like this one,
too. (enjoy)

 138

8. ………… it ………… soon, there will still be water rationing in this part of the
country. (rain)
9. I could pick you up about eight, and we could go to the party together - …………
you ………… to go on your own, of course. (prefer)
10. Where shall we go ………… the restaurant ………… open tonight? (not be)
11. ………… a buyer ………… be found for the company, it is likely to close by the
end of the week. (can)
12. Miles has announced that ………… he ………… to be beaten in tomorrow’s
tennis final, he will not consider retiring from the sport. (be)
13. The latest opinion poll suggests that ………… the election ………… to be held
today, the ruling party would again have a huge majority. (be)
14. He’s a very good mechanic, ………… he ………… any formal qualifications. (not
have)

Exercise 3. Complete each sentence with one of these words or phrases (from an
article on teaching).

only if, unless, even though, if it isn’t, if only, whether or not

1. The style of teaching at universities has hardly changed in the past 1,000 years
……… you count the invention of the blackboard 200 years ago.
2. Too many students leave the system thinking. ‘………’ I’d taken more practical
courses.’
3. Colleges still rely on exams ……… it is well-known that exams measure a very
small part of a person’s abilities.
4. Lectures are still the preferred teaching medium of professors ……… they are of
any real benefit to most students.
5. The system will change ……… forces from the outside make it change.
6. ……… a required course, then it has little chance of attracting high enrolment.

Exercise 4. Tick (✔) the possible conditions and cross (✗) the incorrect ones. Think
about the meaning as well as the grammar.
1. We’ll be able to go out tomorrow evening…
A if the babysitter will be available.
B so long as the babysitter can come
C provided the babysitter hasn’t got any other plans.

2. Before we leave, we’d better turn on the automatic watering system…

A in case it doesn’t rain while we’re away.

 139

B if it doesn’t rain while we’re away.

C provided it doesn’t rain while we’re away.

3. When the weather’s really hot…

A I get a lot of headaches.
B I would get a lot of headaches.
C I sometimes get a headache.

4. I’m sure you’d get a lot more business…

A unless you charged so much.
B if you didn’t charge so much.
C unless you didn’t charge so much.

5. Frozen chicken isn’t safe to eat…

A if it hasn’t been thoroughly defrosted.
B if it isn’t thoroughly cooked.
C unless it has been defrosted and thoroughly cooked.

6. We used to walk to school…

A when the weather was good.
B whether it was hot or cold.
C even if it was raining.

Exercise 5. Choose the correct words in italics. If both options are correct, choose
both.
INVASION OF GIANT GRASS
There’s little doubt that (1) provided / if we want to combat global warming and the
effects of climate change, we (2) have / would have to find more sustainable sources of
energy. Oil and gas produce harmful greenhouse gases and, of course, there’s only limited
supply available. So, (3) in case / unless we act soon, we (4) run out / will run out of
energy supplies. Recently, scientists have been looking at the use of fast-growing grasses
as an alternative to traditional fossil fuels. These grasses can be burnt in power stations to
provide a renewable source of energy. (5) So long as / if it is grown properly, grass (6)
will be / is carbon neutral – that is, it does not give off more carbon then absorbs. The idea

 140

is that farmers will grow crops for energy rather than for food. Scientists believe that if we
(7) provide / provided sufficient subsidies, farmers will be happy to start growing these
new crops.
There are several trial schemes under way at present, including two in the north of
England. Local farmers are growing a variety known as elephant grass. (8) Whether /
When it is grown in its native tropics, the grass (9) reaches / can reach a height of over 4
metres. It is a grass that grows happily in the cooler climates of Northern Europe, forming
thick forests that provide a welcome habitat for wildlife. One scheme is at the Drax power
station in Yorkshire, Britain’s biggest power plant. If all (10) goes / will go to plan, the
station (11) is / will be to cut its emissions of greenhouse gases by five percent. But not
everyone is happy with the scheme. Local conservationists are worried about the impact of
the giant grass on the countryside. (12) Whether / if elephant grass solves our energy
needs or not, they feel it is an ugly and unwelcome blot on the landscape.

Exercise 6. Choose the correct form of the verb given in brackets.

1. Let’s try to meet outside the hall at 7 o’clock. If we ……… (get/not) there in time,
we ……… (call) you when we arrive.
2. If she ……… (change/not) her university course from medicine to science, she
……… (be) a doctor by now.
3. I’m sorry I didn’t tell you that Walter was leaving the company. I ……… (tell)
you if I ……… (know) that he was a friend of yours.
4. If he ……… (know) the truth about what they did, he ……… (be) very angry with
them. We’d better not tell him.
5. If we ……… (know) that the traffic was so bad, we ……… (leave) much earlier.
6. You’re listening to that couple’s conversation as if you ……… (understand)
Chinese, but I know that you don’t.
7. If the smoke alarm ……… (go off) when you’re cooking, ……… (open) the
windows to let some fresh air in.
8. If she ……… (manage) to catch the 7.30 train this morning, she ……… (be) here
by 10.30.
9. If I ……… (work) from home tomorrow, I ……… (collect) the children from
school.
10. “Prime Minister, when is the economy going to improve?” “If only I ………
(know) the answer to that question!”
11. She is talking to me as if I ……… (be) her friend, but I’ve never met her before.
12. If you ……… (can) spare me ten minutes to discuss this, I ……… (will)
appreciate this.
13. If you ……… (tell) your parents what happened last night, you ……… (do) the
right thing.
14. If you only ……… (break/not) your leg. You’re the best player in our team.

 141

15. I ……… (see/not) you at the theatre if we ……… (arrive/not) there at the same
time.
16. If only it ……… (stop) raining! I want to go to the park.
17. I ……… (make) the dessert if you ……… (finish) preparing the main course.
18. If I ……… (be) I ……… (will/not) take a degree that isn’t clearly related to a job.
19. If I ……… (see/not) her mother with her, I might ……… (recognise/not) Sharon.
She’d grown up so much since I last saw her.
20. If inflation ……… (continue) to rise, there ……… (can/be) further repercussions
for the government.
21. If I ……… (know) about the test, I ……… (can/revise) for it, but the teacher just
sprang it on us. Somehow I still managed to get 93%, though.
22. We ……… (stay) at the resort for another night if Daniel ……… (need/not) to
work on Monday morning.
23. Glyn and David are acting as if they ……… (know) each other – have they met
before?
24. It’s a very physical job you do. If you ……… (finish/not) work early today, you’d
be worn out now.
25. If he only ……… (realise) how happy he’s made everyone. He’s so modest,
though.
26. If the floods ……… (continue), more people ……… (need) to evacuate their
homes.
27. If my house ……… (be) closer to the beach, I ……… (walk) there every day.
28. What if you ……… (have) the money to fly to India? ……… (go/you) with Tom?
29. “What shall we do if the bus ……… (arrive/not)?” “Don’t worry. I ……… (be)
easy enough to get a taxi.”
30. If only Johnny ……… (tidy) his room. I can’t bear to open the door!

Exercise 7. Answer the questions starting with What if … ? Choose the correct type
of the conditional.
What if … ?
1. … it rains tonight? ……………………………………………………………………...
2. … you won the lottery? ……………...………………………………………………...
3. … you were a man/woman? …………………………….……………………………...
4. … you can’t sleep at night? ………………………………………………………….....
5. … there’s nothing on TV? ……………………………………………………………...
6. … you’re invited to the cinema tonight? ……………………………………………….
7. … you met the American President? …………………………………………………...
8. … you spoke perfect English? …………………………………………………………
9. … your fridge is empty? …………………………………………………………..........
10. … you spoke perfect Russian? ………………………………………………………...
11. … you saw your teacher in a police car? ……………………………………………...

 142

12. … you don’t have money this weekend? ……………………………………………...

13. … you lose something? …………………………………………………………..........
14. … you had to go to a fancy dress party? ………………………………………………
15. … you’re ill tomorrow? …………………………………………………………..........

Exercise 8. Read the statements carefully and think about the meaning. Then choose
the correct words in italics in the explanations.
1. “If we’d missed that flight, we wouldn’t be on the beach now.”
We are / aren’t on the beach now. We missed / didn’t miss the flight.
2. “If she wanted to see you again, she would have phoned by now.”
She has / hasn’t phoned. She probably does / doesn’t want to see you again.
3. “If we’d taken out the warranty, we wouldn’t need to pay for these repairs.”
We took / didn’t take out a warranty so we have to / don’t have to pay for these
repairs.
4. “I’d ask for the refund if I were you.”
I’m talking about the past / giving advice.
5. “We’d get a lot more light if there wasn’t a huge tree in our back garden”.
There is / used to be a big tree in our garden.
6. “You’d be able to spend more time with the children if you changed to a part-time
job.”
I think you are likely / unlikely to change your job.
7. “If we knew more about computers, we wouldn’t have had to call the technical
helpline.”
We had to / didn’t have to call the helpline because we didn’t / don’t know much
about computers.
8. “We’d have a less stressful life if we didn’t live so far from the office.”
I’m expressing a regret about a past / present situation.

Exercise 9. Complete the discussion below with the correct form of the second or
third conditional, using the words in brackets. In some of the sentences, the passive
voice needs to be used.
Presenter: The question for our discussion today is, “Do you think the nuclear accident
……… (prevent)?” Lesley, can you tell us your thoughts first?
Lesley: Yes, definitely. Why were nuclear power stations built in the first place? If
they ……… (build) so many nuclear plants, they ……… (endanger) so
many people’s lives.
Presenter: That’s a good point. What’s your opinion, Dave?
Dave: I think the reactors were unsafe to begin with. They were badly designed.
The nuclear leaks ……… (be) so bad if the electric company ……… (try)

 143

to save money on safety equipment. Had ……… (know, people) that the
reactors were unsafe, the plants ……… (close) down by the government.
Presenter: I agree. If the walls around the plant ……… (be) safer, more people
……… (live) in their homes today and be able to continue farming and
fishing.
Moira: I think it ……… (be) difficult for anyone to anticipate such a huge
earthquake. Had ……… (realise, they) that volcanic fault lines ran
underneath the reactors, they obviously ……… (build) then there. It was
only later that scientists discovered the fault lines.
Presenter: ……… (decide, they) to build new reactors again in the future, I’m sure
they ……… (design) differently and with a far greater degree of safety.
……… (develop, they) alternative energy sources instead, it ……… (be)
at least one positive outcome of this tragic disaster.
Lesley: Absolutely. If nuclear power ……… (replace) with a safer alternative, it
……… (benefit) not just one country, but the whole world.

Exercise 10. Here are some lines from songs. Each line is conditional. Match the two
parts of the conditional sentence to make the complete line.
1 If I could read your mind, A would you marry me anyway?
2 If I had a bell, B you will never, never, never know me.
3 Where would you be, C be sure to wear some flowers in your
hair.
4 If I ruled the world, D every day would be the first day of
spring.
5 If I were a carpenter, E what a tale your thoughts would tell.
and you were a lady,
6 If I were a rich man, F if you weren’t here with me?
7 If you’re going to San Francisco G I’d ring out a warning.
8 If you don’t know me by now, H I wouldn’t have to work hard.

Exercise 11. If only vs I wish. Complete the conversation below with the correct
words.
Pam: You're so good at recycling and doing things to help the environment. If only I
was
 more committed. I wish I ……… be as green as you!
Jo: Oh, it's easy! Recycling isn't very difficult, if only people ……… recycle more, but
I do wish the bottle bank ………
 a bit closer to our home. If only we ………
 have to

 144

drive there with all our empty glass bottles!

Pam: Yes, that is a contradiction, isn't it? If only they ………
 more recycling services
provided by the council, too.
Jo: I agree. But the main thing is to try and reduce the amount of rubbish we create. If
only manufacturers ………
 use so much paper and plastic in packaging. And I wish we
didn't
 waste so much money on it. ………
 people only realised how much they pay for
packaging and how little for the actual product itself!
Pam: I never thought of that! I wish that you ………
 told me that before. I'm going to
cut down on packaging from now on!

Exercise 12. Choose the correct words.

DO YOU THINK IT IS LIKELY THAT WE WILL STOP USING FOSSIL FUELS IN
THE FUTURE?
• I think it's doubtful. As long as/In case there is still enough petrol, everyone
continues/will continue to drive cars.
• We'll need to find alternatives to oil and gas, unless/whether we want to or not,
because they are not going to last much longer.
• People won't start/will start considering alternatives unless/provided there is some
kind of emergency.
• Whether/Even if we run out of oil, I think scientists develop/will develop some
other kind of fuel for cars that is just as harmful for the environment.
• The world will be/is much cleaner unless/if we ever stop using fossils fuels, but I
think it's unlikely to happen in my lifetime.
• I think most people will use alternative energy provided/in case it is cheap enough.

Exercise 13. Choose the correct phrases to fill in the gaps.


 in case of, 'll save, even, don't use, unplug, should, remember, whether,
unless, provided


CUTTING ENERGY COSTS IN YOUR HOME

It's easy to cut gas and electric bills …………… you think carefully about how to
conserve energy.
• Don't start your washing machine or dishwasher …………… it's full.
• Electrical appliances use energy …………… if you …………… them. If you
…………… them at night, you …………… a lot of electricity.

 145

• If you leave a room, …………… to switch off the lights!

• Another idea, …………… you be concerned about rising energy bills, is to buy an
electricity meter that tells you how much you are using every day.
• Use heating wisely and keep lots of extra warm sweaters and blankets handy
…………… very cold weather.
Cutting down on energy use will benefit the environment, …………… you need to cut
bills or not.

Exercise 14. Match the sentence halves and write a new sentence with the same
meaning, beginning each one with Unless … .
1. We’ll never get to the meeting… a. …or the farmers will lose their crops.
2. Alternative sources of funding must be b. …if the train doesn’t leave within five
found… minutes.
3. If the roads haven’t changed in that part c. …I’m sure I’ll be able to find my way
of town… there.
4. The weather must start improving soon… d. …or the research will not be able to
continue.
5. If it isn’t ridiculously expensive… e. …I think I’ll buy that painting.
6. You are only entitled to state benefit… f. …if you have been unemployed for six
months.
1 + b Unless the train leaves within five minutes, we’ll never get to the meeting.
2. …………………………………………………………………………………………
3. …………………………………………………………………………………………
4. …………………………………………………………………………………………
5. …………………………………………………………………………………………
6. …………………………………………………………………………………………

Exercise 15. There are ten mistakes in the conversation. Find the mistakes and
correct them.
Sam: Did you watch that documentary on global warming last night?
Carl: Yes, it was terrifying. I almost wish I didn't see it.
Sam: If we would go on destroying the atmosphere like this, the effects will be
catastrophic.
Carl: You're right. It's high time the government does something about it.
Sam: Well, they have set targets for reducing carbon emissions, haven't they?
Carl: Yes, but they're pretty feeble. I think the government should insist that each person
to take responsibility for their own carbon footprint.

 146

Sam: That's a bit sweeping. I don't see what individual people can do.
Carl: What about turning down the central heating by a few degrees?
Sam: A good idea - if only the winters aren't so cold in this country!
Carl: Well, what about cars, then? If everybody used smaller cars, there was a huge
reduction in carbon emissions. Take your car, for instance - don't you think it's
time you sell that big four-wheel-drive thing?
Sam: No, absolutely not! If I won't have that car, I wouldn't be able to take all the kids to
school. And it's useful to have a big car in case of some of their friends need a lift.
Carl: I guess so. Things must be pretty tough with four children ...
Sam: Yes. Life would be a lot easier unless I had so many kids!

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 7

7.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.138
Additional vocabulary
Ex.1 p.66: a blue sky thinker, lateral thinker, to think outside the box
Text p.67: to account for, a left/right hander, not to be compared to/with sth, graduate, a
gifted undergraduate, to differentiate between sth and sth/to differentiate sth from sth, to
multi-task, to face prejudice, to become identified with, in contrast with sth, to stand for
***
hand in hand
Exercise 1. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Если бы он был человеком, которому можно поручить дело, мы бы его не
уволили в прошлом месяце. Нам не следовало принимать его на работу.
2. Если бы ты не помог ему тогда, он бы не стал знаменитым кутюрье. Теперь ему
предложили работу в Париже.
3. – Нищета и слабое здоровье часто идут рука об руку.
- Если бы ты больше работал, ты бы тоже стал миллионером и купил себе дом во
Франции, яхту и самолёт.
4. - Если бы она участвовала в разработке новой вакцины, то сейчас мы бы уже
получили Нобелевскую премию.
- Вечно ты думаешь о деньгах.
5. Если бы вы были абсолютно заняты на работе, вы бы не собирали сплетни. Это
уже пятый раз, когда я вам об этом говорю.

 147

6. Если бы у главного архитектора не были связаны руки, он построил бы в центре

города хрустальную пирамиду. Напрасно он приехал работать в этот город.
7. Если бы ваша контрольная была у меня под рукой тогда, мы бы смогли
проанализировать все ошибки. Вы заинтересовались грамматикой только тогда,
когда получили ’два’.
8. – Если бы я был свободен в прошлую субботу, я бы пошёл на каток.
- Не может быть, чтобы ты был так занят.
9. – Ты знаешь, что означает «АР»? – Да, это информационное агентство
’Ассошиэйтид Пресс’. – Только очень маленькая часть людей знает это. – Если бы
ты окончил факультет журналистики, ты бы тоже это знал.
10. – Джон ни с кем не может сравниться в умении решать несколько вопросов
одновременно. – В противоположность ему я решаю все вопросы последовательно.
– Если бы не твоя леность, ты бы тоже смог так.

7.2
Basic vocabulary – see V2 p.138
Additional vocabulary
Text p.68: to deeply influence sth, BC – before Christ, AD – Anno Domini, to have/to
exert a strong/lasting influence on sth, to largely revolve around sth, compassion for sb, a
range of qualities,(im)propriety, the proprieties, righteousness, trustworthiness, selfless
service, a brilliant physicist, to produce a theory, an outstanding physician, required
reading
Ex.7 p.69: to make up a significant proportion, to lecture on sth
Ex.8b p.69: to advocate sth, an economic downturn
Ex.11 p.69: to deliberate on/upon/over/about a matter, kind-hearted
Exercise 2. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Если бы я понимал разницу между фразами ’иметь сильное влияние на что-
либо’ и ’оказать прочное влияние на что-либо’, мне бы не пришлось искать в
словаре их объяснение.
2. – Если бы ты тогда проявил сочувствие к ней, я бы считал тебя добрым и
отзывчивым человеком. – Давай не будем обсуждать этот вопрос, хорошо?
3. Если кто-то хочет занять эту должность, то он должен обладать рядом качеств,
не так ли? Ему должны быть присущи пристойность, справедливость, надёжность.
4. –Если бы не экономический спад, наша страна процветала бы. – Существует
мнение, что экономический спад и подъём чередуются. Об этом писали многие
выдающиеся (= знаменитые) экономисты.

 148

5. – Какие критерии используются для оценки способностей студентов?

- Если бы вы не были деканом факультета, я бы отказался обсуждать с вами этот
вопрос.
6. Если бы мы поехали на конференцию, то сейчас мы бы обсуждали культурные,
природные и социальные явления. Нам бы объясняли причины, порождающие
нищету, безработицу, терроризм.
7. Было бы бессмысленно заниматься этой гипотезой, прежде чем у нас появятся
факты. Нам указывали на это несколько раз.
8. Вы могли бы попросить химический анализ водопроводной воды, если бы она
была ржавая. Наша фирма могла бы сделать это за 500 евро.
9. – Она бы написала свою докторскую диссертацию, но в прошлом году на
Канарских островах она встретила принца и теперь счастливо живёт во дворце.
- Я была на грани нервного срыва, когда узнала об этом.
10. – Он мог бы заняться чем угодно, но выбрал работу садовника в Букингемском
дворце.
- Я бы тоже хотел работать во дворце Хэмптон-Корт, в Виндзорском замке, в
Тауэре, в Саутуоркском соборе или в Британском музее.

7.3
Basic vocabulary – see V3 p.138
Additional vocabulary
Ex.1a p.70: to drive on the right, to join the army
Text p.70-71: to flip a switch, fragile china/glass/alliance/ceasefire/relationship, to take a
knock, solid construction, originally, a side-effect, conversion to sth, to reduce energy
consumption/carbon emissions, to meet the criteria, to set attainable goals, an exclusive
service to sb, to be accessible to sb, to tailor, obese, obesity, ingenious
device/invention/experiment/ways of saving energy
Ex.7a p.71: to arrive on time
! In time (for sth/to do sth) – not late; with enough time to be able to do sth.
Will we be in time for the six o’clock train?
On time – arriving at the correct time and not late
The train was on time.
Exercise 3. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. – Почему его слушают так внимательно? По-моему, в его выступлении нет
интересных сведений.

 149

- Если бы интересовался образовательными и психологическими

проблемами, ты бы знал, что выступающий известен во всём мире.
2. – Тебе следовало упомянуть о его последней книге в своём докладе. Как
только он прочтёт его, он заставит тебя переписать всё.
- Если бы в его книге говорилось о древних памятниках, биологическом
разнообразии, животных, находящихся на грани исчезновения,
возобновляемых источниках энергии или о разрастании городов, я бы
упомянул его книгу.
3. Если бы не это оригинальное изобретение, предприятия не смогли бы
снизить потребление энергии и выбросы углерода в атмосферу. – Надеюсь,
наша планета будет сохранена для будущих поколений.
4. – Джон прождал её два часа, но она не пришла. У неё повысилось давление и
случился сердечный приступ.
- Если бы она не была такой неискренней, эмоциональной и дотошной этого
бы не произошло.
5. – Почему здесь так темно и холодно? Не двигайся, пока я не принесу свечу.
- Если бы ты принёс также мой любимый сиреневый плед ручной работы, я
была бы тебе благодарна.
- Если бы у меня был фонарик под рукой, я бы принёс тебе твою любимую
шерстяную жилетку.

UNIT 8
GRAMMAR REFERENCE 1
ING FORMS AND INFINITIVES
The -ing and infinitive forms of verbs are very common in English and can act as
subjects, objects and complements of verbs.

ING FORMS
1. As subjects and objects
We can use –ing forms of verbs in the same way that we use nouns – as the subject, object
or complement of a verb. We often refer to –ing forms used in this way as gerunds:
Swimming makes you fit.
The whole family has taken up cycling.
Her worst habit is lying.
Sometimes –ing forms can have their own subjects and objects:

 150

I’m looking forward to my husband returning. (subject + -ing form)

Meeting new people is one benefit of taking evening classes. (-ing form + object)
We can make a negative with not + -ing:
Not getting a refund on faulty goods is what really annoys me.
But we use “no + ing” to explain that something is impossible/not allowed:
Could you go outside? There’s no smoking in this office.
✗ There’s not smoking in this office/There isn’t smoking in this office.
✔ There’s no skiing here in the summer season.

-ING FORM PATTERNS

We can use determiners (the, this); possessives (Peter’s); possessive adjectives (his),
object pronouns (him); before –ing forms) Object pronouns are more common in informal
English:
All this complaining won’t get you anywhere, you know.
Peter’s complaining didn’t do him any good.
Exorbitant tax rates led to his leaving the country.
Exorbitant tax rates led to him leaving the country. (informal)
We often use “an object + -ing form” after verbs of the senses:
I heard Alagna giving a marvelous rendition of “Nessun Dorma”.
We always use the object pronoun after sense verbs:
✔ Have you seen us performing yet?

✗ Have you seen our performing yet?

When we use “the + -ing form” and we want to link it with an object, we use of:
✔ The giving of presents is a traditional part of the Christmas festivities.

✗ The giving presents is a traditional part of the Christmas festivities.

We also use ‘–ing forms’ as adjectives:
The remaining items will be sold in our January sale.
Many adjectives and nouns are followed by a preposition + ‘-ing form’
Pam isn’t capable of lying and she has no reason for not telling the truth.

INFINITIVES
Infinitives with” to” can be the subject, object or complement of a verb:

 151

To give is a better than to receive. Everyone loves to win.

We make a negative with “not + infinitive”:
I tried not to look at the accident.
An infinitive can have its own subject, introduced with for:
For evil to succeed it is only necessary for the good to do nothing.
In informal English we sometimes put an adverb between “to” and the infinitive. This is
known as a “split infinitive” and we usually avoid it in informal English by putting the
adverb in another position:
The doctor started to remove the bandages carefully.
There are also perfect, continuous and passive forms of the infinitive. If, for example, the
person who is doing the action described by the infinitive is not the subject of the
sentence, we usually use the passive infinitive:
✔ The report is to be handed in first thing tomorrow morning.

✗ The report is to hand in first tomorrow morning.

INFINITIVES OF PURPOSE AND RESULT

We can use an infinitive to describe the purpose/reason for an action:
Cover the turkey in silver fail to keep the meat moist.
To stop the train, pull the lever downwards.
We use “for” before the infinitive when the subject of the infinitive is different from the
subject of the sentence:
✔ She went to WalMart to get some groceries.

✗ She went to WalMart for to get some groceries.

We bought a cage for John to keep his hamster in.
In more formal English we can use “in order” or “so as” + infinitive of purpose:
Interest rates have been raised in order to reduce inflationary pressures.
We have removed the warning signs so as not to alarm members of the public.
The infinitive can also describe a result or something surprising, especially with “only”
and verbs such as “find, discover, realise”:
They queued for hours at the box office only to discover that the show was sold
out.
We also use infinitives after” too” and “enough” to talk about results:
The blue outfit was too informal to wear to the reception.

 152

There isn’t enough (food) to go around, I’m afraid.

INFINITIVES AFTER ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS

Many adjectives, especially those describing feelings, can be followed by “to + infinitive”:
We’re thrilled to welcome this year’s prizewinner onto the podium.
The Thomsons are lucky to be having such good weather.
Adjective + to + infinitive: able/unable, afraid, anxious, ashamed, bound, careful,
certain, crazy, curious, due, eager, fit, happy, impossible, likely, lucky, pleased, right,
shacked, stupid, sure, surprised, thrilled, welcome, wrong
Many nouns can be followed by “to + infinitive”:
She’s finally made a decision to leave.
Pam would be a fool to marry him.
Noun + to + infinitive attempt, bid, decision, desire, incentive, need, nuisance,
opportunity, place, pleasure, reason, time, wish
We can use “a noun + to + infinitive” after “there is/are” and “have (got)” to express an
obligation:
Don’t disturb me, I’ve got a report to write this evening.

VERBS FOLLOWED BY –ING FORMS AND INFINITIVES

Verb + -ing form
Certain verbs can be followed by “an –ing form”, but not by an infinitive:
✔ I avoid travelling in the rush hour whenever possible.

✗ I avoid to travel in the rush hour whenever possible.

With some of these following verbs we can also put an object before the” –ing form”:
Can you imagine wearing that dress. (verb + -ing form)
Can you imagine Jemima wearing that dress (verb +object + -ing form)
Verb + -ing form: admit, appreciate, avoid, burst out, can’t help, consider, contemplate,
defer, delay, deny, detest, dislike, endure, enjoy, escape, excuse, face, fancy, feel like,
finish, give up, imagine, involve, justify, keep (on), leave off, mention, mind, miss,
postpone, practice, prevent, put off, put sb off, recall, recommend, resent, resist, risk, save,
suggest, tolerate, understand
Certain verbs, particularly sense verbs are only followed by “an –ing form” when they
have an object:
✔ In “Hamlet” the prince discovers Polonius hiding behind the curtains.

 153

✗ In “Hamlet” the prince discovers hiding behind the curtains.

Verb + object + -ing form: catch, discover, feel, find, hear, leave, notice, observe, see,
spot, watch
The verbs advise, allow, forbid and permit are followed by “an –ing form” when they
have no object, but an infinitive when they have an object
✔ The doctor advised taking a course of antibiotics.

✗ The doctor advised him taking a course of antibiotics.

✔ The doctor advised him to take a course of antibiotics.

Verb + infinitive
Certain verbs can be followed by an infinitive, but not by “an –ing form”.
✔ She’s decided to apply for the job.

✗ She’s decided applying for the job.

Some of these verbs can also have an object before the infinitive:
He doesn’t really expect her to pass the exam.
Verb + infinitive: afford, agree, aim, appear, arrange, ask, attempt, beg, campaign, care,
choose, consent, dare, decide, demand, deserve, expect, fail, fight, forget, guarantee,
happen, help, hesitate, hope, intend, long, manage, need, neglect, offer, pause, plan,
prepare, pretend, promise, propose, prove, refuse, seem, swear, tend, threaten, trouble,
try, undertake, vow, wait, want, wish, yearn
With these verbs we use” for” before” the object + infinitive”:
✔ We spent ages waiting for them to arrive.

✗ We spent ages waiting them to arrive.

In British English, we can use “deserve + -ing” when it has a passive meaning:
That naughty child deserves smacking.
Some verbs are followed by an infinitive only when they have an object.
✔ They forced us to open our suitcases.

✗ They forced to open our suitcases.

Verb + object + to + infinitive: advise, allow, cause, command, compel, encourage,
forbid, force, get, instruct, invite, leave, oblige, order, permit, persuade, recommend,
remind, request, teach, tell, tempt, urge, warn
VERB + -ING FORM/INFINITIVE
Some verbs can be followed by “an –ing form” or an infinitive, with no difference in
meaning:
I can’t stand to see/seeing animals in pain.

 154

Verb + -ing form/infinitive: attempt, begin, bother, can’t bear, can’t stand, cease,
continue, deserve, fear, hate, intend, like (enjoy), love, prefer, start
We usually avoid putting two infinitives or two “ –ing forms” together:
He wanted to start taking lessons.
We use “to + infinitive” after “would like”, “would love” and “would hate”:
When we get there I would like to take a nap.
When” like” means “think something is a good idea”, we only use the infinitive. Compare:
I like going/to go to the gym. It’s so relaxing (I enjoy visiting it)
Because of my weight problem I like to go to the gym at least twice a week. (I think
this is a good idea.)
SENSE VERBS
Sense verbs can be followed by “an object + -ing form” when we are describing an action
in progress/an action that is repeated:
As I walked past the church I heard someone playing Handel’s “Messiah” on the
organ.
I saw a young mother slapping her child. (She slapped him several times.)
These verbs can be followed by “an object + infinitive (without to)” when we are
describing a single action/the action is complete:
We saw a young mother slap her child in the supermarket. (She slapped once).
Last week I heard them play the fifth symphony. (I heard the complete symphony.)
We use “to + infinitive” after a passive sense verb:
The young mother was seen to slap her child.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. I’m not disappointed, I never really expected ……… (pass) the test.
2. Please don’t hesitate ……… (call) if you have any problems.
3. The doctor recommended ……… (avoid) strenuous activity for the first few
weeks.
4. The sales team aims ……… (exceed) its target by at least five per cent this year.
5. I don’t suppose you happened ……… (notice) whether there was a cash machine
there?
6. How on earth do they justify ……… (keep) three dogs in such a small flat?
7. We’d better hurry up; I’d hate ……… (arrive) late.
8. Despite all the rejections, Dave’s continues ……… (apply) for every vacancy he
sees.

 155

9. We discovered an old document ……… (lie) under the floorboards.

10. I’ll put off ……… (call) them until after I’ve spoken to the personnel officer.
11. You can watch the film if you promise ……… (go) to bed straight afterwards.
12. Being a diabetic, I like ……… (avoid) anything containing sugar.
13. Thanks very much. Yes, we’d love ……… (join) you for dinner on Friday.
14. You really can’t help ……… (feel) sorry for the poor guy.
15. Passengers are permitted ……… (carry) only one piece of hand luggage onto the
plane.
16. Jonathan’s the one who taught Rachel ……… (swim) last summer.
17. Sometimes you have to pretend ……… (like) people that you detest.
18. That’s strange, I don’t’ recall ……… (meet) him at all.
19. The judge will defer ……… (pass) sentence until the psychiatric reports have been
submitted.
20. Whenever possible, the personnel department likes ……… (settle) salary reviews
prior to the quarterly board meetings.
21. Her mother advised her ……… (write) to several different companies.
22. Tom suggested ……… (drive) to the seaside this weekend.
23. Jane seems……… (sleep) for hours. Did you happen ……… (notice) whether
there was a cash machine there?
24. Joan can’t afford ……… (go) on holiday this year, but she intends ……… (save)
up so that she can manage ……… (travel) around Europe next summer.
25. Misha desperately tried ……… (swim) to the shore but the current was too strong.
26. Jeremy was furious – he threatened ……… (leave) unless we apologized.
27. If I have ……… (go) into town, I avoid ……… (visit) shops where there are a lot
of people.
28. I’ll never forget ……… (fall) into the swimming pool on my wedding day.
29. I stopped for a moment ……… (watch) some children ……… (feed) the ducks.
30. I’d advise …… (buy) your tickets well in advance if you want to travel in August.

Exercise 2. Underline the correct form.

1. Darling, did you remember packing/to pack some extra money cards for the video
camera yesterday?
2. I really regret leaving/to leave school so young, it’s ruined my career prospects.
3. We tried pressing/to press the escape key but the program just wouldn’t respond.
4. A suspicious young man was seen enter/to enter the building shortly before the
incident.
5. As we drove over the river we noticed local women washing/wash their clothes in
the water.
6. Nothing will stop their enquiries, they mean getting/to get to the bottom of this
strange business.
7. Transglobe Airlines regrets announcing/to announce the cancellation of today’s
service to Istanbul due to air traffic restrictions.

 156

8. Do you remember seeing/to see that film last summer?

9. That wound is quite deep. You really need putting/to put some antiseptic on it.
10. We were all exhausted so we stopped getting/to get some rest at a model.

Exercise 3. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
Use the word in brackets, as in example.
Ex Sam said she hadn’t used my laptop. (deny)
Sam denied using my laptop.
1. I’m sorry that I gave up my job in the civil service. (regret)
………………………………………………………………….. in the civil service.
2. Make sure you top up your mobile phone credit before we leave. (forget)
…………………………………………………………………….. before we leave.
3. Because of his injury, Tom can’t drive at the moment. (be capable)
At the moment, Tom ……………………………………….. because of his injury.
4. As part of the ceremony, the president lays flowers on the soldier’s grave. (the)
…………………… on the soldier’s grave by the president is part of the ceremony.
5. Although she was pregnant, Julia didn’t stop work. (go)
Despite her pregnancy, Julia ………………………………………………………. .
6. To help with his insomnia, the doctor suggested Pedro give up drinking coffee.
(advise)
To help with his insomnia, the doctor …………………………….. drinking coffee.
7. If you accept this job you will have to take on a lot of responsibility. (mean)
Accepting this job …………………………………………………………………. .
8. There are a lot of mistakes in this letter. Please retype it. (need)
This letter ………………………………………………………………………...... .
9. Is it all right with you if my brother comes to the party? (mind)
Do you ……………………………………………………………… to the party?
10. Hilary laughed out loud when she heard the joke. (burst out)
Hilary ……………………………………………………………………... the joke.

Exercise 4. Complete the article with suitable forms of given verbs, as in the example.

catch, close, come, exploit, go, hear, install, over-fish, see, take, wear

JELLYFISH INVADE TOURIST BEACHES

If you feel like (0) going for a swim in the Mediterranean these days you might be in for a
shock – in more ways than one!

 157

Beaches from the Costa del Sol to the French Riviera have been invaded by shoals of
stinging jellyfish. The main culprit is Pelagia Noctiluca, or the mauve stinger. Its sting can
cause painful injuries even to healthy humans. And, if anyone suffering from an allergy is
stung, they will probably need (1) ……… a doctor immediately. Medical experts advise
(2) ……… the usual basic precautions such as only swimming at beaches with lifeguards
on duty. Those who wish to swim in more remote locations should remember (3) ……… a
wetsuit, as this offers considerable protection.
One tourist who was stung said, “I don’t regret (4) ……… here but I think they should
have warned us about the jellyfish. I (5) ……… our holiday rep saying something about it
but I wasn’t really listening. I mean, you don’t expect jellyfish in the Med, do you? It’s
something you associate with the tropics.
Some scientists blame the problem on global warming. Rising sea temperatures mean
jellyfish can live in parts of the sea that were previously too cold. (6) ……… of tuna and
turtles, which are natural predators of jellyfish, is thought to be another major cause. As
the numbers of these predators have declined, so the number of jellyfish has increased.
Environmentalists believe that until we stop (7) ……… the limited stocks of tuna the
problem will only get worse.
Tourism authorities have promised to take action against the problem, even if it means (8)
……… huge nets around popular beaches. They certainly want to avoid (9) ……… any
beaches to the public, as this would be disastrous for the tourist industry. In some areas
authorities are trying (10) ……… the jellyfish before they approach the coast by sending
out fishing boats to hunt for the creatures in deeper water.

Exercise 5. Write suitable forms of the words in brackets, putting verbs into an –ing
form/infinitive form.
Jessica: Where are you going for your holiday?
Mark: We're going to Maine – it's actually our second visit there, and we're really
looking forward to it. ……… (see) some of the people we met there last time will be
really great.
Jessica: Really? Are you going via New York?
Mark: Yes, we have to change planes there, which means ……… (spend) two
hours at the airport. I don't mind ……… (fly), but I really dislike ……… (wait) around at
the airport.
Jessica: Don't forget ……… (take) your laptop with you.
Mark: Good idea.
Jessica: What are you going to do while you're in Maine?
Mark: We're going to try ……… (canoe) and then we're going whale-watching.
We really regretted ……… (go) on a whale-watching trip last time. As well as whales,

 158

you can see dolphins ……… (follow) the ship and you can see seals ……… (sunbathe)
on the rocks, too.
Jessica: That sounds amazing. What else do you recommend ……… (do) there?
Mark: It's great for camping and walking, but I wouldn't advise you ……… (go)
there in the winter – it's extremely cold.

Exercise 6. Some of these sentences contain mistakes. Find and correct them.

Ex We agreed outside the cinema at nine to meet. è agreed to meet outside

1. Everyone in the office was fed up with Tom’s moaning.

2. The new manager is sure to looking in ways to cut costs.
3. He got caught when the boss found making personal phone calls.
4. The airline allowed us taking the wheelchair on board.
5. We were furious when the judge ordered to pay compensation.
6. Despite budget constraints the BBC continues to make innovative programmes.
7. You would better stay in bed today.
8. Mum has stopped to drink fizzy drinks. She is on a diet.
9. This bag is too expensive for me to buy it.
10. Smoking it is dangerous for your health.
11. Would you mind to open the window?
12. I’d love eating a pizza tonight.
13. I stopped at the bakery for to buy some bread.
14. They made me to pay for the broken window.
15. I heard the Taylors to argue.
16. I’d better to ask someone for help.
17. I forgot calling you last night, I’m sorry.
18. He left the shop without to pay for the shirt.
19. You shouldn’t to be rude to your parents.
20. He is enough old to drive a car.

Exercise 7. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct infinitive form/ -ing form.
(A)

 159

Sue has decided (1) ……… (apply) for a new job. Her mother advised her (2) ………
(write) to several different companies. Sue would like (3) ……… (work) for a large
company where she can (4) ……… (meet) new people.

(B)
Carol is too ill (1) ……… (go) to work today. She has managed (2) ……… (drink) some
tea and now she wants (3) ……… (sleep). Her husband offered (4) ……… (call) the
doctor, but Carol would prefer (5) ……… (wait) and see if she feels better tomorrow.
(C)
Daniel would like (1) ……… (get) his teacher a present, but he doesn’t know what (2)
……… (choose). He is thinking of (3) ……… (buy) her a book because he knows that
she enjoys (4) ……… (read). His sister will help him (5) ……… (pick) a good one.
(D)
I dislike (1) ……… (shop) because I can’t stand (2) ……… (be) in crowded places. If I
have (3) ……… (go) into town, I will avoid (4) ……… (visit) shops where there are a lot
of people.
(E)
Joan can’t afford (1) ……… (go) on holiday this year, but she intends (2) ……… (save)
up so that she can manage (3) ……… (travel) around Europe next summer. She is
looking forward to (4) ……… (visit) a lot of exciting places.

Exercise 8. Choose the correct words in the emails below.

Dear Sir,
We regret to inform/informing you that we have been obliged to cancel our weekly
service to Malaga. As your flight was not booked directly with us, we advise to
contact/contacting your travel agent as soon as possible in order to try to
arrange/arranging an alternative flight. We also recommend to get/getting in touch
with your insurance company, if necessary. We apologise for any inconvenience
caused and hope you will continue to use/use our airline.
Yours faithfully,
Edward Wilson
Head of Customer Service
Malaga Airlines

 160

Dear Lucy,
I have a bit of bad news – I'm afraid we will have to put off coming/to come to stay
with you this year as the airline has cancelled our flights. They seem to have stopped
operating/to operate flights to Malaga from our local airport. It's such a pity as to
visit/visiting you is something we have been greatly looking forward to – we always
enjoy spending/to spend time with you and your family. We'll try to
arrange/arranging something else soon.
Best wishes,
Ian

Exercise 9. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Add a
preposition or an object pronoun where necessary.
Her editor at the newspaper always made ………
 (feel) as if she had done something
wrong. As a journalist, she enjoyed ………
 (research) stories, but her boss wouldn’t
allow ………
 (tell) the truth because he wanted more sensational stories – stories that
would interest the majority of their readers. She always felt that she had to apologise
………
 (do) a good job because he invariably succeeded ………
 (edit) out the most
important facts of her story, only to replace them with irrelevant speculation. It was her
father who had encouraged ………
 (work) on the local newspaper before applying to a
national newspaper. She had considered ………
 (ignore) his advice, but she overheard
……… (talk) with some of his friends one day about how hard it was to get a good
journalism job these days, so she followed his advice. However, she doesn’t know how
much longer she can stand ………
 (work) for her boss, listening to him criticising
………
 (tell) the truth.

Exercise 10. Put the verbs in brakes into the correct form.
JOURNALISM TODAY
What should the main aim of a journalist be? Should it be …… (change) the world and
make it better? Actually, that is not the role of a good journalist. A good journalist should
…… (report) the news objectively and help disseminate it to as many people as possible.
However, when …… (work) for large news organisations, the editorial departments are
the people who …… (decide) what can and can’t be written, so the individual who has
aspirations …… (write) life-changing, cutting-edge articles can often be disillusioned
when they start …… (work) in the industry.
Technology has undeniably changed the world within which journalism must ……
(operate) and while some organisations may have found this brave new world more
challenging than others, most are trying …… (adapt). However, although technology has
caused massive changes in the industry, it is not always the key issue as many news
organisations have the added pressure …… (try) to keep their journalists safe and alive in
war-torn regions of the world. Every year journalists are killed in their search for truth.

 161

Whilst traditional print newspaper circulation has been decreasing by an average of three
percent every six months over the past five years, smartphone data has increased
dramatically. As a result, journalism has had to adapt, but that does not necessarily ……
(mean) that it has to lose sight of its original purpose despite the fact that today’s audience
or readers demand a constant flow of news. The amount of news and the speed with which
it is required does put journalists under immense pressure ……. (meet) that need.
Consequently, some people …… (argue) that this has dumbed down the quality of news
reporting because it is impossible …… (maintain) high standards when there is so much
information being communicated through every medium all day, every day. Critics believe
that there is less fact-checking and more unsourced reporting. Many stories are being
sourced from celebrity tweets or blogs, which are generally opinion-based comments that
obviously lack …… (report) accuracy or objectivity.
So has journalism just become a sensation-seeking gossip mill or are the traditional
standards winning out?

GRAMMAR REFERENCE 2
PREPOSITIONAL VERBS
Prepositional verbs consist of a verb + preposition (look into, at, for). The combination of
the verb and preposition creates a new meaning which can sometimes, but not always, be
worked out from the parts.
She looked for her missing passport. ( = searched, tried to find)
Would you mind looking into his complaint? ( = investigating, researching)
These verbs are transitive. We put the noun/pronoun object after the preposition and not
between the verb and preposition.
✔ We didn’t fall for it/his story.

✗ We didn’t fall his story for. or We didn’t fall it for.

With prepositional verbs (but not phrasal verbs) we can put an adverb between the verb
and preposition. But we cannot put an adverb between the preposition and object:
✔ She parted reluctantly with her money.

✗ She parted with reluctantly her money.

SPECIAL USAGE
In formal English we sometimes prefer to avoid a preposition at the end of a sentence.
With prepositional verbs (not phrasal verbs) we can put the preposition in front of the
relative pronouns whom/which.
These are the principles (which) our party stands for.
These are the principles for which our party stands.

 162

That’s the type of client (who) I’m dealing with.

That’s the type of client with whom I’m dealing.
But we cannot put the preposition after whom/which.
Not: These are the principles which for our party stands.
Some prepositional verbs are mainly used in the passive form, especially in written
English:
The marketing strategy is aimed at a target audience of 18 to 25 year olds.

PREPOSITIONAL VERBS:
Call for sb, care for sb, come across sth (=encounter), cope with sth, deal with sth
(=manage; handle), fall for sth (=be tricked), feel like sth, get at sb/sth, get over sth
(=recover from), get through (=finish successfully), go into sth, go with sth (=match), lead
to sth, look after sb/sth, look at sth (=observe), look into sth (=investigate), look like sth
(=resemble), look round sth (=visit), part with sth, pay for sth, rely on sth/sb, run into sb
(=meet by chance), see to sth (=organize/manage), send for sb, stand for sth
(=represent/mean/tolerate), stick to sth (=persevere/follow), take after sb, talk about sth,
think about sth (=consider)
The following prepositional verbs are usually used in the passive:
Be aimed at (=intended for), be applied to, be considered as, be derived from, be known
as, be regarded as, be used as, be used in
Phrasal-prepositional verbs
These verbs are formed by combining a verb with an adverb and preposition. The
combination created a new meaning which cannot usually be understood from the
meanings of the individual parts:
We look forward to hearing from you. (=anticipate with pleasure)
They are transitive and can be made passive:
All her employees looked up to her. (active)
She was looked up to by all her employees. (passive)
We can never use a noun/pronoun object between the particles:
✗ I can’t put up this treatment/it with any longer.
We cannot usually put a noun/pronoun object immediately after the verb.
✔ I can’t put up with this treatment/it any longer.

✗ I can’t put this treatment/it up any longer.

The exception is when the verb has two objects (let somebody in on something, take
somebody up on something:

 163

We let James in on the plan.

We took her up on her offer.
We cannot put an adverb before the first particle/after the final particle, but we can use an
adverb between the two particles.
✔ He stands up strongly for his principles. (particle+adverb+particle)

✗ He stands strongly up for his principles. (verb+adverb+particle)

✗ He stands up for strongly his principles. (particle+particle+adverb)
Phrasal-prepositional verbs
Back out of sth, break in on sth, catch up on sth/sb, catch up with sb, check up on sth/sb,
come across as sth (=appear to be), come down to sth (=be essentially), come up with sth
(=invent), cut down on sth (=reduce), do away with sth, drop in on sb, face up to sth
(=confront), get away with sth, get back to sth (=return), get down to sth, get on with sth,
get out of sth, give in to sth, go out for sth, go up to sb (=approach), keep away from
sb/sth (=avoid), keep up with sb, look down on sb, look forward to sth (=anticipate), look
out for sb/sth, look up to sb (=admire/respect), make away with sth, move on to sth, put
up with sth/sb (=tolerate), run away with sb, run off with sth, stand up for sth (=defend),
turn away from sth, walk out on sth/sb
The following phrasal-prepositional verbs are usually used in the passive:
be cut off from, be made up of, be set out in
Some verbs combine with a preposition either to create a new meaning/to link a verb with
an object. These verbs are also called prepositional verbs.
Tamsin complained about the bill.
She apologized for her outburst.
Some prepositional verbs also use an extra preposition before an indirect object (to the
manager), most of these are reporting verbs:
Tom complained to the manager about the bill.
She apologized to the committee for her outburst.
Verb+object+preposition+-ing form
We use object +preposition + -ing form after particular verbs to link the verb with the
person it affects and the action which is connected to it.
The police accused her of stealing.
His sense of duty prevented him from leaving.
These verbs can be made passive:
She was accused of stealing (by the police)
He was prevented from leaving (by his sense of duty)

 164

Prepositional verb +object+preposition+object

Agree about sth with sb, agree with sb about/over sth, apologise to sb for sth, complain
about sth to sb, complain to sb about sth, depend on sb/sth for sth, disagree with sb
about/over sth, quarrel with sb about/over sth, rely on sb/sth for sth.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Rewrite the following sentences using an appropriate multi-word verb.
You must use a pronoun (it, him, her, them) to replace the underlined object. In some
cases you may have to change the word order.
Ex They’ve postponed the housewarming party until Friday. - They’ve put it off until
Friday.
1. Would you mind organizing the removal yourself?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. I met Steve and Terri quite by chance at the supermarket this morning.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. I’ve arranged the meeting for ten o’clock tomorrow.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. You’re always criticizing your colleagues.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. I’m sure the police will investigate the burglary.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. The builders undertook the job very professionally.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Could you collect the children from school tonight?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Has Perry recovered from the flu yet?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. She really resembles her parents, doesn’t she?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. Would you highlight the advantages for me?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 165

Exercise 2. Rewrite the parts of the sentences in brackets with the words in the
correct order.
Ex Don’t (tomorrow/put/until/off/if) do it now. - Don’t put it off until tomorrow.
1. Thanks for the invitation. (looking/to/I’m/it/forward)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. The evil witch … . (frog/prince/the/into/turned/handsome/a)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. I won’t have any sugar thank you. (it/I’ve/up/given)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. There isn’t a death penalty any longer. (away/they’ve/it/done/with)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. He’s the footballer. (million / a/ team/ manager/ for/ the/ paid/ whom/ dollars)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. I have a small trust fund. (by/it/my/was/set/grandfather/up)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Computers don’t have floppy disk drives any longer.
(away/they’ve/them/done/with)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. We have a wireless network in the office. (by/it/our/was/set/IT engineer/up)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. The architect (old barn/beautiful house/the/into/turned/a).
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. ….. at JFK airport (up/held/for several hours/they/were).
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
11. Don’t (tomorrow/put/until/off/it); do it now.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
12. This calculation is so complicated! (help/it/can/out/you/me/work)?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
13. Silvio’s coming for the weekend. We (him/put/in the spare room/can/up).
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
14. I can get the machine started but I don’t know (off/to/it/how/turn).
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 166

15. You don’t have to complete the form; the computer (it/automatically/out/fill/will).
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 3. Complete the following sentences with a correct form of the verbs in
brackets.

away from / with / up to / up / out / at / in / down /

down to / into / across as

We know (0) bottling up (bottle) anger can be unhealthy. But how do we (1) …… (let)
our anger without seeming foolish? Expressing anger and losing you temper are different
things. One is healthy, the other dangerous. We (2) …… (look) people who express anger
calmly, but those who lose their temper (3) …… (come) immature and aggressive.
Many Dickson has (4) …… (set) a one-day anger workshop which helps people learn
about and (5) …… (deal) their anger. It is (6) …… (aim) ordinary people who don’t feel
able to control their tempers. She (7) …… (point) that anger is natural and nothing to be
ashamed of, but we should recognize it and (8) …… (look) its true causes. Then we can
(9) …… (face) it, and begin to do something positive. Participants (10) …… (fill) a
questionnaire about things that make them angry. They compare their responses and often
(11) …… (find) that the causes are other feelings such as fear or grief. But in our culture
it isn’t acceptable to (12) …… (act) these feelings in public. Men, in particular, are
supposed to (13) …… (cover) these feelings.
Once we know the causes of anger, we must learn how to (14) …… (keep) situations
which will induce them. When we are angry we want other people to understand us, but
we often make the mistake of (15) …… (run) those around us. Anger is often caused by
the feeling that you have been (16) …… (let) by other people. But we can’t always expect
other people to know our feelings. So the most important way to (17) …… (cut) the
number of anger-producing situations is to tell people exactly how we feel. It really all
(18) …… (come) communication.

Exercise 4. Complete the sentences with appropriate verbs and prepositions. Use
each verb only once. Some of the prepositions will be needed more than once.
Note that you will need two prepositions in numbers 10-15.

VERBS - accuse, agree, apologise, blame, convince, cure, depend,

disagree, explain, present, prevent, quarrel, rely, stop, supply
PREPOSITIONS - about, for, from, to, of, on, over, with

 167

1. Somehow I managed to …… my parents …… my innocence.

2. The subcontractors should be able to …… you …… spare parts.
3. The immigration authorities couldn’t …… the refugees …… entering the country.
4. Do you honestly think this faith healer will manage to …… him …… his stutter?
5. The Chief Constable is going to …… Harold …… this year’s award for bravery.
6. In my opinion we can …… today’s unemployment problem …… the previous
government.
7. I’m rather confused; you’d better …… that procedure …… me again.
8. Don’t take it out on me; I’ve never tried to …… you …… doing what you felt was
right.
9. I wouldn’t dare …… him …… stealing, although I certainly don’t trust him.
10. Congress is bound to …… the President …… the increase in federal taxes.
11. I absolutely refuse to …… them …… my comments; they were completely
justified.
12. Since the accident he’s had to …… his mother …… everything.
13. I’m happy to report that the unions …… us …… the need for wage controls next
year.
14. In the event of a power cut you will have to …… the emergency generator ……
Electricity.
15. Look, just give me the car keys; I don’t want to …… you …… this any longer.

Exercise 5. Some of these sentences contain grammatical mistakes. Tick the correct
sentences, then find and correct the mistakes.
Ex He was accused by fraud of the newspapers. - He was accused of fraud by the
newspapers.
1. The firing squad aimed at the condemned man their rifles.
2. Our accountant provided us with the end of year accounts.
3. The brilliant architect presented us to her imaginative proposals.
4. My uncle blames on his hearing problems old age.
5. The Prime Minister disagreed with the cabinet over the new welfare scheme.
6. Do you agree about her with the corporate sponsorship deal?
7. The crippled patient was cured of the doctor’s radical new treatment of arthritis.
8. Why won’t you even discuss her with it?
9. The plane was saved from disaster by the quick thinking of the crew members.
10. Gerald was accused of the court by lying under oath.

 168

Exercise 6. Choose the correct prepositions and fill in the gaps.

to/despite/as well as/for/by/between/on/but/by/from

STONEHENGE
Stonehenge is a large stone circle in the south-west of England. It is located …… a vast
plain, surrounded …… hundreds of round barrows, or burial mounds, and is thought to
have been constructed around 2500 BC. Some of the stones are believed to be ……
Wales, over 240 miles away. …… a huge amount of archaeological research, we still do
not know exactly how it was constructed or who it was constructed …… . Scientists and
historians are not sure what it was used …… . …… being of historical interest,
Stonehenge is a popular tourist destination. …… 1972 and 1984, Stonehenge was the site
of a popular music festival, but authorities have had no alternative …… to restrict public
access …… the monument because of possible damage to the stones.

Exercise 7. Complete the sentences using a complex preposition which includes the
word in the brackets and followed by a sentence ending from the box.

their ability to pay / their health / a strict protein-only diet / an apology /

the train driver / cream / his wishes / the 10,000 predicted / an excellent art gallery /
30th September / a terrorist attack

Ex The workers got extra paid holiday in exchange for a cut in their salaries.
(exchange)
1. The concert attracted only 2,000 people ……… (against).
2. The pudding recipe’s very rich, isn’t it? Do you think I could use yogurt ………?
(place)
3. I think healthcare should be available to all people, ……… (irrespective).
4. The city has drawn up plans for the evacuation of thousands of people ………
(event).
5. She’s lost a lot of weight recently, ……… (thanks).
6. Although he didn’t spend much of his life in Ireland, he was buried there ………
(accordance).
7. My parents want to move somewhere out of the city ……… (sake).
8. It may be only a small town, but it has an interesting natural history museum
……… (along).
9. He was a bit bad-tempered with me last week, so he gave me a box of chocolates
……… (way).
10. The road will be closed for major repairs ……… (effect).

 169

11. The crash was found to be the result of negligence ……… (part).

Exercise 8. Complete these extracts from a radio news report by expanding the notes
in brackets. Choose appropriate forms for the verbs and add prepositions and
pronouns where necessary.
Ex Police have appealed to witness for information (appeal/witnesses/information)
about the fire which has led to the closure of the main east coast rail line at
Crewbury.
1. A factory next to the line was burned down yesterday, causing major damage to the
track. Rail passengers are currently being ……… (advise/use) the line.
2. In the first interview given by the Foreign Minister since newspapers reported that
she personally approved illegal arms sales, she ……… (dismiss/the reports)
completely untrue. She went on to say that the accusation would not ………
(prevent/do) her job, and that she intended to continue in her post.
3. Ten youngsters between the ages of 12 and 16 met the Prime Minister today after
they competed in the World Youth Maths Challenge. The Prime Minister ………
(congratulate/achieve) excellent results in the competition. He said that they
……… (benefit/take part) the After School Maths scheme set up by the
government to encourage young people’s enthusiasm for the subject.
4. The Food and Agriculture Minister, Sheila Davies, ……… (quarrel/European
counterparts) the issue of fish conservation. During a discussion on the decline in
fish stocks, Ms Davies got into a heated argument, which ……… (end/walk) out of
the meeting.
5. Senior environmental scientists have called on the government to act immediately
to ……… (protect/the country) the effects of rising sea levels by building
additional coastal defences. However, a spokesperson from the Environment
Department said that the government wouldn’t ……… (rush/invest) substantial
amounts of money on coastal defences when these might not provide a long-term
solution.

Exercise 9. Add the missing prepositions to this letter.

Dear Jodi,
Sorry I haven’t been touch you for such a long time, but it’s been a busy few months.
Earlier this year I heard that my great-aunt had died. Apart seeing her a couple of times at
my parents’ house, I didn’t really know her. So you can imagine my surprise when I found
she’d left me a cottage along some money in the will!
When I saw the cottage, I just fell in love with it. It’s close a beautiful little village, and
looks the sea. My great-aunt used it as a holiday home, and I’ve decided to do the same.
Unfortunately, it’s been badly looked, so I’ve had to spend most weekends this year
sorting the place.

 170

I knew it was need some work, and at first I thought I could get away giving it a quick
coat of paint. But I soon realized it was a much bigger job. There were holes in the roof,
and the window frames were so rotten that some of the panes of glass were danger falling
out.
I was walking around the village one Saturday, wondering what best to do, when who
should I run but Barney Adams. Do you remember him from school? As luck would have
it, he now works in the village as a builder and decorator. We got talking, and he said he’d
come and look the house. Naturally, I took his offer! He got really enthusiastic about it.
He talked me replacing all the windows, and he’s put in a new central heating system
place the old coal fires. I’ve had to prevent him extending the kitchen, which he was keen
to do! He’s checked the roof, and fortunately that doesn’t need replacing. Thanks Barney,
the house is now looking brilliant, and comparison other builders, he doesn’t charge very
much.
The next project for me is to clean the mess in the garden, as it’s completely overgrown. If
you want to come and help me some time, feel free! You’ll always be very welcome.
Love,
Emily

Exercise 10.
A è Choose the correct preposition
1. It’s hard for a family to live on/from/with one person’s earnings.
2. Shall I translate this to/in/into English for you?
3. Dr Andrews specialises in/for/on dermatology.
4. I spend too much money for/on/at clothes.
5. You can rely on/at/with me to help you.
6. The child’s suffering from/of/at an ear infection.
7. The workforce consists mostly from/of/in younger people.
8. You need to focus at/to/on what’s most important.
9. You can succeed - it just depends from/at/on you.
10. There are two classes of people: those who divide people to/in/into two classes.
11. He lost control of the car and crashed against/into/on a lamppost.
12. I ran into/against/on Mrs Arthur in the supermarket this morning.
B è Put in, of è four times, about è five times and at, for and to è once each.
12. Have you heard …… Mary? She’s getting married in June.
13. Some English children have never heard …… Shakespeare.
14. Don’t shout …… me – I don’t appreciate it.
15. Could you shout …… Lucy and tell her lunch is ready?
16. I dreamed …… horses again last night.
17. I dream …… making enough money to stop working.

 171

18. That boy only thinks …… food.

19. What do you think …… my new idea?
20. You remind me …… one of my old school friends.
21. Can you remind Sue …… the meeting?
22. Geriatric nurses care …… old people.
23. I don’t think she cares …… anybody except herself.
C è Put in a preposition (5 times) or ✗ (5 times)
24. I think it’s time to discuss …… our next move.
25. Joe is going to marry …… his boss.
26. They’ve just operated …… Andy for a stomach problem.
27. I explained …… her exactly how to do it, but she still got it wrong.
28. It’s a nice design, but it lacks …… originality.
29. I really don’t agree …… Pat’s ideas.
30. She asked me to read her report and comment …… it.
31. How did you react …… Mary’s news?
32. I think we’re approaching …… the station.
33. The economy is entering …… a completely new phase.

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 8

8.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p.140
Exercise 1. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. На самом деле, у журналистики очень мало общего с газетным материалом,
который необходимо сообщить. Она имеет дело больше с данными о тираже:
сколько газет вы продадите, какой успех будет иметь ваш вебсайт, или будет ли
ваша история пользоваться популярностью в Интернете. По этой причине каждый
журналист постоянно находится в погоне за сенсацией: историей, которой больше
нет ни у кого. Тем не менее, ни одна история, или даже источник, который вам ее
поведал, не останется в секрете. Так что, следующее, что вы должны принять во
внимание, так это освещение, которое вы дадите своей истории. При этом вы
должны соблюдать (=быть на правильной стороне) законы о клевете. Слишком
многие журналисты не уважали должным образом чью-то частную жизнь, и их
карьера заканчивалась (=разрушалась) в суде. Таблоиды, как правило, более склонны
рисковать, чем широкоформатные газеты, и все они участвуют в рейтинговых
войнах не только друг с другом, но и с блогосферой (=виртуальное сообщество,
объединяющее авторов сетевых дневников), так как жаждут “большой” истории.
2. Помощник уже преподносил информацию о поражении сенатора как ’о почти
полной победе’. Я бы советовал нанять такого же изворотливого специалиста.

 172

3. Наши предположения оказались правильными. Банкир предпочёл уехать

заграницу, забрав с собой все незаконно присвоенные деньги.
4. Очень маленькая часть выступления, обычно произнесённая политиком по
телевидению, называется ’отрывок’. Я рекомендую вам запомнить это слово.
5. – Я предлагаю опубликовать эту сенсационную новость как можно скорее, пока
наши конкуренты ничего об этом не знают.
- Но ведь вторжение в частную жизнь незаконно!
6. Главный редактор заявил, что эти материалы не для печати. И корреспондент
побоялся возражать ему.
7. – Крайний срок, к которому должен быть готов материал, нужно изменить.
- Попробуй убедить в этом нашего главного редактора!
8. В выпуске новостей против премьер-министра были выдвинуты обвинения в
политическом пристрастии. Страшно предположить, что это может разрушить его
карьеру.
9. Количество зрителей, смотрящих передачу, неуклонно растёт. Я начинаю
понимать, почему это происходит.
10. Гражданская журналистика – новый тренд, который очень быстро набирает
популярность, так как позволяет людям делиться своим информационным
материалом посредством написания блогов и публикации его на Фейсбук.

8.2
Basic vocabulary - see V2 p.140
Additional vocabulary
Ex. 3a, p.76: a moderator
Extra vocabulary è People in the media è a publisher (both, AmEng and BrEng), a
publicist è (look these words up for translation if needed)
Exercise 2. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Корреспондент – это сотрудник газеты или телевизионной станции и т.д.,
который сообщает новости из конкретного места или на определенную тему.
2. Блогер - это человек, который публикует свои собственные дневники (journals) в
Интернете.
3. Веб-модератором является лицо, которое имеет право блокировать сообщения,
которые считаются неуместными или нарушают правила данного дискуссионного
пространства.
4. Обозревателем является тот, кто пишет статьи, особенно на конкретную тему,
которая регулярно появляется в газете или журнале.
5. Редактор - это человек, который отвечает за газету или журнал, или часть газеты
или журнала, и решает, что должно быть включено в нее/него.

 173

6. Работа публициста состоит в том, чтобы ознакомить людей с новым продуктом,

фильмом, книгой и т.д., или рассказать о том, чем занимается знаменитость.
7. Я знаю одного фотографа, который ради удачного снимка однажды целый день
простоял в телефонной будке.
- Страшно подумать, на что готовы пойти эти фотографы.
8. К сожалению, должен сказать, что ведущий этой программы был уволен по
сокращению штатов. Теперь его место займёт политический обозреватель газеты.
9. Джон стал работать продюсером на телевидении. Он стал осознавать, что хочет
популярности и признания.
10. Оуэн предпринял отчаянную попытку осветить проблему в прессе, но у него
ничего не получилось. Он мог бы посоветоваться с владельцем газеты. (упрёк,
критика)

8.3
Basic vocabulary - see V2 p.140
Additional vocabulary
Text p.80: to bore smb. with sth., to succeed in (doing) sth., to aim at sth./smb., to apply
to sth./smb.
Exercise 3. Translate the sentences using the active vocabulary.
1. Я хотел бы сфокусироваться на результатах нашей дискуссии.
2. Следующие 15 минут я буду рассказывать вам о правилах пользования
Интернетом на работе, затем я дам время задать вопросы.
3. Я хотел бы, чтобы вы взяли одну копию раздаточного материала, который
сейчас распределяется.
4. Если у вас нет аккаунта, но вы хотите зарегистрироваться, ознакомьтесь с
пошаговыми инструкциями.
5. Если у вас есть вопрос, не стесняйтесь прервать меня.
6. Прежде всего я хотел бы объяснить, почему в компании посчитали, что нам
нужны директивы.
7. Прекратите обижаться на мои слова. То, что я говорю, к вам совершенно не
относится!
8. Она слишком хорошо воспитана, чтобы наскучивать нам своими бесконечными
историями.
9. Новая программа факультета направлена на подготовку специалистов в области
журналистики, социологии и связей с общественностью.
10. Если вы хотите преуспеть в вашей будущей карьере, вы должны много учиться
и учить наизусть полезные фразы и выражения. Например: наскучить кому-то чем-
то, нацеливаться на что-то, фокусироваться на чем-то и т.д.

 174

UNIT 9
GRAMMAR REFERENCE 1
ADVERBS OF DEGREE
Adverbs – words which modify/give extra information about verbs, adjectives, other
words or whole clauses.
The most common use of adverbs is to modify adjectives:
Adverbs usually come before adjectives.
I thought his answers were pretty good on the whole.
Those cars are terribly expensive.
Some adverbs (really, almost, quite, pretty) can modify a verb:
The French team did quite well in the first round.

Position of the adverbs of degree

Mid positon: absolutely, almost, completely, entirely, just, hardly, partly, quite,
rather, really, slightly, totally:
They don’t really understand my point of view.
I don’t really like him (I slightly dislike him).
I really don’t like him (I strongly dislike him).
We can intensify gradable adjectives with the help of adverbs.
We can make gradable adjectives stronger with very, but not with the adverb
absolutely:
That new jacket looks very expensive.
✗ That new jacket looks absolutely expensive.
There are other words to we use to strengthen the meaning of these adjectives:
Extremely, most (formal), pretty (informal), rather, really, so, terribly
Last night match was terribly exciting.
I felt pretty upset after the accident. (informal)
We usually use “rather” with negative adjectives or when describing something
unexpected:
There was a rather unpleasant smell in the flat.
Surprisingly, the film was rather good.
We often use less common adverbs to intensify certain gradable adjectives:

 175

I was bitterly disappointed at my exam results.

My sister is painfully shy.
The students in this school are highly intelligent.
Gradable adjectives can usually be made weaker by the words: fairly, slightly, a (little)
bit, somewhat.
I’ve been feeling slightly dizzy all morning.
My friend was a bit upset.
The police reported that the man was somewhat aggressive.
We can use “not very” and “not at all” to weaken gradable adjectives after the verb to
be:
The end of term test wasn’t very long and it wasn’t at all difficult.
With gradable adjectives quite usually means “fairly” but can have other meanings
depending on stress and intonation:
The lecture was quite interesting (fairly interesting)
The common way to intensify the meaning of ungradable adjectives is with the adverb
“absolutely”. We often use this device to add emphasis in informal English:
I couldn’t swim in the sea; the water was absolutely freezing.
The show was absolutely fabulous.
We do not usually use “very” with ungradable adjectives:
Entrance to the museum is absolutely free.
✗ Entrance to the museum is very free.
When we use “quite” with ungradable adjectives, it has a similar meaning to
“completely”, emphasising the strength of the adjective. In speech the stress is usually on
quit:
The tenor’s performance was quite amazing.
You’re quite correct.
Although we use absolutely with many ungradable adjectives, there are some adjectives
where we prefer to use other intensifying adverbs such as completely, totally and utterly:
I’m afraid your answer is completely wrong.
Since the accident Tom has been totally deaf in one ear.
Susan was utterly appalled by her husband’s dishonesty.
Weakening ungradable adjectives with the help of the words: almost, nearly.

 176

We use almost, nearly, practically or virtually to indicate a point close to the absolute
meaning of ungradable adjectives:
He never turns the heating on = It’s practically freezing in there.
The battery in my calculator is almost dead.
After six months with the disease he was nearly deaf and virtually blind.
We do not usually use the modifiers : fairly, slightly, a (little) bit, somewhat or not very
with undgradable adjectives.
COMMON COLLOCATIONS
• Thoroughly approve • Sincerely, seriously doubt
• Argue strongly, forcefully • Bitterly, terribly, deeply, greatly,
extremely disappointed
• Severely affected
• Utterly devastated
• Apologize profusely
• Totally, utterly dedicated
• Entirely, really, completely, totally,
absolutely, quite agree • Absolutely, quite delighted
• Fully, entirely, really, greatly appreciate • Absolutely, really, utterly determined
• Deeply, greatly admire • Absolutely, quite, utterly disgusting
• Strongly, seriously advise • Deeply embarrassing
• Eagerly await • Greatly, really, thoroughly enjoy
• Absolutely adore • Utterly exhausted
• Freely admit • Totally, completely, entirely, quite
forget
• Really, firmly, seriously, sincerely,
strongly believe • Feel strongly
• Break deliberately • Deeply frustrating
• Really can’t stand • Gaze longingly
• Perfectly clear • Go on interminably
• Entirely convinced • Sincerely, really hope
• Strongly, totally disagree • Extremely, really happy
• Thoroughly, strongly disapprove • Totally, completely ignore
• Depend partly, greatly, entirely • Virtually, totally, quite impossible
• Totally, completely, absolutely, entirely, • Fully investigated
partly destroyed
• Fully informed
• Categorically, strongly deny

 178

• Seriously intend • Sympathize sincerely

• Fatally, severely injured • State categorically, clearly
• Quite, really like • Scream hysterically
• Hopelessly lost • Utterly shocked
• Love passionately • Perfectly, quite, terribly simple
• Highly motivated • Very surprised
• Sorely missed • Pretty sure
• Desperately need • Really, seriously think
• Absolutely, quite, totally, perfectly • Entirely taken up
obvious
• Absolutely, completely terrified
• Terribly, very pleased
• Sorely tempted
• Accurately predict
• Travel widely
• Rather pleasant
• Entirely, totally, completely, fully,
• Distinctly, clearly remember perfectly understand
• Totally, categorically refuse • Highly unlikely
• Strongly recommend • Seriously wonder
• Deeply, sincerely, bitterly regret • Work conscientiously
• Deeply, greatly relieved • Deeply, desperately worried
• Absolutely, quite right

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Use the words given below to make adjectives in each sentence either
stronger or weaker. Use each word once only.
Make the sentences weaker:

a bit, absolutely, fabulously, fairly, highly, highly, somewhat, very, virtually,

slightly

Ex: The dress I bought yesterday is damaged è slightly damaged

1. These days mobile phones are inexpensive.
2. Take care when you change gear; the gearstick’s stiff.
3. The inscription on the tomb was indecipherable.
4. Many of the Inca ceremonies were bloodthirsty.

 179

Make the following sentences stronger:

Ex: Her new book is controversial è highly controversial
5. Jane’s flat was freezing last night.
6. This new computer game sounds interesting.
7. Hilary’s husband is rich.
8. Victory in our next game seems unlikely.

Exercise 2. Some of these sentences contain mistakes. Tick the correct ones, then find
the mistakes and correct them.
1. We thought the staterooms in the White House were very impressive!
2. I’m afraid there’s nothing to eat; the fridge is very empty.
3. The tour bus is completely full so I’ve only got six seats left to offer you.
4. Come on, Lizzie. Let’s get some of those Italian ice creams – I’m very famished.
5. We chose the hotel because it was very recommended by our neighbours.
6. If you were really serious about studies, you would have given up that evening job.
7. Everyone in our class likes Jackie – she’s pretty friendly.
8. Jack was a very built man with massive shoulders and a menacing stare.
9. I found the funeral ceremony absolutely moving.
10. The Ambassador would be highly delighted to accept his honour on behalf of the
President.

Exercise 3. Read the article and decide which word, A, B, C below, best fits each gap
as in the example.
FAKES FOUND IN MAJOR MUSEUMS
Oscar White Muscarella, a (0) highly respected archeologist at New York’s Metropolitan
Museum, claims that more than 1,250 forgeries are on display in the world’s leading
museums and art galleries. In his latest book Muscarella specifically names 37 forgeries in
Louvre, 16 in the British Museum and 45 in his own museum in New York.
Muscarella’s earlier claims have been heavily (1) …… by some museum officials who are
(2) …… opposed to his arguments. But he has (3) …… good scientific evidence for his
claims, showing that over 40 percent of the objects examined by the Oxford
thermoluminescence laboratory are fakes.
The reason for the quantity of forgeries is (4) …… simple. Because many of the objects in
our museums are found by amateurs and illegally exported from their countries of origin
they have no official provenance or documented history.

 180

Museums are painfully (5) …… of this embarrassing problem and as a result they have
been known to overlook the lack of written records before accepting or buying antiquities.
This practice makes it (6) …… impossible to detect forgeries, especially if they are
accurate copies. But in fact many forgeries are (7) …… obvious as they are often copied
from a photograph which only shows the front of an object. When examining the back of
the forgery they can look (8) …… different from the original. But museum officials tend
to be (9) …… conservative and hate to question objects which have been sitting in their
collections for many years.
Muscarella specialises in the ancient Middle East, and this is the area of archaeology in
which he has found so many forgeries. But his research has had the effect of undermining
the reputation of some of our most (10) …… regarded institutions, and this should be of
concern to anyone who values our cultural heritage.
0 A absolutely B highly C very
1 A discussed B rejected C criticized
2 A bitterly B highly C rather
3 A perfectly B absolutely C somewhat
4 A virtually B quite C a bit
5 A conscious B understanding C aware
6 A very B virtually C pretty
7 A a bit B entirely C deeply
8 A completely B absolutely C almost
9 A heavily B utterly C deeply
10 A very B highly C absolutely

Exercise 4. Choose the correct words in bold.

PRISON OR HOLIDAY CAMP?
In a recent (1) high/highly contentious move the Prison Service has announced a decision
to build three more open prisons and to close two existing “closed” prisons. The Service
says the move is prompted by the increasing numbers of low-risk prisoners.
Critics are (2) right/rightly concerned about this move and believe it is (3)
serious/seriously flawed. They argue the decision is a cynical cost-cutting measure which
may put the public at risk.
At present open prisons are restricted to prisoners who have committed non-violent crimes
and to those who are getting (4) close/closely to the end of their prison term. (5)
rough/roughly 20% of prisoners are held in these facilities at the current time. Many open
prisons are more like country hotels; prisoners can wander (6) free/freely around the

 181

grounds and there are no high walls or barbed wire fences. Inmates can (7) easy/easily
walk out into the surrounding areas. And as most are positioned (8) deep/deeply in the
countryside it would be (9) easy/easily for absconding offenders to disappear with little
hope of recapture.
Critics of open prisons say that they do not provide the deterrent effect of traditional
prisons in which prisoners have to work (10) hard/hardly and have few luxuries. The
problem for the prison authorities is that traditional jails are (11) high/highly expensive to
run and offer few opportunities for the rehabilitation and re-education of offenders. In
open prisons offenders have the chance to experience something closer to everyday life,
and this helps to prepare them for their eventual release. Whoever is (12) right/rightly, the
public is bound to be concerned about this new development in prison policy.

Exercise 5. Choose the most suitable adverb of degree.

1. She finished the day ……… exhausted. (a bit/totally)
2. Laura Electra isn’t just a good singer. She is ……… fantastic. (absolutely/very)
3. The Chrysler Tower in New York is ……… high. (absolutely/pretty)
4. Colosseum is a ……… interesting place. (quite/rather)
5. That boy of yours is ……… lazy. (absolutely/extremely)
6. It was ……… freezing this morning. (a bit/absolutely)
7. Victoria, in my opinion, is ……… mad. (completely/highly)
8. Maria is ……… nice. (really/absolutely)
9. Brighton is a ……… beautiful town. (quite/rather)
10. Scarlett Johansson looked ……… gorgeous at the Ceremony. (absolutely/totally)

Exercise 6. Tick the adverbs, which can complete the sentences.

1. We don’t …… know the identity of the masked gunman.
A still B really C certainly
2. Our next door neighbours go there ……. .
A as well B hardly ever C a lot
3. I get the feeling you haven’t …… understood my point.
A entirely B really C probably
4. I haven’t been to the cinema ……. .
A yet B often C very often
5. The data from those sensors isn’t …… reliable.
A absolutely B sometimes C always

 182

Exercise 7. Rewrite the answers in the following short dialogues to make them more
emphatic. Use the adverb in brackets in a suitable position.
1. “Lucy hasn’t turned up yet again”. “I know. She is unreliable. Isn’t she?” (really)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Admit it. You stole it. “Sorry, I don’t know what you’re talking about!” (really)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. “I think you should swallow your pride and apologize to them”. “Come off it. You
can’t expect me to just give in like that”. (really)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. “Take a break? Give yourself space? What are you on about?” “You don’t have a
clue what I’m talking about, do you?” (absolutely)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 8. Choose the correct word or phrases, A, B, C for each gap.

1. We have been staying in a …… Hotel in the Gothic quarter.
A charming little B absolutely little C little charming
2. It was …… dark and suddenly three young guys surrounded us and demanded our
wallets.
A absolutely B utterly C pretty
3. Anyway, everything else has been …… fantastic.
A very B really C such
4. Anyway, I hope things are OK at the office and you’re not working too …… .
A hardly B hard C much hardly

Exercise 9. Complete the sentences using the adjectives in the box. Use the same
adjective in each pair of sentences. If possible, include the adverb given in brackets.

(severely) critical, (very) genuine, (rather) odd, (highly) original,

(extremely) particular, (thoroughly) professional, (somewhat) technical,
(pretty) wild

1. (a) She’s ………… about what she eats, and never touches processed food at all.
(b) There are so many hotels in the city to choose from. Why did you go for that
………… one?

 183

2. (a) The launch of the space shuttle has been delayed due to a ………… fault.
(b) The operating instructions were ………… and difficult to understand.

3. (a) The vase is a ………… antique, not a recent copy.

(b) I’m sure Melanie wouldn’t lie to you – she’s a ………… person.

4. (a) After protests on the streets, the government had to reconsider its …………
decision to double the tax on petrol.
(b) He’s admired around the world for his ………… style of guitar playing.

5. (a) She is a dedicated teacher, a ………… and hard-working.

(b) I couldn’t fix my computer myself, so I had to get some ………… help.

6. (a) As soon as I’d eaten the oysters, I had a ………… feeling in my stomach.
(b) All the houses on this side of the street have ………… numbers.

7. (a) The strike comes as a ………… time for the company, which has just invested
in a major new factory.
(b) The report was ………… of the Principal’s management of the college, and
she was forced to resign.

8. (a) The disease was passed on to chickens by ………… birds.

(b) It’s a ………… area of moorland, a long way from roads and settlements.

Exercise 10. Sort out adjectives into gradable (A) and ungradable (B).

high, fantastic, mad, great, stressful, freezing, lazy, nice, beautiful,

skilled, wonderful, gorgeous, exhausted, simple, well, well-known,
interesting

A: ……………………………………………………………………………………………

B: ……………………………………………………………………………………………

Exercise 11. Underline the correct word

1. Being a nurse is quite/pretty stressful job.
2. He has rather/fairly a funny name.
3. Jane is rather/quite more athletic than Susan.
4. She stayed out rather/fairly too late last night.
5. That story was quite/rather true.

 184

6. She is quite/fairly a friendly woman.

7. I didn’t expect to enjoy the film, but it was fairly/rather brilliant.
8. He is rather/fairly good at his job, but he sometimes makes mistakes.
9. It was a fairly/quite interesting book, but it wasn’t the best I’ve read.
10. This tin opener doesn’t work. It’s fairly/quite useless.
11. It was pretty/rather a long way from the station to the hotel.
12. It was rather/pretty a waste of time watering the plants. It’s raining now.

Exercise 12. Some of the following sentences contain mistakes with the adverbs and
adjectives. Tick the correct ones and underline the mistakes.
1. Some of these new laptops are hideously expensive.
2. Casualties during the Crimean War were very enormous.
3. Steve’s new girlfriend is very attractive.
4. Milan cathedral is slightly huge.
5. Last night’s episode was really gripping.
6. I can’t stand that actor; he’s absolutely ugly.
7. The club’s very empty for a Saturday night.

Exercise 13. Choose the most appropriate adverb a, b or c and fill each gap.
0. Jim hates speaking in public; he’s ………… shy.
A absolutely B completely C painfully
1. The Wimbledon final was ………… exciting.
A absolutely B utterly C terribly
2. Your new bracelet’s beautiful. It looks ………… expensive.
A very B completely C absolutely
3. I think I’d better lie down; I feel ………… sick.
A practically B a little bit C virtually
4. Yes, sir. You’re ………… correct. I’ll give you a refund.
A quite B very C rather
5. Since the accident Clive has been ………… paralysed.
A totally B absolutely C very
6. After a month with no rain the grass is ………… dead.
A slightly B almost C somewhat
7. I wasn’t expecting much but, surprisingly, the play was ………… good.
A nearly B absolutely C quite

 185

GRAMMAR REFERENCE 2
REPORTING USING NOUNS
Reporting nouns are nouns such as “comment”, “criticism”, “statement” and etc. We can
represent indirect speech with reporting nouns as well as with reporting verbs. They are
more common in writing than speaking and are usually quite formal:
“You haven’t worked hard enough.”
His remark that we hadn’t worked hard enough upset everyone.
The Prime Minister’s comment that this was not the right time for an election has
made headlines in all today’s papers.
Jason’s claim that he was ignored by everyone is hard to believe.
Her excuse that she had been abroad at that time was not accepted by the court.
Common reporting nouns: announcement, complaint, explanation, response, answer,
criticism, news, statement, argument, demand, offer, suggestion, claim, denial, promise,
threat, comment, excuse, remark, warning.
The reported clause after a reporting noun is usually “that-clause” which acts as the
complement of the noun; we do not usually omit that after reporting nouns.
We can also use some reporting nouns (claim, offer, promise, suggestion and threat)
with a-to-infinitive:
She made a promise to visit him at least once a month.
Reporting nouns and adjectives
We often use adjectives with reporting nouns to describe particular qualities of what
someone said:
Her sudden announcement that she was getting divorced came at 5pm yesterday.
His feeble excuse that he had missed the train convinced nobody.
As well as reporting speech with a reporting verb, we can use “a noun + that” to report
someone’s words when we want to add more information:
Prime Minister: “The recession will soon be over.”
The Prime Minister’s statement that the recession would soon be over was
considered ridiculous by the opposition.
Kenny “You should try the new Chinese restaurant. It’s excellent.
Kenny recommended that we try the new Chinese restaurant.
What did you think of Kenny’s recommendation that we try the new Chinese
restaurant?

 186

We do not usually leave out, that after reporting nouns: admission, advice, allegation,
announcement, answer, argument, assertion, claim, comment, complaint, denial,
explanation, forecast, point, remark, response, suggestion.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Use the verbs in brackets to complete each sentence. Change one verb
into a reporting noun and use the other to complete the statement.
Ex: We were all astonished by the pilot’s announcement that the smooth landing had
been entirely on autopilot. (be/announce)
1. The official’s ………… that he ………… the documents on the train created a stir
in the Department of Defence. (admit/leave)
2. Frankly, at this newspaper no one believes Riley’s ………… that he …………
money to allow his opponent to win the snooker championship. (accept/deny)
3. The defendant’s ………… that the accused ………… her over a period of twenty
month needs to be carefully considered. (allege/stalk)
4. What about Amanda’s lack of concentration at work? Did you believe her
………… that she ………… from stress-induced headaches? (suffer/explain)
5. “Did you query the solicitor’s bill?” “Yes, I did, but I wasn’t impressed by his
………… that the extra charges ………… because we had withheld information!”
(be applied/respond)

Exercise 2. Report each of these statements, transforming given verbs into nouns.
1. “I wouldn’t stay out in the cold for too long”. Jill told Tom. (advise)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. “Don’t go back into the house”, the firefighter told Jack. (warn)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. “If I were you, I’d stay near the airport”, the travel agent told us. (recommend)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. “You are not to marry Ann Jones”, the Parliament issued to Prince Gary. (deny)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. “Why don’t you come round to my house for a meal”, Alan told me. (invite)
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 3. Complete the sentences with one of the suitable nouns.

announcement, decision, encouragement, explanation, invitation, issue,

question, observation, promise, warning

Ex: The turning point in his life came when he took the ………… . (become/actor) .

 187

è The turning point in his life came when he took the decision to become an actor /
decision that he would become an actor.
1. He failed to address the ………………………………………………………….. .
(who/pay repairs/building)
2. I was delighted to get an ………………………………………………………… .
(spend Christmas/them/Scotland)
3. I think it was Aristotle who made the ………………………………….………… .
(no such thing/bad publicity)
4. Amazingly the police accepted Rudi’s …………………………………………… .
(taken/wallet/mistake)
5. On the TV programme they debated the ………..………………............………… .
(assisted suicide/criminal offence)
6. The letter from the company gave a final ……………………………....………… .
(pay/bill by/end of/week)
7. The government has broken its ………………………………………….………… .
(reduce/rate/income tax)
8. The positive reaction to my work gave me considerable …………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………... .
(take up photography/career)
9. Waiting passengers were angry when they heard the …………………………… .
(flight/cancelled)

Exercise 4. Report by completing the sentences. Use one of the following words + as
to + a question word.

advice, argument, explanation, indication, speculation, suggestion

1. I was given a lot of advice as to what clothes to take with me to Malaysia.

2. Smith’s latest injury has prompted ………… long he can carry on playing tennis.
3. We were all very happy when the company won the award, but there has been a
great deal of ………… should get the prize money.
4. A number of very good ………… have been put forward ………… the King’s 50th
birthday should be celebrated in the village.
5. Mr Johnsons resigned last week but gave no ………… he was leaving.
6. We were told to deliver the wardrobe to the house, but there was no …………
exactly to put it.

 188

Exercise 5. Rewrite the sentences in the Reported Speech; where it’s possible use
nouns.
Ex: “Helen, would you like to come to lunch on Sunday?” asked Mary.
Mary asked Helen if she would like to come to lunch on Sunday.

1. Sue thought it would be a good idea for me to see a doctor.

Sue ……………………………………………………………………. see a doctor.
2. The minister proposed regular meetings for the committee.
The minister ………………………………………………... should meet regularly.
3. Jack demanded urgent action from the police.
Jack …………………………………………………………... something urgently.
4. My bank manager invited me to visit him at home.
My bank manager ………………….…………………………… visit him at home.
5. “I’ll call off the football match if you don’t behave,” the teacher said.
The teacher …………………………………...…the children’s behavior improved.
6. “OK mum, I’ll do my homework, I promise,” said Laura.
Laura ………………………………………………………..…... do her homework.

Exercise 6. Rewrite the sentences using the noun form of the underlined reporting
verbs. You will need between one and five words.
1. Verb form When asked who had packed her case, the woman answered that she
had with some help from her mum.
Noun form Her ………… that she and her mum had packed the case.
2. Verb form The officer observed that the woman had meat and cheese in her
suitcase.
Noun form His ………… that the woman had meat and cheese in her suitcase.
3. Verb form She claimed that she wasn't aware of the rules, which made the
officer suspect she was carrying more food items.
Noun form Her ………… unaware of the rules made the officer suspect that she
was carrying more food items.
4. Verb form The officer declared that the apples could be brought into the
country, but that the potatoes and honey could not.
Noun form His ………… that the apples could be brought into the country was
followed by a decision to take away the potatoes and honey.
5. Verb form The woman complained that the rules were crazy.
Noun form The woman's ………… that the rules were crazy.
6. Verb form The officer remarked that the woman should read the policy next
time. This ended the conversation.
Noun form His ………… that the woman should read the policy ended the
conversation.

 189

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 9

9.1
Basic vocabulary – see V1 p. 142
Additional Vocabulary
Ex. 2a, p.87: to hedge about with something, to make a song and dance about
it/something/doing something, to cut across, maxim, to hold good, to be confined to
something.
Ex. 9.1, p. 86: pervasiveness, respect for the law, tacitly accept, albeit.
Exercise 1. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Очень важно принимать во внимание интересы обеих сторон, иначе
нарушение договоренностей может привести к остановке процесса переговоров.
2. Нет смысла выносить сор из избы и устраивать скандал, даже если ты
понимаешь, что есть какая-то проблема (что-то не так).
3. Законодательные и судебные органы, а также полиция все больше осознают,
что насилие в отношении женщин присуще всем слоям общества.
4. Существуют определенные правила поведения и этикета, которые следует
строго выполнять, некоторые из них тесно связаны с понятием личное
пространство. Например, не вмешиваться в чужие дела, заниматься своим делом, не
привлекать к себе внимания.
5. Фрэнк всегда мечтал управлять собственной компанией, хотя он знал, что
открытие своего дело часто связано со многими трудностями. Однако он не ожидал,
что его компаньоны будут уклоняться от ответственности и подведут его. Он был
очень разочарован.
6. Нередко им отказывали в равном доступе к тем основным правам и
свободам, которые большинство из нас воспринимают как должное.
7. Заявление министра обороны о том, что наша борьба не должна сводиться к
возмездию и наказанию, остается справедливым и по сей день.
8. Если я правильно помню, миссис Стэнсбери не хотела выдвигать обвинения
или поднимать шумиху. Но почему все так безоговорочно поверили ее заявлению?
9. Несмотря на усилия международного сообщества решить проблему
наркомании, масштабы ее распространения и связь с транснациональной
организованной преступностью, отмыванием денег и торговлей оружием остаются
предметом особой значимости.
10. Фильм интересный, хотя и спорный, основная его идея заключается в том,
что гуманитарная деятельность основывается на принципах нейтралитета, уважения
закона и справедливости.

 190

9.2
Basic vocabulary – see V2 p. 142
Additional Vocabulary
Ex. 5-6 (a-b) p.88: boot camp, to instill respect for, rigorous, disobedience, to commit a
crime, to violate, to impose limits, to be in charge of something.
Ex. 3a, p.90: for ends, debunk a myth, stand up to something, to be on the increase, flee
persecution, misnomer, refugee, asylum seeker.
Exercise 2. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Один из несовершеннолетних преступников был приговорен к трем месяцам
общественных работ за нарушение закона в этом штате.
2. За последнее время приток незаконных иммигрантов и беженцев увеличился,
многие их них вынуждены бежать от преследований и насилия.
3. Автор статьи пытается развеять миф о международной миграции, а также
затрагивает проблему преступности среди несовершеннолетних. Но некоторые
термины, которые он употребляет, не совсем точные.
4. Статистические данные свидетельствуют о том, что число вынесенных
приговоров, не связанных с лишением свободы увеличилось, а если допрос не
может быть завершен в течение определенного периода времени, претендент на
получение статуса беженца должен быть освобожден.
5. Должно ли более суровое наказание служить сдерживающим фактором для
тех, кто, возможно, в будущем попытается совершить подобные преступления?
6. Следователи по этому делу отвечают за задержание подозреваемого и его
доставку в место временного содержания под стражей.
7. В соответствии с этим документом сбор и обработка информации не должны
осуществляться незаконными методами, и эти данные не должны использоваться в
целях, противоречащих принципам Устава Организации Объединенных Наций.
8. Первоначальное постановление суда по делам несовершеннолетних
действительно в течение пяти дней. В данном случае оно предусматривает
реабилитацию и установление определенных ограничений.
9. Система социальной помощи нуждается в трансформации. Однако, это
довольно сложный процесс, главное не спасовать перед трудностями, которые
могут возникнуть.
10. В случае непослушания, в этом исправительном учреждении для
несовершеннолетних, применяются меры, которые помогают внушать уважение к
закону, а также воспитывать в духе соблюдения строгой дисциплины.

 191

9.3
Basic vocabulary – see V3 p. 142
Additional Vocabulary
Ex. 5, p.88; Ex. 10, p. 89: electronic tagging, curfews, self-reliance.
Ex. 7, p.91: rootlessness, restrained, acute attention, craving for.
Ex. 3a, p. 93: truancy, to amend law, there is no room for doubt, as it stands,
cumbersome, built-in.
Exercise 3. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.
1. Из-за высоких показателей прогулов и неуспеваемости, руководство школы
приняло ряд мер, направленных на улучшение ситуации.
2. Количество избирателей, готовых проголосовать за этого кандидата в
президенты, значительно выросло по сравнению с показателями прошлого месяца.
Очевидно, они доверяют ему.
3. Недавно были внесены поправки в закон о миграции. При данных
обстоятельствах, изучение языка является обязательным требованием для только
прибывших мигрантов.
4. Несмотря на тягу к искусству, Линда, по совету родителей, поступила на
юридический факультет Мэрилендского университета четыре года назад. Она
изучает международное право и нет оснований сомневаться, что она станет
успешным адвокатом.
5. Заявление игрока сборной Англии было опубликовано в различных СМИ.
Это уже не первое упоминание о нем за последнее время.
6. Несмотря на то, что законопроект довольно объемный, предусмотренные в
нем возможности свободы действий (гибкости) связаны с исполнением судебных
решений.
7. «В следующую субботу у нас будет небольшое мероприятие. Уделите
пристальное внимание деталям его проведения, пожалуйста».
8. Преступник был идентифицирован как местный житель. Он был отпущен под
залог с устройством слежения.
9. После пребывания в исправительном учреждении для несовершеннолетних
Дэвид считает, что комендантский час ни в коем случае не должен применяться в
качестве наказания. А самодисциплина, самостоятельность, умение работать в
команде –вот основные навыки, которые вырабатываются у всех участников
программы.
10. В этой поэме автор затрагивает проблему иммиграции и пути ее решения.
Характерный тон всех его произведений сдержанный и рассудительный.

 192

Unit 10
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
NON-FINITE CLAUSES
A non-finite clause contains a non-finite verb, i.e. a verb that has no indication of person
or tense. These are clauses without a main verb:
Arriving late, we failed to find a hotel.
In this example, the non-finite clause is arriving late, and the non-finite verb is arriving.
A non-finite verb usually relates to the subject of the main clause (we), and we know the
time/tense from the verb in the main clause (past):
Not having a ticket, I won’t be able to go to the concert tomorrow.
(present/future).
Not having a ticket, I wasn’t able to go to the concert yesterday.
There are three main types of non-finite clauses: present participle clause, past participle
clause and infinitive clause.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE CLAUSE
In these clauses the non-finite verb is active:
The company reduced its overhead, cutting 60 jobs. (i.e. with the result that it
cut 60 jobs).
Present participle clauses can replace relative clauses:
Did you hear the fox calling in the garden last night? (i.e. the fox that was
calling)
In defining phrases, we only use an active participle phrase (-ing form) when we are
describing a continuous action or situation. We can’t use an –ing form for a single
completed action.
The thief taking her bag has been arrested.
The thief who took her bag has been arrested. (single completed action).
We usually use –ing participle phrases when two actions happen at the same time, or one
happens immediately after the other. The –ing participle usually describes the background
or earlier action. This is similar to the use of the continuous aspect for actions in progress:
Leaving the motorway, we noticed an overturned truck on the verge. (=As/when
we were leaving the motorway, we noticed…).
Switching off the lights, I turned over and buried my head in the pillow. (=After I
switched off the lights, I turned over…)
In written English an –ing participle phrase often describes the setting or background
situation:

 193

Living in Los Angeles, Brad was one of those over-optimistic movie wannabes.
When we want to emphasise that one thing happened before another, we can use a perfect
participle for the earlier action. The participle phrase can come before or after the main
clause:
Having passed my driving test, I was able to buy my first car. (=After I had passed
my driving test,...)
I was able to buy my first car, having passed my driving test.
The perfect participle can also describe reasons or causes as these usually come before a
result:
Having forgotten to take my keys, I had to borrow a set from my landlord.
(=Because I had forgotten my keys,…)
PAST PARTICIPLE CLAUSE
In these clauses the non-finite verb is passive:
Handled carefully, this glassware should last a lifetime. (i.e. if it is handled with
care)
This type of clause can also replace a relative:
The police have identified the driver killed in the crash. (i.e. the driver who was
killed)
In formal (usually written) English, participle phrases can have a subject which is not the
same as the subject of the main clause:
Horns locked, the two stags struggle for mastery.
Participle clauses can often operate like clauses of reason, condition, result and
time.
FULL CLAUSE PARTICIPLE CLAUSE
She will be unable to answer your Not being qualified, she
queries because she is not qualified. will be unable to answer

Reason As I hadn’t been asked, I didn’t your queries.

really want to interfere. Not having been asked, I
didn’t really want to
interfere.
If you treat it gently, the fabric Treated gently, the fabric
Condition
should last for years. should last for years.
The corporation shut down the plant, The corporation shut down
Result with the result that many workers the plant, leaving many
were left unemployed. workers unemployed.

 194

As we turned the corner we saw the Turning the corner, we

Time hospital in front of us. saw the hospital in front of
us.

Note that the result is often not intended: I stayed at work rather late, missing my last
train home.
INFINITIVE CLAUSE
An infinitive clause is formed with to + infinitive. It usually expresses a purpose or result:
We came home early only to find that everyone had left.
We can use the following forms of the verb in infinitive phrases:
Active infinitives Passive infinitive
Simple (not) to mend (not) to be mended
Continuous (not) to be mending (not) to be being mended
Perfect (not) to have mended (not) to have been mended
Infinitive phrases can be active or passive, but they do not show tense.
The time reference is shown by the context or by the tense of the verb in the main clause:
The tax bill will be the first item to be debated in the next parliament. (future)
Their proposal was the first one to be debated at yesterday’s planning meeting.
(past)
But we can use the perfect infinitive for an event that happened before the main clause:
Not to have acted sooner is his greatest regret. (=He regrets he didn’t act
sooner.)
Her greatest claim to fame is to have been chosen for the last Olympic squad.
(=She is famous now because she was chosen.)
We can often replace a relative clause after a superlative, an ordinal number (e.g. first), or
one, next, last and only, with an infinitive clause.
The youngest person that entered the programme was just fourteen. – The
youngest person to enter the programme was just fourteen.
The window seat is usually the first one which is taken. - The window seat is
usually the first one to be taken.
Linda was the only one who stayed for the whole performance. – Linda was the
only one to stay for the whole performance.
We usually don’t use an infinitive clause to replace relative clauses containing modal
verbs, because the meaning would not be clear:

 195

He’s the only player to save the team from defeat.

He’s the only player who might save the team from defeat.
We often use an infinitive clause to describe a deliberate purpose or aim. This is the
infinitive of purpose:
Davy took a year out to see the world and broaden his experience of life.
We can use an infinitive clause to describe discovering something unexpected, especially
with only:
He returned to the field to find the army in retreat.
Eliza rejoined her friends, only to discover that Mr. Darcy had left.
We sometimes use infinitive and participle clauses to add a comment to something we are
saying:
I’m not very keen on it, to tell the truth.
Generally speaking, they’re a pretty friendly bunch of people.
It wasn’t a bad show, all things considered.
We can use an adverb to modify a participle. This describes the particular aspect of
something which we are commenting on. The adverb can come before or after the
participle:
Financially speaking, few of the dot.com companies have a good track record.
Compromised artistically, Picasso felt compelled to leave Paris.
Note that we can use adverbs in the same way with adjectives.
Although economically successful, the government is starting to lose popularity.
In written English, it is usual to move from the familiar (the current topic) to the new and
to be economical with words and avoid repetition. Participle and infinitive clauses help us
to do these things. Compare the examples:
Steve went home. He noticed a piece of paper which had been left on the doorstep
as he walked towards the door. –Steve went home. Walking towards the door, he
noticed a piece of paper left on the doorstep.
Because Marion didn’t have a degree she was the only one who wasn’t offered a
permanent contract. – Not having a degree, Marion was the only one not to be
offered a permanent contract.

 196

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Choose the best participle forms (A-G) to fit into the sentences. One of
the forms is not needed.

A. giving B. not having been given C. not giving

D. having been given E. being given F. having given G. given

1. The best part …… to another actor, Josh felt unwilling to continue his involvement
in the show.
2. I’ve always treasured the watch …… to me on my eighteenth birthday.
3. The police officers stood at either end of the hallway, …… Ray no chance of
escape.
4. …… our tickets to the attendant, we were ushered into the ante-chamber of the
tomb.
5. We are dividing up the grant according to need, the largest amount …… to the
homeless.
6. …… the mandatory month’s notice by the landlord, the tenant was able to stay on
the house.

Exercise 2. Rewrite the following sentences, replacing the underlined phrases with a
suitable participle clause.
0 As they hadn’t been arrested they were able to leave the police station. – Not having
been arrested, they were able to leave the police station.
1. She fell asleep while she sat in the armchair.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Because I can speak Finnish I was able to follow the conversation.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. My brother, who has split up with his wife, wants to move in with me.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. So far nobody has claimed the money we discovered under the floorboards.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. After he had moved out, Danny found it difficult to find a nice place to stay.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. If you leave it for too long, oil paint will form a skin.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. The sea was very rough, which made me feel sick.

 197

……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. As I am not very good with figures I’ll let you do the accounts.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. This is a house, which has been built to last forever.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. Provided you wash it at a cool temperature this garment will not shrink.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
11. People who play loud music late at night can be a real nuisance.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
12. Because he had been unemployed for so long, Jack despaired of ever finding a
job.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
13. If you give them enough time, the engineers will be able to find the fault.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
14. The people who lived closest to the riverbank were worst affected.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
15. Due to the fact that I hadn’t registered, I was unable to vote in last week’s
election.

Exercise 3. Some of these sentences have mistakes - either an unnecessary extra

word or a missing word. Tick the correct sentences and correct those with mistakes.
1. Study medicine at university you need to pass a biology exam.
2. I don’t think much of him, be honest with you.
3. That was the very first programme to be shown on the new channel.
4. We don’t want to be the last ones to leave.
5. It isn’t necessary to be being rich to be happy.
6. I was the first one in my family to have been gone to university.
7. I’m afraid you aren’t the first person to mugged in this neighbourhood.
8. She joined the Navy to see the world.
9. It’s a shame not to have seen the fireworks.
10. The Royale is the latest fabric to have designed by Silvio Moresco.

 198

Exercise 4. The famous quotations (1-5) are missing infinitive phrases. Match the
infinitive forms (A-E) in the box to complete the quotations correctly.

A. to have loved B. to look natural C. to live D. to forgive

E. not to be

1. “To err is human …… divine”. (Alexander Pope)

2. One should eat …… , not live to eat”. (Moliere)
3. “It is better …… , and lost than never to have loved at all”. (Samuel Butler)
4. “To be, or …… , that is the question”. (William Shakespeare)
5. “The best thing is …… , but it takes make-up to look natural”. (Calvin Klein)

Exercise 5. Rewrite sentences, inserting an infinitive or participle phrase. Some

sentences can be written in more than one way. The first one has been done as
example.
0 The value of the currency fell. It made foreign holidays more expensive.
The value of the currency fell, making holidays more expensive.
1. Carlos joined a dating agency. He wanted to find a girlfriend.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. I left my keys at the office. I couldn’t get into my flat last night.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Manuela hasn’t got a visa. She can’t travel to the US.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. My nephew immigrated to Australia. He wanted to start a new life.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. A new dam was built across the river. It flooded thousands of hectors of farmland.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. The old house had been restored by experts. It regained its former glory.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. I wasn’t very fit. I was unable to finish the marathon.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Dave and Marla’s children had left home. They felt they should move to a smaller
house.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 199

9. They got home early. They found the place had been burgled
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. Only one person stayed behind. It was the caretaker.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 6. Use infinitive and/or participle clauses to rewrite this extract from a TV
listings magazine in a more natural way. The parts you need to change are
underlined. You may need to change the order of some words. The first phrase has
been done for you.
Movie of the week
“The Godfather”
It dates from 1971 and was directed by Francis Ford Coppola. The Godfather won three
Oscars.
The film lasts almost three hours and is Shakespearean in its scope and ambition. It is the
story of a New York mafia family, which is headed by Marlon Brando as “the Godfather”.
Although Brando has the title role it is Al Pacino, who plays his troubled son and heir
Michael, who steals the show in a masterly performance. As he struggles to reconcile his
distaste for crime and brutality with his sense of family honour and duty, Pacino’s
character embodies the moral dilemma at the heart of the movie.
The director intersperses long scenes of family life with shorter sequences of extreme
violence in order to achieve his aim of taking the audience on an emotional rollercoaster
ride. Because it was shot in explicit detail, this violence may shock some viewers. But
anyone who is prepared to put up with this will enjoy a unique dramatic experience. In
fact, for many people The Godfather is the greatest American film, which had been made
in the 1970s.
Dating from 1971
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 200

Exercise 7. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. You must use between three and eight words, including the word given.
There is an example (0).
0 The first person that arrives in the office in the mornings is usually Gary.
(arrive) Gary is usually the first person to arrive in the office in the mornings.
1. Martin is always a great asset at any party because he is so charming.
(be) …………………………………………….. always a great asset at any party.
2. I took a short computing course following my graduation from college.
(have/graduate) ………………………………………………………. a short
computing course.
3. Celia’s major regret is that she had never made more of her musical abilities.
(make) …………………………………………… her musical abilities is Celia’s
major regret.
4. As she threw open the French window Mary said “There’s nothing like fresh air!”
(throw) “There’s nothing like fres air!”……………………… the French window.
5. The company launched an advertising campaign with the aim of increasing its
market share.
(increase) The company …………………………………….…… its market share.
6. Finding the old house in such a derelict state came as a great shock.
(find) It came as ………………………………………………….. in such a
derelict state.
7. Frankly, I don’t think my clients will ever agree to those prices.
(pay) I don’t think my clients will ever agree ………………………...…………... .
8. The shrubs should grow well if you plant them in a sunny spot.
(plant) …………………………………………………...……… should grow well.
9. They will probably sell the ground floor flat first.
(sell) They expect the ground floor flat …………………………………………… .
10. My brother is having a lot of trouble finding a decent job as he hasn’t had the
benefit of a college education.
(have) ………………………………………………… a college education, my
brother is having a lot of trouble finding a job.
11. Sophie was a demanding boss because she was such a perfectionist.
(be) ……………………………………………………… was a demanding boss.
12. The town hall was one of the few buildings that weren’t destroyed in the
earthquake.
(be) The town hall was one of the few ………………………….in the
earthquake.

 201

Exercise 8. Think about situations involving yourself or members of your family.

Complete these sentences using ideas of your own.

1. Not wishing to upset anyone,

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Having forgotten to
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Since I/she/he left home

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Before telling
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

5. Unaware of my plans,
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Without thinking about the problems that might occur,

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

7. On arriving home that night

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

8. What with not getting on with my brother/sister,

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

9. A little ashamed of what I had done,

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

10. With the family being so short of money,

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 9. Rewrite any of these sentences, which are incorrect. If a sentence is

correct, put a tick.
1. Seeing her twin brother for the first time for nearly thirty years, Jorge burst into
tears.
Seeing her twin brother, Jorge, for the first time in thirty years, Maria burst into
tears.
2. Laughing and crying at the same time, passers-by were moved by this emotional
reunion between Jorge and Maria.
………………………………………………………………………………………………

 202

3.Having been separated in their early teens, foster families had brought up the twins
in different parts of the country.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4.Wishing to not upset the children, neither foster family had spoken about the other
twin.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Once accustomed to her new family, Maria lived a normal happy life.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Leaving school, she went to university where she studied politics and economics.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Having graduated, a large company took her on as a management trainee.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Running away from home, Jorge was unhappy in his new family.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
9.Stealing some money from a shop, the police arrested Jorge and he went to prison
for a year.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. On coming out of prison, Jorge found himself a job and got married.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
11.
Twenty years later, watching TV, he saw a programme about people looking for lost
relatives, deciding to try to find his sister.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 10. Read this text about Catherine Cookson; a profile of a popular novelist
who wrote about life in the North-East of England at the beginning of the 20th
century. Replace the underlined sections with appropriate participle clauses or
reduced clauses.

(1) As times were very hard, Catherine’s mother, Kate, would be sent out begging.
(2) Because she was more likely to arouse sympathy, it was generally Kate who was
sent. (3) She had been born with a deformed foot and as a result had been left with a
permanent limp. (4) With nothing on her feet, she went to better-off neighbourhoods to
knock on doors and ask for bread. (5) When she reached the age of 12, her older sister
Sarah was put into service. (6) Despite the fact that she was paid very little, she did not
starve because her board and lodgings were provided.
1. Times being very hard, Catherine’s mother, Kate, would be sent out begging.

2. ……………………………………………………………………………………………

 203

3. ……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ……………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ……………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ……………………………………………………………………………………………

Exercise 11. Continue Sarah’s story by expanding these prompts into full sentences.
Use participle clauses or reduced clauses where possible.
1. Terrified of stepfather/Sarah happy to get out of the house.
Terrified/being terrified of her stepfather, Sarah was happy to get out of the house.
2. Eldest child/she suffered most from father’s violent behavior.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. One occasion/before come home day off/visit aunt in Newcastle.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Missed the last bus home/stayed overnight in city.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Arrive home/stepfather beat her/ did not believe her story.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 10

10.1

Basic Vocabulary – see V1, p. 144

Additional Vocabulary

Ex.4, p.97: take on somebody, lavish, set design, soundscape(s), eerie, white-knuckle, sky
high, featuring, to be tasked with something/doing something.

Exercise 1. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. В 2001 году вышла экранизация этого романа, снятая Крисом Коламбусом.

Мелодика, реплики дуэта Лондонских актеров –вот, что поражает воображение
зрителей с первой минуты.
2. Посетив представление известного хореографа, Дэйв был поражен превосходным
выступлением и шикарным оформлением сцены.
3. Место проведения конференции еще не определенно. Просмотрев несколько
вариантов, руководство должно определиться с выбором к понедельнику.
4. Посетив концерт, она поняла, что все инструментальные произведения этого
музыканта передают мрачную и напряженную атмосферу.

 204

5. Окончив государственный институт искусств, Линда была принята в труппу

театра.
6. Принять участие в конкурсе молодых виртуозных исполнителей было мечтой
этого пианиста.
7. Дерзкое выступление артистов вызвало волну удивления и негодования в зале.
Была ли эта попытка бросить вызов?
8. Фильм с участием известных британских актеров вышел в прокат совсем
недавно.
9. Увидев афишу летних музыкальных фестивалей, Марк решил обязательно
посетить один из них.
10. Комиссии поручено провести оценку этого проекта. Если проект утвердят,
акции компании вырастут до небес.

10.2

Basic Vocabulary - see V2 p. 144

Additional Vocabulary:

Ex.2 p. 98: amid, to find hope, shantytown, visionary, plunder, to resonate with,
resilience, intrinsic.

Exercise 2. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. Чтобы отметить годовщину открытия фестиваля, организаторы пригласили

различных знаменитых музыкантов и актеров, удостоенных премии.
2. Многие дальновидные лидеры считают стрессоустойчивость одной из главных
способностей, которые необходимы в работе. Но чтобы добиться успеха
необходима внутренняя мотивация.
3. Посетив их впечатляющее выступление в прошлом году, мы собираемся
забронировать заранее билеты на предстоящий концерт.
4. Особое внимание было уделено беднейшим районам, страдающим от насилия и
ограблений, включая район трущоб, где сейчас осуществляются программы
восстановления и оказания медицинских услуг. Многие вызвались поехать туда
добровольно, чтобы помочь другим обрести надежду.
5. Для того, чтобы права человека были признаны универсальными и вечными, они
должны соответствовать реальным надеждам и образу жизни людей во всем мире.
6. Выйдя из обычной среды, эта британская актриса гордится тем, что достигла
такого успеха.
7. Так как он неправильно процитировал президента в статье, журналист вынужден
был уйти в отставку. Его комментарии были абсолютно неуместными и
оскорбительными.
8. Концерт с участием знаменитостей был проведен в благотворительных целях,
чтобы собрать средства для пострадавших после землетрясения.

 205

9. Сложный вопрос в настоящее время заключается в том, чтобы сохранить чувство

глубокой солидарности среди этнически разнообразного населения.

10.3

Basic Vocabulary - see V3 p. 144

Additional Vocabulary

Ex.2 p. 100: surreal, merits, ephemeral, technology-savvy, performing arts, participatory.

Exercise 3. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. Письма, которые были написаны вчера, должны быть разнесены адресатам как
можно скорее.
2. Данные исследования указывают на то, что технологически подкованные
компании чувствуют себя безопаснее и увереннее в сложных условиях по
сравнению с компаниями, которые используют устаревшие технологии.
3. Дипломатические связи, которые были установлены с этой страной, нельзя
назвать стабильными. Необходимо укреплять сотрудничество между двумя
странами.
4. Проанализировав всю информацию, репортер смог выявить факты, связанные с
этим делом.
5. Культурный центр Макао ежегодно проводит образовательные мероприятия в
области сценического искусства и в аудиовизуальной сфере, которые включают
лекции, беседы с артистами, практические занятия, интерактивные инсталляции.
6. Будучи не в состоянии взять на себя ответственность, он подорвал доверие
руководства.
7. Премьера фильма, показанного на фестивале, произвела фантастическое
впечатление.
8. Их отношения оказались недолговечными, так как их взгляды на жизнь
расходились.
9. Так как переговоры прошли удачно, это было заслугой дипломата.
10. Полученные знания и опыт позволяют достичь успехов в выбранной

UNIT 11
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
ALTERNATIVES TO “IF”
Otherwise is another way of saying “if not”. It can also come at the end of a separate
sentence:
Help me with this, otherwise I won’t be able to lift it.
Help me with this, I won’t be able to lift it otherwise.

 206

If (you) should… if you happen to….

“If should” emphasizes that an event is not very likely, or to make a request seem more
indirect or polite:
If you should see him tomorrow, could you give him my message?
“If + happen to” has a similar effect and can be used with should to emphasize
unlikelihood or distance. Phrases such as, “by any chance” are also used in the same way:
If you happen to be in the neighbourhood, do drop and see us.
If you should happen by any chance to find the money, can you send it back?
IF (I) WERE TO….
This is often used in writing which speculates about the future:
If the government were to lower taxes, they would certainly win votes.
This can also make an event seem less likely:
If I were to offer you more money, would you stay in the job?
IF (IT) WERE/WAS NOT FOR/ HADN’T BEEN FOR…
This describes how one event depends on another:
If it were not for Helen, our team would be the worst in the area!(if Helen wasn’t
a really good player…)
If it hadn’t been for Jim, the child would have drowned. (If Jim hadn’t jumped to
rescue the child…)
IF SO/IF NOT
These can refer to a previous sentence and form a condition:
If Jean is too ill to play, Mary can play instead.
Jean may be too ill to play. If so, Mary can play instead.
Jean may still be able to play. If not, Mary can play instead.
IF I MIGHT, IF I CAN/COULD…
Might and can/could are used in an if-clause which stands alone as a very polite request:
If I could just have another look. (= Could I have another look?)
If I might help you with your coat.
LEAVING OUT “IF”
In everyday speech, we can use an imperative phrase + and+ will clause instead of an
if-conditional sentence.
If you come over here, I’ll show what I mean.
Come over here and I’ll show what I mean.

 207

WISH
Wishes about the present
Like a second conditional sentence, these wishes use a past tense form to express a feeling
about the present:
I wish I knew the answer. (= if I knew the answer, it would be better)
I wish it wasn’t raining. (= if it wasn’t raining, it would be better)
I wish I was/were lying on the beach at this moment!
Wishes with “could” also express a feeling about the present.
I wish I could get a better job. (now)
Wishes about the past
Wishes about the past use past perfect in the same way as a third conditional sentence:
I wish I had brought an umbrella with me. (=If I had brought an umbrella with me,
it would have been better)
I wish we had left earlier. (=If we had left earlier, it would have been better)
Wishes with “would/wouldn’t”
Wishes with “would/wouldn’t” are about general behavior or habits, often bad ones
which we wish would change:
I wish you would stop interrupting me.
I wish everyone would leave me alone.
Would rather, would sooner
We can use “would rather/would sooner + infinitive” to express choice:
Would you rather stay at home?
I’d rather have tea than coffee.
Would rather/would sooner + person+ unreal past are used to show what we would
like someone else to do or not to do:
I’d rather you didn’t tell anyone. (It would be better if you didn’t tell)
I’d sooner she went to university than got a job now.
Would prefer
We can use “would prefer + to-infinitive” to express a preference:
Do you want to go out? No, I think I’d prefer to stay at home.
We can compare preferences with “rather than”:
I’d prefer to go out for a meal tonight rather than stay in and cook.
“Would prefer +that+ unreal past” or “would prefer it if + unreal past” can be used to
show what we would like someone else to do or not to do:

 208

I’d prefer that you didn’t mention this to anyone.

I’d prefer it if you didn’t mention this to anyone.
We can also use “would prefer + person + to-infinitive” with the same meaning:
I’d prefer you not to mention this.
It’s time + unreal past
We use “it’s time + unreal past” to express what we think we ought to do:
My shoes are wearing out. It’s time I bought some new ones.
It’s already 8.00. I think it’s time we left.
We also often say it’s time we were going.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise 1. Underline the correct form.
1. Small dogs can be carried on a passenger’s knee if only/provided they do not
cause inconvenience to passengers.
2. Even if/supposing you could visit any country in the world. Where would you go?
3. I would like to thank many colleagues who have made invaluable contributions:
unless/but for their help, this project would not have been possible.
4. You must register your copy of the CD-ROM online, otherwise/unless it will not
work.
5. If the government were to/should balance the budget, it would be able to increase
spending.
6. You can easily get into trouble if you happen to be/on condition that you are in
the wrong place at the wrong time.
7. We will give you a guaranteed price of $ 150 for your old computer, even if/
otherwise it doesn’t work.
8. According to the survey, most people are happy to welcome foreigners to their
country, as long as/otherwise they don’t start behaving like foreigners.
9. Please don’t interrupt the lesson as long as/unless you have an important point to
make.
10. If he should happen to have/if it hadn’t been for a leg injury, Adams would
probably have won the race.

Exercise 2. Choose the correct option, A, B or C, to complete each sentence about

security issues.
1. …… leaving valuable property in parked cars, their cars wouldn’t be broken into.
A Unless people stopped B Imagine C If only people stopped
7. …… a serious crime, what exactly should you do?

 209

A Unless you witness B If you were to witness C If only you witness

8. Please do not use the 999 emergency number …… you are reporting a genuine
emergency.
A if B provided C unless
9. …… you were travelling abroad, what could you do to improve your personal safety?
A Supposing B If so C As long as
10. …… The information provided by members of the public, the police would have a
much more difficult job.
A Supposing B Provided that C If it were not for
11. Police often conduct security checks in this area so they may stop you, and …… you
might be asked for your identity card or passport.
A otherwise B If so C even if
12. …… any objectionable items on the websites, let us know and we will have them
removed.
A unless you notice B If you happen to notice C If you were to notice
13. …… CCTV cameras installed in the store, many shoplifters would escape detection.
A If there were in B If only there were C If it weren’t for
14. …… people locked all their doors and windows, there would be fewer break-ins.
A If only B Otherwise C Even of
15. …… your computer has a virus protection program. You might still fall victim to e-
mail seams or malicious software.
A Unless B Even if C On condition that

Exercise 3. Write a new sentence with the same meaning, beginning as shown.
1. We will refund your booking fee, provided you cancel 48 hours in advance.
We will only refund your booking fee if you cancel 48 hours in advance.
2. I wish you’d told me about the cheap flights to Italy.
If …………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Thanks to the skill of the surgeon, the child survived.
If it …………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Let us know if you have second thoughts.
If you should ………………………………………………………………………..
5. If you hadn’t helped me, I would have made a complete mess of this.

 210

But …………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Please come this way, sir. Could I take your coat?
Please come this way sir. If ………………………………………………………..
7. You can offer me more money, but I still won’t sell the house to you!
Even …………………………………………………………………………………
8. If you let me get a word in edgeways, I’ll tell you what I discovered.
Let …………………………………………………………………………………..
9. If you changed your mind about the job, we’d be interested in hearing from you.
If you were ………………………………………………………………………….
10. As long as there are no delays, we’ll be there by six.
Unless ……………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 4. Complete the text with one word in each gap.

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Everyone agrees that (1) ………… the world’s tiger population is protected, tigers (2)
………… eventually become extinct. If it (3) ………… not for the efforts made by
international campaigns over past decades, the extinction (4) ………… already have
become a fact. Tigers can coexist with human beings, (5) ………… local people are
involved in conversation. However, (6) ………… if tiger habitats are redeveloped there is
no guarantee of success. Government agencies must be involved, and there must be
adequate finance: (7) ………… conservation projects are neglected. An organized
programme with safeguards must be introduced. If (8) ………… the illegal hunters
quickly move back in. (9) ………… there were no tigers left in the world: how (10)
………… we all feel? According to some environmentalists, that day may be coming
sooner rather than later.

Exercise 5. Use the prompts to make a sentence. Include the words in capitals.
(1) you have a camera with you at the scene of the accident/take some shots of all the
vehicles involved.
HAPPEN
If you happen to have a camera with you at the scene of the accident, you can
take some shots of all the vehicles involved.
(2) check the weather reports before you leave/ you might take the wrong clothes with
you.
OTHERWISE ……………………………………………………………………...

 211

(3) the income from advertising/ newspapers not earn enough money.
WERE ………………………………………………………………………………
(4) investors buy shares/ they have confidence in the market.
UNLESS ……………………………………………………………………………
(5) we guarantee to get you talking/ you can’t speak a word of English.
EVEN ……………………………………………………………………………….
(6) permanent residents can vote/ they are aged 18 or over.
PROVIDED ………………………………………………………………………..
(7) I accept the job/I be able to work from home some of the time?
WERE ………………………………………………………………………………
(8) be a serious outbreak of bird flu in Europe/what the EU do?
SUPPOSING ……………………………………………………………………….
(9) unless we do something now, the situation get worse.
IF ……………………………………………………………………………………

Exercise 6. Complete this extract from a formal speech given by the leader of Green
Fingers, an environmental pressure group. Choose from the items in the box.

could / had we not / if I might / if you were / if that were to happen /

imagine / I would / should / unless / we would undoubtedly / were it
not for / we would / whether or not

(1) ……………… start by thanking you for all your hard work during our recent
campaign. (2) ……………… the thousands of unpaid volunteers like you, Green Fingers
could not continue to be the powerful pressure group we have become. (3) ………………
any of you doubt this, you only have to look at the recent fate of the some of the other
national environmental groups. (4) ……………… streamlined our organization and
recruited new members, (5) ……………… have shared that same fate.
Now, turning to the future, let me say I am fully aware that there will be some
disagreement amongst members about (6) ……………… we should use direct action
tactics in our campaign to prevent the movement of nuclear waste across the country. (7)
……………… to ask my personal opinion, (8) ……………… suggest that direct action
could be very effective (9) ………………, of course, it turned violent. (10)
………………, it is almost certain that (11) ……………… lose public support. (12)
……………… the damage that negative publicity (13) ……………… do to our
organization.

 212

Exercise 7. Complete these sentences using the words given.

1. Unless humans reduce their dependence on fossil fuels, … (global
warming/serious problem).
global warming will become a serious problem.
2. Suppose oil and natural gas were to run out next year. (alternative energy
sources?) ……………………………………………………………………………
3. If there weren’t so many cars in the world,
………………………........................................................................ . (so much oil)
4. Imagine the power of the sun could be collected. (solve/energy problems)
……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Whether global warming is caused by human activity or not, ……………………. .
……………………………………………………………………. .(take seriously)
6. We’re never going to solve the world’s environmental problems, unless
…………………………………………………………..… . (countries/cooperate)
7. Were petrol rationing to be introduced,
…………………………………………………………… . (alternative transport)
8. If it hadn’t been for the invention of the petrol engine,
…………………………………………………………………………… . (oil left)

Exercise 8. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.

A.
Anne: Supposing you (1) ………… (to be) alive a hundred years ago. Your life (2)
………… (to be) different, wouldn’t it?
Brian: Oh, yes! But even if I (3) ………… (to live) a hundred years ago, I (4) …………
(not to have) a different personality.
Anne: Ohm come on! You (5) ………… (not to be able) to cope in those days unless you
(6) ………… (to have) a dozen servants running around after you!
Brian: What do you mean? I (7) ………… (to be) fine provided I (8) ………… (to
allow) to travel and do what I wanted to do.
Anne: Look, you (9) ………… (to hate) every minute of it. Even if you (10) …………
(to travel) half way round the world, you still (11) ………… (not to have) the excitement
and satisfaction we get in the modern world!

 213

Brian: Well, I disagree. I think that provided my family (12) ………… (to make) certain
that I had enough to live on, I (13) ………… (to have) a wonderful time.
Anne: As for me, even if I (14) ………… (to be born) rich, I (15) ………… (not to be)
happy living in that era!
B.
Our health (1) ………… (to improve) dramatically over the past century. If you (2)
………… (to be born) a male a hundred years ago, you (3) ………… (to have) a life
expectancy of only 44 years or slightly longer if female. Today the figures are 74 and 78
years respectively.
Thanks to antibiotics and better hygiene, we no longer live in fear of infectious diseases.
Not only we (4) ………… (to discover) the importance of a balanced diet, but we also (5)
………… (to have) a better understanding of common diseases. Many of these
improvements (6) ………… (to bring) about by medical research. Today, if we (7)
………… (to fall ill (not very likely), the treatments are likely to be based on scientific
principles. A hundred years ago, doctors (8) ………… (to rely) on guesswork, habit and
superstition.
However, although we (9) ………… (to live) longer and healthier lives than ever before
few people enjoy perfect health, especially as they get older. If future research (10)
………… (to find) out more about what causes common disease, then we (11) …………
(can/start) looking after ourselves better.

Exercise 9. Express wishes and regrets based on the following sentences. Learn them
for back translation.
E.g. It’s a pity you are going away.
I wish you weren’t going away (If only you weren’t going away). Or (if possible):
I’d rather you weren’t going away.
1. I really think Jason is a cheat. It’s a pity you always take him at his word.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. I realize that Tom must be taught a lesson, and still you shouldn’t have picked a
fight with him.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. I understand Mr. Hodges knows how to persuade people. It’s a pity you were taken
in by his fine words.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. You trust people much too often. It’s a pity you take everything at its face value.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 214

5. You shouldn’t have told anybody about our plan. It’s only too bad you didn’t keep
quiet about it.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. This contract is no good. You’ll be sorry you didn’t include a clause on penalty for
late deliveries.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. It’s impossible to work with such big corporations. It’s a pity they’ll never do away
with red tape.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Martin gave me a lot of useless advice. It’s a pity he didn’t give me a hand with the
job.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. It was going to be a very profitable deal. You’ll be sorry you gave it up halfway
through.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. You are overworked. That’s why you are so irritable. I think you should take it
easy for a while. Why can’t you do it?
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
11. The idea was good, but you did it all wrong. You’ll be sorry you didn’t look into
the problem carefully and didn’t make a fresh start.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
12. That girl is a cheat and a hypocrite. It’s a pity Jeremy will never keep away from
her.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
13. What Kevin tells you is not necessarily true. You’ll be sorry you take him at his
word.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
14. If I were you I wouldn’t put Martin down. Some day you’ll be sorry about it.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
15. Such steps will bring the process into stalemate. It’s a pity you didn’t adopt a
different approach to the problem.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

16. This actress hates being a celebrity. She’s sorry she can’t live an ordinary life.

 215

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Exercise 10. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
(A)
A: I wish we (1) ………… (not to have) to go out tonight, but we have no choice. I
(2) ………… (to like) to stay in and watch the film on television. If only we (3)
………… (can)! If only your boss (4) ………… (not to invite) us!
B: I know, but it’s important. It (5) ………… (to be) ok if he (6) ………… (not to
go) on and on about how wonderful his children are, but he always does. He talks
as if they (7) ………… (to be) angels, but they always (8) ………… (to
misbehave).
A: Listen! Suppose we (9) ………… (to ring) them and (10) ………… (to say) that
we (11) ………… (to break down) on the way there. That’s a good excuse, isn’t
it?
B: No, I’d rather we (12) ………… (to go). Don’t worry. It won’t last long. Just look
as if you (13) ………… (to enjoy) yourself.
A: All right. But still I’d rather we (14) ………… (not to have) to go.
(B)
A: Hello, dear! Have a nice day at the office?
B: No
A: You look as though you (1) ………… (can) do with a drink. What’s the matter?
B: It’s Anne at the office. She acts as if she (2) ………… (to be) the only one who
does any work. She always (3) ………… (to go on) about her sales record, and
how many machines she (4) ………… (to sell) this month. So I told her what I (5)
………… (to think) of her.
A: Oh dear! I’d rather you (6) ………… (not to do) this. If I (7) ………… (to be)
you, I (8) ………… (to try) to be a bit more diplomatic. How she (9) …………
(to take) it?
B: She blew up.
A: I wish I (10) ………… (to see) her face when you told her that.
B: I wish she (11) ………… (to listen) to other people sometimes! And I’d rather she
(12) ………… (not to tell) us what she does every evening. As if it (13) …………
(to matter)!
A: Yes, and from what I’ve heard, it’s not as though she (14) ………… (to have) much to
boast about! I’d rather you all (15) ………… (to ignore) her. Do you think that
(16) ………… (to work)?

 216

B: No.
A: How much she (17) ………… (to earn)? Twenty thousand a year?
B: I don’t think she earns as much as that, judging by the way she dresses. She looks
as though she (18) ………… (to get) all her clothes from jumble sales. Everybody
wishes she (19) ………… (to buy) some decent clothes.
A: Is the office busy at the moment?
B: Terribly. I (20) ………… (to give) three new projects today. As if I (21) …………
(not to have) enough to do already! I wish I (22) ………… (modal verb/turn)
them down, but I had to accept them.
A: But still I’d rather you (23) ………… (to refuse). You sound as though things (24)
………… (to get) you down at the moment. I wish you (25) …………
(mod.v./take) a holiday.
B: You can say that again!

VOCABULARY FOR UNIT 11

11.1

Basic Vocabulary – see V1, p. 146

Additional Vocabulary:

Ex.1b, p. 106: fringe benefits, keep overheads down, shareholders, brand awareness.

Ex.4a, p.107: cash injection, to go into administration, counterfeit goods, underground

economy, tax revenue, economic slump, acquisition, to go from strength to strength,
volatile, to sustain growth, output, plummet, surplus.

Exercise 1. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. Компания нуждается в крупном вложении капитала, иначе она обанкротится и

потеряет репутацию на рынке.
2. Неустойчивые цены на товары, низкая заработная плата, безработица - одни из
признаков экономического спада. Если бы правительство снизило налоги, ситуация
могла бы улучшиться. экономика бы постепенно росла
3. Если бы не новая операционная программа, я бы не смог подсчитать разницу
между средними ставками процента по активам и пассивам.
4. Закон спроса и предложения- объективный экономический закон,
устанавливающий зависимость объемов спроса и предложения товаров на рынке от
их цен. Если цена на товар низкая, то платежеспособный спрос высокий.

 217

5. Даже если бы компания Rover была передана в управление временной

администрации или куплена акционерам, и объем выпускаемой продукции
повысился, это не помогло бы избежать поглощения компании.
6. Аналитики полагают, что в настоящее время экономический рост может
сохраниться без инфляции. Однако, если курс валюты вдруг резко упадет, ситуация
может измениться.
7. Правительство Великобритании предоставило полную информацию о дефиците
бюджетных средств, так как государственные расходы превысили налоговые
поступления в казну. Если бы только государство могло не допустить повышения
стоимости издержек!
8. При условии, что тебе бы предоставили дополнительные льготы (социальный
пакет), ты бы согласился на эту работу?
9. Теневая экономика - оборот товаров и услуг, которые не могут являться
предметом легальной продажи. Пока государство не примет определенные законы,
нелегальная торговля будет процветать.
10. Если бы не помощь Фрэнка, полиции не удалось бы арестовать нескольких
мошенников, торгующих контрафактной продукцией.

11.2

Basic Vocabulary- see V2 p. 146

Additional Vocabulary:

Ex. 2a p. 108, 164: to pounce on, well-oiled, proponent, to sit well, commodity price,
what it says on the tin, to negotiate (lower or higher) prices, to scale up.

Exercise 2. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. Этим должникам давно пора выплатить кредит. Если они не выполнят свои
обязательства, им придется заплатить огромный штраф. (они будут привлечены к
уголовной ответственности).
2. Хотел бы я, чтобы ты перестал верить сторонникам этой теории. Мне кажется,
что их принципы необоснованные.
3. Жаль, что кредиторы крупнейшего предприятия, находящегося в стадии
банкротства, не смогли договориться о формировании совместного совета.
4. Какое влияние оказали последствия кризиса на молодое поколение? Если бы так
много людей не взяли ссуду в банке, они бы сейчас не находились в
затруднительном положении.
5. Хотел бы я, чтобы наш начальник изменил свое отношение к людям. (I wish..)
Жаль, что он не договорился с партнерами о снижении цен на товары.
6. Все именно так, как оно выглядит. Жаль, что ты не поверил Майклу и цеплялся
за малейшую ошибку.

 218

7. Твои методы не пользуются поддержкой. Жаль, что ты никогда не слушаешь

моих советов.
8. Кажется, что теперь все работает эффективно (слаженно). Жаль, что раньше мы
сталкивались с рядом проблем по расширению масштабов производства.
9. Если ты вдруг найдешь статью по экономике на тему так называемых «бумов и
спадов», дай мне знать.
10. Чтобы убедиться, что ипотека вам по плечу, специалисты советуют обратить
внимание на ряд обстоятельств. На твоем месте, я бы обратился в банк, чтобы
оценить кредитоспособность.

11.3

Basic Vocabulary – see V3 p.146

Additional Vocabulary

Ex. 3 p. 110: to win at all costs, to concede, to turn down an offer, ambiance, to put
oneself in somebody’s shoes, to fit in, to set the negotiations up, to call for adjournment,
to give oneself away.

Exercise 3. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

1. Хотелось бы мне, чтобы переговоры начались как можно раньше, и мы выиграли

это дело любой ценой (Start with «I'd rather…»).

2. Сначала Мэри было трудно приспособиться к новой обстановке (атмосфере) в

языковой школе, но вскоре она привыкла и ей все очень понравилось. Я бы тоже
хотел оказаться на ее месте и поехал учить испанский в Малагу.

3. Если бы мы раньше не отклонили предложение партнеров, сейчас нам бы не

пришлось уступать им.

4. Я бы предпочел избежать противоречия между различными подразделениями

нашей партии и принять решение немедленно.

5. Я бы предпочел пойти на уступки, чем бесполезно спорить с ним.

6. Если бы неявка на выборах была высокой, пришлось бы проводить еще один тур.

7. Игроки были расстроены после исключения команды из чемпионата мира по

футболу. Если бы не скандал, связанный с подстрекательством игроков, сейчас все
было бы иначе. Но никто себя не выдал.

8. Глава Генеральной Ассамблеи призывает перенести прения по проекту

резолюции. Если бы не его решение, она была бы принята.

 219

UNIT 12
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
TYPES OF TEXT REFERENCE (SUBSTITUTION, ELLIPSIS)
Substitution and ellipsis are both devices for avoiding the unnecessary repetition of words
or phrases in speech or writing. Substitution consists of replacing one word or phrase with
another:
Labour voted for the proposals and the Liberals voted for the proposals too.
Labour voted for the proposals and the liberals did too.
In ellipsis, we leave out words or phrases altogether:
Mike left at about the same time as Jane (left).
We can leave out or replace nouns, verbs and entire clauses. The following example uses a
pronoun to substitute for resorts, and leaves out the verb phrase it is found.
The best skiing is found not at big resorts but it is found at small resorts. – The best skiing
is found not at big resorts but small ones.
Verbs and verb phrases are often replaced by a form of the auxiliary verb do. “Hadn’t we
better book into the interest rates first?” “It’s ok. I’ve already done it”.
SUBSTITUTION
The most common substitutes for nouns or noun phrases are pronouns, such as personal
pronouns (subject, object, possessive or relative):
While Ben’s politics were far to the left, Alice made it known that hers were centre
right.
We can use the pronouns one/ones (to refer to singular/plural countable nouns) after
adjectives or demonstratives:
David appeared in numerous major films but practically no great ones. Which
colour would you prefer for the bathroom suite? This one or that one?
We don’t use one for uncountable nouns: instead we omit the noun:
I really like sweet cherry but my husband prefers dry (cherry).
We can also use the demonstrative pronouns without one/ones:
It is possible to respect both your own opinions and those of other people.
It is also possible to replace a noun or noun phrase with a quantifier e.g. some, all, each,
none, either, neither, both, other, a few, enough. Ex: The doctor suggested I should try
aspirin or ibuprofen, but neither worked.
We can use a form of do to avoid repeating a present or past simple verb:
At the same time they lived very near to where I did.
Using a verb of do is particularly common in comparison clauses:

 220

She doesn’t know any more than I do.

With coordinate clauses where the action is the same in both parts, we can also use the
inverted pattern so/neither+ do/does/did+ subject:
She really enjoyed the thrill of the open road, and so did her husband. Dad never
learnt to speak any other languages, and neither did Mum.
We use the same pattern with so, not either and neither/nor to agree with the speaker in
short answers:
I saw Jane yesterday. Oh, yes so did I.
We can omit do and use the object pronoun usually with too, neither nor in informal
speech:
I saw Jane yesterday. Me too.
We can often use do so/it/that to replace a verb phrase which describes a single specific
action. In this use, do so tends to be more formal than do it/that:
Margaret had been trying to pluck up the courage to confront her son about the
money, and she was just about to do so/it when the doorbell rang.
We usually use do it/that (and not do so) when the subject of the verb changes:
I was unable to contact the barrister about the court appearance. Can the clerk do
it/that tomorrow?
We use that (and not it) to emphasize an action. In this use we stress that:
Why don’t you just lie to him? Oh, I couldn’t do that!
We prefer to use do so (and not do it/that) when we are referring to an activity rather than
a single, specific action:
Anyone wishing to interrupt with questions should feel free to do so.
We do not usually use do so/it/that to replace verbs which refer to events outside our
control, e.g. believe, lose, forget. We use do only: I always said you’d lose that mobile
phone and now you have done.
We use verbs like expect/think/imagine/believe with so to express an opinion, belief or
intention without repeating the preceding statement or question. We usually try to avoid
using the same verb in the answer:
Do you think WAP phones will ever catch on? I think so. / I expect so.
We do not use a that clause after so:
Do you know if John is coming this evening? I think so./I think (that) he is.
To express a negative response, we tend to make the verb negative and use so. We don’t
use so or not after expressions of certainty or doubt. We prefer to use it:
Do you think it will rain? I’m certain of it.

 221

We use the pronouns it, this or that to refer back to a previous clause: I forgot this
birthday again and he was really upset about it. We substitute if and whether clauses with
if so and if not:
Can you check whether that contract has arrived and, if so, send it out to Mr.
Andrews? He asked the guests if they wanted an evening meal, and if not, whether
he could bring them sandwiches in their rooms.
We can use so at the beginning of a short answer when we agree to a statement with a
certain amount of surprise:
They’ve put a new statue in front of the palace. So they have!
ELLIPSIS
We often omit nouns or pronouns in the second of two coordinate clauses. Lucy went up
to the bar and <she> asked for a coffee. In casual spoken English we can also omit and
when the subject is the same. Sandy was feeling really bored <and he> didn’t know what
to do with all the extra time he’d now got.
We do not leave out pronouns in subordinate clauses. At night she was so tired that she
fell asleep as soon as she got into bed.
We can omit subject pronouns at the beginning of short sentences in casual English. <I>
Must go now. It’s getting late.
We can often omit a verb to avoid repeating it: She attracts the attention of the local
yobbos and he <attracts> the suspicions of the villagers.
Generally we do not omit the auxiliary or modal verb. Look at this table form change
example
Present/past simple verb omit main verb in and clauses
I like John and he <likes > me.
auxiliary+main verb omit main verb
He was looking for a job, or at least, he said he was <looking for one>.
Have you seen my glasses? Yes, I have <seen them>. They are here.
modal+ main verb omit main verb
I can speak Spanish and Mary can <speak Spanish> too.
Compound verb forms omit second/third auxiliary or only the
main verb
Couldn’t anybody have been warned about the problem?
Yes, the captain could <have been warned>.
In coordinate clauses where the second clause is very similar in pattern to the first, we
leave out the auxiliary verb as well:

 222

Since the divorce I’ve lived in London and my husband <has lived> in Cambridge.
We can introduce a new modal in order to add interpretation (in this case deduction) but
still not repeat the main verb. Has Mary arrived yet? She must have <arrived> There’s
her coat.
We also omit verbs in comparison clauses as in the table above, but it is possible in
comparison clauses to omit auxiliary and modal verbs as well in the subordinate clause.
You look older than my mother <does>. House prices have dropped much less than share
prices <have done> /have <done>.
If the comparison clause begins with a pronoun and we omit the verb phrase completely,
we use an object pronoun rather than a subject pronoun. You look older than she does. You
look older than her.
We can omit an infinitive phrase when the meaning is clear. He didn’t win the competition
even though he had expected to <win it>
After most verbs which are followed by to+ infinitive, such as ask, forget, promise and
want and would like in if or wh-clauses, we can omit to: Shall we go to the cinema
tonight? Yes, if you want <to>
In questions and embedded questions we often use the question word only and omit the
clause: Dr Angelo said he was going on a call this afternoon. –Did he say where <he was
going>? No, he didn’t say where.

GRAMMAR EXERCISES
Exercise1. Some of the sentences below either contain a mistake or could be
expressed more concisely. Tick the correct sentences, and then correct the mistakes.
Example: Nigel coughed nervously and Laura coughed nervously too.
Nigel coughed nervously and so did Laura.
1. The best pizzas are not to be found in big, city-centre restaurants but they are to be
found in small, backstreet restaurants.
2. The girls are wanted to watch the video of Romeo and Juliet. The boys weren’t so
keen because they didn’t want to watch a romantic film. They were so enthusiastic
because they knew that Romeo was Leonardo DiCaprio.
3. “Would you like some white wine?”, “No, thanks. I prefer red one.”
4. The people opposite us sniffed at the acrid smell of smoke and so we did.
5. “You wanted me to ring you about the arrangements for the wedding” “So did I.”
6. Grabbing her bag and snatching the money from the table, Angela ran through the
front door and into the waiting taxi.

 223

7. Mervyn Jones failed to complete the 400 meters because tore a muscle in his leg.
8. “Aren’t they meeting us here?” “Well, they must, because they weren’t at home
when I rang a few minutes ago.”

Exercise 2. Rewrite the sentences to avoid repetition.

1. The American woman stepped off the train onto the crowded platform. The
American woman was so striking that a hush fell over the people waiting to greet
their loved ones.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. I really don’t like these modern paintings. I much prefer the paintings over there.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. “Would you like some of these jelly beans?” “No, thanks. I only like the red jelly
beans and there aren’t any left”.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. “Have you seen Billy, Martin and Greg today?” ”Yes. Billy, Martin and Greg were
at the coffee bar this morning.”
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. I’m afraid we didn’t complete the obstacle course as quickly as the other team
completed it.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
6. “This lecture is really useless. I don’t want to stay any longer.” “No, I don’t want
to stay any longer.”
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. He asked me to give up my day off to help with the stocking, and he said he’d pay
me extra to give it up.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. My boss gave me a totally unexpected pay rise. I’d better thank her for giving me
the pay rise.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. “Do you think that Britain will win the bid to host the next World Cup?” “I
certainly hope they don’t win it! It’ll be chaos!”
……………………………………………………………………………………………….

 224

Exercise 3. There are several substitute words in this text, in italics. Find the word
or phrase that each one refers to and write it below. The exercise begins with an
example (0).
Ex: (0) her = Miriam
The clock on the platform was showing midnight as the train drew in. Miriam checked (0)
her ticket against the sign on the window, opened the door to Coach H, climbed in and
shut (1) it gently behind her.

The train was already reaching (2) its highest speed, thundering across country towards
Warsaw, when Miriam dropped (3) her bags in the correct compartment. She thought
briefly of the few kilometers already behind her and (4) the many ahead, then she bent to
her bags. She lifted the two small (5) ones onto the overhead rack, but the large one was a
different matter, so she pulled (6) it close to her seat and sat down.

Alone in the carriage, she contemplated her future. She hadn’t expected (7) this so soon,
but the job opportunity in Warsaw had come up unexpectedly. She’d always wanted to
return to the city of her birth and (8) that of her parents, but hadn’t thought she would (9)
do it within two weeks of leaving college. At first she had discounted the job, so far away
from home, and her parents had (10) done so too, but they had all spoken to her
prospective employers at length on the phone after (11) which all (12) their concerns
were laid to rest. Miriam closed her eyes and allowed the rhythm of the speeding train to
lull her to sleep.

Exercise 4. Complete this dialogue with the correct substitute words. (There may be
more than one possibility.)
Jenna: Have you seen the new clothes shop in High Street?
Sophie: The (1) ………… opposite the station you mean?
Jenna: Yes, that’s right. I went in (2) ………… yesterday. It’s fantastic. It’s full of
designer seconds and (3) ………… of them are from really famous fashion designers.
Sophie: Which (4) …………?
Jenna: Oh, people like Nicole Farhi.
Sophie: Wow! I love (5) ………… but you said seconds. Is there anything wrong with the
clothes?
Jenna: I couldn’t find anything wrong with them. I don’t know why these clothes are
called seconds sometimes.

 225

Sophie: No, (6) ………… did you buy anything?

Jenna: No, not yesterday. I tried on a really nice dress but it was a bit tight. So I’m going
to lose a bit of weight first.
Sophie: You’re always saying (7) …………!
Jenna: I know, but this time I’m really going to (8) ………… . Anyway, I said I’d give up
smoking last year and I (9) ………… . Oh, I nearly forgot. Are you going to the
conference next week?
Sophie: I expect (10) ………… I don’t think I can get out of it.
Jenna: Didn’t you say you wanted to get a new suit before the next conference?
Sophie: Oh, (11) ………… I did! Perhaps I’ll pop in to the shop at the weekend and see
what they’ve got.
Jenna: Well, if you (12) ………… , give me a ring first. I’ve got some discount vouchers
for ten per cent off and I can let you have (13) ………… .
Sophie: (14) ………… It’s really nice of you. Ok, I’ll call you Saturday morning if I
decide to go there and if (15) ………… , I’ll see you at the conference.

Exercise 5. Cross out the words in these sentences that can be omitted. Cross out as
many words as you can.
1. I told the students they could either take the exam in June or they could take it in
December.
2. We can go to the theatre tonight if you want to go to the theatre.
3. The children were delighted with Christmas lights and they wanted to see them
turned on again.
4. Even though it is possible to go skiing in Scotland, the British have always been
worse skiers than most Europeans have been.
5. “Why hasn’t the new shopping centre been opened yet? But it has been opened.
6. Will Julie be going to the club’s New Year’s party this year? I think she gets back
from holiday on 30th December, so she could be going.
7. Is the new restaurant in the High Street open on Sunday evenings? I don/t know. It
might be open on Sunday evenings. The old one was open on Sunday evenings.
8. We haven’t earned any money this summer. I really expected to earn some.
9. The young woman plays the violin and her brother plays the cello.
10. He told me that he was going to leave his wife and I asked him why he was going
to leave her.

 226

11. Baxter’s sick tonight, which is unfortunate as he can play better than all the others
can.
12. We thought that the old woman had been looking after house, but she can’t have
been looking after it as she was in hospital at the time.

Exercise 6. Read the following text about the Inuit system of adoption, then complete
these two tasks: a) mark three more omissions and write the omitted words. The first
omission is given as an example (0) b) underline eleven more substitute words, then write
the words they replace. The first substitution is given as an example. (00)
(0) The Inuit system of child adoption, although__archaic, appears much more
humane – it is
(00) than our own in the so-called civilized world, where childless couples must –
system
apply through faceless agencies for the opportunity to adopt. They must undergo a series
of intrusive interviews and examinations and, if successful, will then be put on a waiting
list for an unspecified period of time. An Inuit couple wanting to adopt simply makes it
known and soon enough they will receive a call from a woman who is prepared to give up
her child. This may be because she already has too many children and does not want
another one. Or the call may come from a relative or friend who wishes to help someone
less fortunate than themselves. Traditionally, the couple would be asked if they would like
the child and, if so, a simple handover would take place. Today, however, this has been
replaced by bureaucracy in the form of civil registration, although the tradition itself has
not. It survives even at the end of the twentieth century.

Exercise 7. In each of these pairs of sentences, at least one of the choices is correct,
and two or three may be. Tick the correct ones.
1. (A) He just came in and he sat down without even saying hello.
(B) He just came in and sat down without even saying hello.
2. How about packing up now and hitting the beach for an hour?
(A) Uh no, I don’t really want.
(B) Uh no, don’t really want to.
(C) Uh no, I don’t really want to
3. Did you know that your son hasn’t been to school for over a week, Mr. Greene?

 227

(A) But that’s impossible! He must!

(B) But that’s impossible! He must have!
(C) But that’s impossible! He must have been!
4. (A) You play the piano much better than the usual pianist.
(B) You play the piano much better than the usual pianist plays.
(C) You play the piano much better than the usual pianist does
5. I’ve decided to resign from drama group.
(A) Why?
(B) Why have you decided?
(C) Why have you decided to do that?
6. Barbara takes in stray dogs and cats, but she’s much fonder of cats.
(A) She considerers them far too obsequious
(B) She considers dogs far too obsequious
7. We love going to Greek islands but we try to avoid
(A) the ones that attract the jet set
(B) the that attract the jet set
(C) those that attract the jet set
8. Adults often like hot, spicy food, whereas
(A) children usually prefer mild food
(B) children usually prefer mild
(C) children usually prefer mild one
9. All my American friends expected their team to win the most of the track medals
(A) and we did too
(B) and we did it too
(C) and we did so too
10. Look! Jason can walk on his own!
(A) Oh, so he can!
(B) Oh, so can he!

 228

Exercise 8. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space (1-
18). Use only one word in each space. In some cases you do not need to add a word at
all (write ‘-‘ in these spaces) There are two examples at the beginning (0) and (00).
Have you ever sent an e-mail to a friend from work? Or have you sent a joke one (0) - to a
colleague on the office computer? Well, think again. (00) This is exactly what Rupert
Beverly and David Pennington (1) ……… and now they wish they hadn’t (2) ………!
They were sacked from an engineering company in the north of England for doing just (3)
……… .
Hang on- you may think – this one small company in the UK. But (4) ……… happens not
only in less-regulated small companies but in large multinational (5) ……… too. Eight
sales staff at Cable and Wireless have recently lost (6) ……… jobs after a complaint about
an e-mail.
Management claimed that it could have been construed as offensive, and while the sacked
workers agreed that perhaps it could (7) ……… they insist that (8) ……… wasn’t
pornography, as they knew it was an offence to download this.
Regulations governing this area vary from country to country: at present the law in the
USA allows companies to monitor staff e-mails and while (9) ……… in the UK is
currently not so strict; it looks as though it will follow the US model. In Germany,
however, the law does not allow “spying” on employees’ personal e-mail, but at least one
multinational (10) ……… based there is taking advantage of the UK regulations by
sending all e-mails to the UK to be monitored.
Civil rights organizations are concerned that monitoring e-mails infringes personal liberty
and that it also undermines trust in the working environment. (11) ……… want
management to intercept and monitor e-mails only when (12) ……… necessary, and to be
able to prove that (13) ……… was indeed necessary to do (14) ………
And what of Rupert and David? Well. (15) ……… claim for unfair dismissal was
rejected: the tribunal found that the company was within (16) ……… rights to sack
employees for sending joke e-mails, and also, more worryingly, (17) ……… for the time
wasted in (18) ……… it. Watch out. Big Brother really is watching you now.

Exercise 9. Read this text which has repetition. Correct to improve style, using
substitution and ellipsis.
Most people enjoy listening to music but few people realize the important effects and
largely positive effects listening to music can have on us. We know that certain types of
music are used to influence our emotions and influence our behavior. For example,
airlines use soothing music before a flight to relax passengers, especially passengers who
may feel nervous about flying. You may have noticed how shops often play fast, rousing
music (if you haven’t noticed, you probably shop at the more old-fashioned types of

 229

stores) – playing fast and rousting music tends to make us feel happier and more likely to
spend money!

Music is also being used now as a psychiatric therapy. It seems to be particularly useful
for eating disorders and addictions, but it is also useful for suffers of post-traumatic stress
syndrome. People attending group therapy sessions are invited to bring along their
favourite tracks. Not everyone does, but the people who bring them along play them for
the group. Playing them for the group creates a sense of belonging, as well as creating a
more relaxed atmosphere for therapy session.

 230

Список литературы

1. Cotton D., Falvey D., Kent S. Lebeau I., Rees G. Advanced Language
Leader Coursebook. Pearson Longman, 2010.
2. Hewings M. English Grammar in Use –Advanced. Cambridge University
th
Press, 7 edition.
3. Mark Foley, Diane Hall. Advanced Learners' Grammar. Longman, 2008.
4. Simon Haines, Mark Nettle. Advanced Grammar in Use. Supplementary
Exercises. Cambridge University Press, 2007.
5. Н.Н. Дианина. Дополнительные материалы к учебнику «New Headway
Advanced». М. : МГИМО, 2006.
6. George Y. Oxford Practice Grammar Advanced. Oxford University Press,
2012
7. Swan M., Walter C. Oxford English Grammar Course Advanced. A
grammar practice book for advanced students of English, 2011.
8. Hewings M. Advanced Grammar in Use. A self-study reference and
practice book for advanced learners of English. Cambridge University Press, 2013.
9. Swan M. Practical English Usage. Oxford University Press, 3rd edition,
2014.
10. Hopkins D., Cullen P. Grammar for IELTS Cambridge University Press,
2012.
11. Yule J. Oxford Practice Grammar. Oxford University Press, 2006.
12. Hewings M. Grammar for CAE and Proficiency. Cambridge University
Press, 2009.
13. Mark Foley, Diane Hall. My Grammar Lab. Pearson Education Limited,
2012.

 231

Принципы измерения навыков экзаменуемых

1. Программа зачета уровня C1 по английскому языку в части, касающейся

модуля «Речевая практика» (3 семестр для групп продолжающего потока, 5
семестр для групп коррекционного потока, 7 семестр для групп начинающего
потока).

Письменная часть

Письменная лексико-грамматическая работа (время написания 2 ак. часа),

включающая упражнения на изученную в течение семестра грамматику,
лексические конструкции, а также перевод предложений с русского языка на
английский.

Устная часть

- Пересказ текста на одну из пройденных в течение семестра тем (уровень

сложности текста C1, объем текста до 3100 печ. зн., время подготовки 20 мин)
- Беседа по указанной теме, предусматривающая ответы на вопросы
экзаменаторов
- Устный опрос лексико-грамматического материала, пройденного в течение
семестра

2. Программа экзамена уровня C1 по английскому языку в части, касающейся

модуля «Речевая практика» (4 семестр для групп продолжающего потока, 6
семестр для групп коррекционного потока, 8 семестр для групп начинающего
потока).

Письменная часть
Письменная лексико-грамматическая работа (время написания 2 ак. часа),
включающая упражнения на изученную в течение учебного года грамматику,
лексические конструкции, а также перевод предложений с русского языка на
английский.

 232

Устная часть

- Пересказ текста на одну из пройденных в течение учебного года тем (уровень

сложности текста С1, объем до 3300 печ. зн., время подготовки 20 мин)
- Беседа по указанной теме, предусматривающая ответы на вопросы
экзаменаторов
- Устный опрос лексико-грамматического материала, пройденного в течение
учебного года.

2. Программные требования к уровню владения английским языком

В письменной части:
• владение основными грамматическими навыками по следующим темам: система
времен глагола, употребление артиклей, модальные глаголы, страдательный
залог, герундий и инфинитив, виды прилагательных и их порядок в
предложении, придаточные предложения и правила пунктуации при их
использовании, косвенная речь, сослагательное наклонение, эмфатические
конструкции.
• знание пройденных лексических конструкций (включая идиомы, сращения,
словообразование, употребление предлогов, фразовые глаголы и др.)
• владение навыками письменного перевода с русского языка на английский
(различные по тематике мини-ситуации из 1-2 предложений)

Критерии оценки
Для измерения письменных языковых навыков испытуемых используется
следующая шкала оценки.
Письменная работа оценивается как отличная (excellent), если от 90% до
100% её объёма выполнены без ошибок. Оценка хорошо (good) выставляется, если
от 75% до 89% объёма работы выполнены правильно. Испытуемый получает оценку
удовлетворительно (satisfactory), если от 60% до 74% её объёма выполнены без
ошибок.
Как вычисляются эти проценты? Тест, состоящий из 100 баллов, включает в
себя задания, за выполнение каждого из которых начисляется один балл (в переводе
– 2 балла). Таким образом, 60% работы, достаточных для получения минимальной
положительной оценки, – это 60 правильно выполненных заданий. Чтобы получить

 233

минимальную положительную оценку, позволительно сделать ошибки в 40

заданиях.
Если в одном предложении перевода более одной ошибки, то рейтеры
исходят из правила квалифицировать только самую грубую ошибку, остальные
ошибки при этом только лишь подчёркиваются, но не считаются. Если в работе
испытуемого более 40 неправильно выполненных заданий, то его работа считается
выполненной менее чем на 60% и оценивается как
неудовлетворительная(unsatisfactory).
Внутри категорий хорошо и удовлетворительно рейтеры выделяют «низкую»
и «высокую» оценки, которые обозначаются соответствующими буквами латинского
алфавита. Так, испытуемый получает оценку E (low satisfactory), или «низкую
тройку», если от 60 до 67% его работы выполнены правильно. Работа оценивается
как D (high satisfactory), или «высокая тройка», если от 68 до 74% её объёма
выполнены правильно. Испытуемый получает за свою письменную работу оценку C
(low good), или «низкую четвёрку», если от 75 до 81% объёма работы выполнены без
ошибок. Оценку B (high good), или «высокую четвёрку», он получает в том случае,
если от 82 до 89% объёма его работы выполнены без ошибок. В категории отлично
(excellent) нет промежуточных делений, обозначаемых латинскими буквами. Оценка
A (excellent) выставляется, если работа выполнена правильно от 90 до 100% её
объёма.
Как считаются ошибки? Одна грамматическая ошибка квалифицируется как
одна полная ошибка. К числу полных ошибок относятся также лексические и
стилистические ошибки. Искажение в переводе соответствует двум полным
ошибкам. Таким же образом квалифицируются и композиционные ошибки.
Неправильное использование артиклей, предлогов, текстовые и орфографические
ошибки квалифицируются как 0,5 ошибки.
Что такое текстовая ошибка? Это неполное понимание ситуации. Например,
испытуемый должен перевести следующее предложение с русского языка на
английский: Он сказал, что принесёт книгу завтра. Экзаменуемый переводит его
следующим образом: He said that he would bring the book back the next day.
В русском предложении не было слов принесёт назад, поэтому в английском
переводе слово back является лишним и его употребление считается текстовой
ошибкой.
В соответствии со шкалой оценивания письменных работ оценка E
выставляется, если испытуемый допустил от 40 до 33 ошибок; оценка D
выставляется, если он допустил от 32 до 26 ошибок; оценка C выставляется, если
допущено от 25 до 19 ошибок; оценка B выставляется, если допущено от 18 до 11
ошибок, и, наконец, оценка A выставляется, если допущено от 1 до 10 ошибок.
Шкала оценивания отражена в приводимой ниже таблице.

 234

Категория оценки Оценка Процент Количество

правильного ошибок
выполнения
работы
Отлично A 90–100% 1-10
(Exсellent)
Хорошо B 89–82% 11-18
(Good) C 81–75% 19-25
Удовлетворительно D 74–68% 26-32
(Satisfactory) E 67–60% 33-40

Неудовлетворительно F Менее 60% Более 40

(Unsatisfactory)

В устной части:
Устная часть экзамена представляет собой устное тестирование, под которым
принято понимать процедуру проверки устно-речевой коммуникативной
компетенции, в которой тестируемый говорит и оценивается на основе того, что он
сказал. Устная часть экзамена состоит из трех частей, направленных на проверку
устной коммуникативной компетенции экзаменуемого.
Для выявления уровня сформированности устной коммуникативной
компетенции используется собеседование (oral interview). Первая часть представляет
пересказ текста на одну из пройденных в течение года тем (образование и
трудоустройство, туризм и охрана природы, международные отношения,
здравоохранение, мода и потребление, технологии и прогресс, люди и идеи,
журналистика и СМИ, юриспруденция и общество, искусство и развлечение, бизнес
и экономика, наука и природа). На подготовку пересказа отводится 20 минут из
общего времени подготовки к устному экзамену.
Вторая часть - пересказ текста, посвященного тому или иному аспекту
специальности. Третья часть – беседа по указанной теме, предусматривающая
ответы на вопросы экзаменаторов. Времени на подготовку к данной части не
требуется.
Во время проведения устного экзамена члены экзаменационной комиссии, не

 235

занятые в процессе коммуникации с испытуемым, выступают в роли рейтеров –

людей, которые слушают испытуемого и проводят оценивание на основе услы-
шанного. При оценивании устной коммуникативной компетенции рейтеры
руководствуются оценочной шкалой. В рамках этой оценочной шкалы
произношение оценивается в баллах от 1 до 5, где 1 балл обозначает самый низкий
уровень (произношение непонятное), а 5 баллов — самый высокий уровень
(произношение характеризуется незначительным влиянием родного языка).
Грамматическая и лексическая компетенция, а также понимание речи на слух
оцениваются в рамках от 2 до 10 баллов, где 2 балла обозначают самый низкий
уровень (практически не владеет грамматикой; словарный запас недостаточен даже
для простого разговора; почти не понимает даже простейшую речь) и 10 баллов
соответствуют самому высокому уровню оценки (одна или две незначительные
грамматические ошибки, которые могут встречаться даже в речи носителя языка;
достаточно широкий словарный запас и точное использование лексики; понимание
формальной и разговорной речи в любом темпе).
На основе данной рейтинговой шкалы устная коммуникативная компетенция
испытуемого может быть оценена в рамках четырёх категорий: 1) коммуникация
эффективна; 2) коммуникация в основном эффективна; 3) коммуникация в какой-то
степени эффективна; 4) коммуникация неэффективна, – которые соответствуют
традиционно выставляемым отметкам: неудовлетворительно, удовлетворительно,
хорошо, отлично.
Итоговая оценка англоязычной коммуникативной компетенции испытуемых
выносится на основе оценок за все тесты, входящие в экзамен.

 236

Образцы зачетных/экзаменационных материалов

Экзамен за второй семестр обучения по программе евроуровня С1, модуль

«Речевая практика» (4 семестр для групп продолжающего потока, 6 семестр
для групп коррекционного потока, 8 семестр для групп начинающего потока)

1. Письменная часть
Summer Test
Time allowed: 2 hours

Task 1. Complete the text by writing the verbs in brackets in the correct tense. Read
through the whole text before you begin as you may need to use passive voice forms
and used to/would in your answers.
Treasure Island is one of the best known and most loved children’s adventure stories. It
(1)…(be) first published in 1883 but remains popular to this day. People (2)…(think) that
the story was solely the work of Stevenson’s imagination, but recent research has
uncovered the true origin of this thrilling tale of hidden treasure and bloodthirsty pirates.
Treasure Island’s author, Robert Louis Stevenson, (3)…(be) a Scotsman born in
Edinburgh in 1850. Although he (4)…(live) abroad for many years, in 1881 he returned to
the land of his birth for a holiday. With him (5)…(be) his American wife Fanny, whom he
(6)…(meet) five years earlier in France, and his stepchildren from Fanny’s first marriage.
The location of their holiday was Braemar in the rugged Scottish Highlands.
The family soon settled into a relaxing routine. Each morning Stevenson (7)…(get up)
early and take them out for long walks over the hills. They (8)…(enjoy)this for several
days when the weather suddenly took a turn for the worse. Trapped indoors by heavy rain,
Robert’s 12-year-old stepson, Lloyd, (9)…(become) increasingly bored and restless.
Desperate to keep the boy amused, Robert (10)…(get out) some drawing paper and asked
the boy to do some painting.
____/10
Task 2. Choose the correct word to fill in the gaps.

1. Polls show that Tony Blair is the most popular Prime Minister this century. ………… ,
there are even members of his own party who are uneasy with his approach.

In particular However For instance

2. There are some slight variations in temperature, but ………… 26 to 27ºC should be
expected.

 237

consequently otherwise as a rule

3. The two main Channel Islands, ………… Jersey and Guernsey, are much closer to
France than to England.

for example namely in particular

4. It was announced that nurses' working hours would be increased by 25%. ………… ,
even fewer trainee nurses are expected to join the profession.

As a result So that Likewise

5. Sales of CDs have experienced a small but steady fall over the past 12 months.
………… , vinyl records have seen an increase in their share of the market, up to 1.7%.

Above all Correspondingly In contrast

6. The Vice Chancellor explained that in light of the current financial climate and because
of unexpected bad debts, it would be necessary to peg salary levels at their current level
for all grades of staff. __________ , no-one was getting a pay rise.

Nevertheless In other words Similarly

____/6
Task 3. Complete each sentence with two to five words, including the word in bold.
1. You will get there on time if you leave now.
Will Only if you …................................. get there on time.
2. As soon as I got into bed. I fell asleep.
Sooner No ….................................................... into bed ….. I fell asleep.
3. We didn’t notice the time until it was too late.
Did Not until it was ….................................. the time.
4. It was only after I drank the milk that I realised it was sour.
Did Only after I had drunk the milk …............................................... it was sour.
5. If I were you. I would buy a computer.
You Were …................................................ buy a computer.
6. I only noticed the scratch on my car when I looked closely.
Notice Only when I looked closely …...................................... the scratch on my car.
7. They had no idea it was the wrong train.
Know Little ….............................................it was the wrong train.
8. There’s no way I can meet him at the airport.

 238

Can In no way …........................................at the airport.

9. We could only get there on time by taking a short cut.
Could Only by taking a short cut …........................................ there on time.
10. She’s a brilliant actress and a talented writer as well.
Only Not …....................................................actress, but she’s also a talented writer.
11. Don’t open the door on any account while I’m out.
Should On no account …......................................the door while I’m out.
12. If I had realised how late it was, I wouldn’t have stayed so long.
realized Had ….................................................was, I wouldn’t have stayed so long.
13. I haven’t eaten such delicious food anywhere.
Else Nowhere …........................................such delicious food.
14. You must not open this box under any circumstances.
No Under …............................................... this box.
15. I had never seen such a fierce dog before.
Before Never …...................................................such a fierce dog.
____/15

Task 4. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct infinitive form/ -ing form.
A Sue has decided (1) to apply (apply) for a new job. Her mother advised her (2) ………
(write) to several different companies. Sue would like (3) ……… (work) for a large
company where she can (4) ……… (meet) new people.
B Carol is too ill (1) ……… (go) to work today. She has managed (2) ……… (drink)
some tea and now she wants (3) ……… (sleep). Her husband offered (4) ……… (call)
the doctor, but Carol would prefer (5) ……… (wait) and see if she feels better tomorrow.
C Daniel would like (1) ……… (get) his teacher a present, but he doesn’t know what (2)
……… (choose). He is thinking of (3) ……… (buy) her a book because he knows that she
enjoys (4) ……… (read). His sister will help him (5) ……… (pick) a good one.
____/14
Task 5. Choose the correct preposition.
1. It’s hard for a family to live on/from/with one person’s earnings.
2. Shall I translate this to/in/into English for you?
3. Dr Andrews specialises in/for/on dermatology.
4. I spend too much money for/on/at clothes.
5. You can rely on/at/with me to help you.
____/5

 239

Task 6. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. You must use between three and eight words, including the word given.
This word must not be altered in any way. There is an example (0).
0 The first person that arrives in the office in the mornings is usually Gary.
to…….. Gary is usually the first person to arrive in the office in the mornings.
1. Martin is always a great asset at any party because he is so charming.
being ……………………………………………..always a great asset at any party.
2. I took a short computing course following my graduation from college.
having ……………………………………………………….a short computing course.
3. Celia’s major regret is that she had never made more of her musical abilities.
to……………………………………………her musical abilities is Celia’s major regret.
4. As she threw open the French window Mary said “There’s nothing like fresh air!”
throwing “There’s nothing like fresh air!” ……………………….the French window.
5. The company launched an advertising campaign with the aim of increasing its
market share.
to The company ………………………………………………….its market share.
6. Finding the old house in such a derelict state came as a great shock.
find It came as …………………………………………………..in such a derelict state.
7. Frankly, I don’t think my clients will ever agree to those prices.
frank I don’t think my clients will ever agree………………………...
8. The shrubs should grow well if you plant them in a sunny spot.
planted…………………………………………………………should grow well.
9. They will probably sell the ground floor flat first.
Be They expect the ground floor flat …………………………………
10. My brother is having a lot of trouble finding a decent job as he hasn’t had the
benefit of a college education.
____/10
Task 7. Underline the correct form.
1. Small dogs can be carried on a passenger’s knee if only/ provided they do not
cause inconvenience to passengers.
2. Even if/supposing you could visit any country in the world. Where would you go?
3. I would like to thank many colleagues who have made invaluable contributions:
unless/but for their help, this project would not have been possible.
4. You must register your copy of the CD-ROM online, otherwise/unless it will not
work.
5. If the government were to/should balance the budget, it would be able to increase
spending.
6. You can easily get into trouble if you happen to be/on condition that you are in the
wrong place at the wrong time.
7. We will give you a guaranteed price of $ 150 for your old computer, even if/
otherwise it doesn’t work.

 240

8. According to the survey, most people are happy to welcome foreigners to their
country, as long as/otherwise they don’t start behaving like foreigners.
9. Please don’t interrupt the lesson as long as/ unless you have an important point to
make.
10. If he should happen to have/If it hadn’t been for a leg injury, Adams would
probably have won the race.
____/10
Task 8. Translate the following sentences, using active vocabulary.

____/30
Total: 100 points

Устная часть

1. Retell the text on the topic “Health”.

Time for Preparation: 20 min
Volume: 3500 symbols

Fidgeting May Benefit Children With A.D.H.D.

By GRETCHEN REYNOLDS
JUNE 24, 2015

 241

Instead of telling children with hyperactivity and attention problems to sit still, perhaps
we should encourage them to wriggle at will, according to a new study of children with
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, or A.D.H.D. The study, in Child
Neuropsychology, found that children with A.D.H.D. concentrate much better when
they fidget than when they don’t.

Hyperactivity is, of course, one of the defining symptoms of attention deficit

hyperactivity disorder. It is in the disorder’s name and is usually the first symptom that
parents, teachers and others notice. Most of us may be unable to gauge precisely how
well a child concentrates. But we can tell if he or she can — or cannot — stay still.

But the relationship between hyperactivity and children’s concentration problems has
been less clear. Does their hyperactivity intensify the attention deficit? Are the two
problems — hyperactivity and attention deficits — unrelated except that they happen to
occur together? Or could hyperactivity play some other role in the thinking and
behavior of children with attention problems, possibly even a beneficial one?

Those questions intrigued Julie Schweitzer, a professor of psychiatry and behavioral

sciences at the MIND Institute at the University of California, Davis, and her
colleagues.

Past studies had suggested that children with A.D.H.D. concentrate better and improve
academically if they are physically active during the school day. But that research had
focused primarily on how to re-channel the children’s hyperactivity.

Dr. Schweitzer, who treats many children with A.D.H.D., had begun to wonder whether
that emphasis was misplaced. Perhaps experiments should look into why the children
were so hyperactive in the first place.

To find out, she and her colleagues gathered 26 boys and girls between the ages of 10
and 17 who had been diagnosed with A.D.H.D.; the researchers independently
confirmed that diagnosis. Then they recruited an additional 18 children without
A.D.H.D.

All of the children visited the group’s lab and were outfitted with an unobtrusive
activity monitor on one ankle that could track how often and how intensely the children
bobbled their leg, which is a good marker of fidgeting.

Then the scientists had the children complete a simple computerized test of attention
and cognitive control, during which they had to note the direction an arrow was
pointing and push a key showing that direction. The arrow in question was flanked by
other arrows, which sometimes pointed in the same direction as the primary arrow and
sometimes did not.

 242

The children were told to respond as quickly as possible to the test, punching the proper
key as soon as the arrows appeared on screen.

Then they repeated that same test more than 200 times in rapid succession, while the
arrows shifted directions and each child’s ability to concentrate was sorely strained.

Afterward, the scientists compared the accuracy of the children’s responses during each
of the more than 200 trials with the corresponding data from the activity monitors. In
effect, they were examining how much and how intensely each child fidgeted every
time they punched the key to indicate the arrow’s direction.

They found that the more intensely that the children with A.D.H.D. wiggled and
fidgeted — the more ferociously they bobbled their legs — the more accurate their
answers were. When these children were relatively still, their responses were much
more likely to be wrong, indicating that they had had trouble concentrating then.

Meanwhile, fidgeting had played no discernible role, positive or negative, in the

performance of the children without A.D.H.D., most of whom didn’t fidget much
anyway.

These results suggest that hyperactivity is fundamentally beneficial for children with
attention deficits, Dr. Schweitzer said, and probably developed to help them cope with
their inability otherwise to focus.

“Hyperactivity appears to be a mechanism for cognitive self-regulation,” she said. In

other words, children with A.D.H.D. may be hyperactive because the physical
restlessness helps them to sharpen their mental control.
The New York Times
1. Retell the text on the topic “Journalism”.
Time for Preparation: 20 min
Volume: 3418 symbols

Taboo Topics in Journalism Today

By CLIFF KINCAID
July 14, 2005

The old media, with their documented and demonstrable liberal bias, have lost much of
their clout. But through the networks, the major papers, and the White House press corps,
they continue to set the national agenda. And that means there are some things you just
don’t write about if you want to remain “in” with the liberal media.

 243

Newsweek senior writer Charles Gasparino, appearing on Tina Brown’s now-defunct

CNBC show, made the following admission. “We sow the seeds of our own demise.
Journalists have been advocates of the liberal attitude for way too long, and now we’re
paying the price-Fox News.” Gasparino was saying something that should be quite
obvious-that Fox News is a response to the overwhelming liberal media bias. He
explained, “Journalists are generally liberal. That does come out in the reporting? It comes
out in the stories that they do.”

ABC News political director Mark Halperin and his staff explained the bias this way:

“Like every other institution, the Washington and political press corps operate with a good
number of biases and predilections. They include, but are not limited to, a near-universal
shared sense that liberal political positions on social issues like gun control,
homosexuality, abortion, and religion are the default, while more conservative positions
are ‘conservative positions.’…The press, by and large, does not accept President Bush’s
justifications for the Iraq war…It does not accept the proposition that the Bush tax cuts
helped the economy…It remains fixated on the unemployment rate…”

Evan Thomas of Newsweek estimated that media bias for Kerry-Edwards was worth
between 5 and 20 million votes.

The bias is evident, as Thomas said, in coverage of Democrats vs. Republicans. But the
bias is also evident in coverage of the issues. Here are some of the things you can’t write
about objectively in the mainstream media:

• The harmful effects of abortion. Abortion is considered a sacred right of women

that should not be challenged. In a related matter, a link between abortion and
breast cancer is always discounted.
• The theory of intelligent design. This theory, an alternative to Darwinian
evolution, says that life has a purpose. But because it has possible religious
implications, our media side with secular humanists who do not want the theory
even discussed in the public schools.
• That DDT has saved lives and can save millions more. DDT has been demonized
by the environmentalists and the media for decades, leading to its banning. This is
changing somewhat, as even the New York Times has now editorialized that some
use of DDT may be justified to save lives. But the Times’ recognition of the truth
has come millions of lives too late.
• The violent nature of Islam. The media repeat claims that Islam is a religion of
peace, despite passages in the Koran justifying violence against unbelievers.
Diplomacy might justify the “Islam is a peaceful religion” mantra of the Bush
administration, but there’s no excuse for the media to ignore the facts that are
available at such websites as www.prophetofdoom.net

 244

• The link between pornography and violence against women. The media depict
Playboy founder Hugh Hefner as a cultural icon, even though he is a dirty old man
with a long history of manipulating and exploiting women. Hefner’s Playboy
Foundation contributed funding to a recent Public Broadcasting Service (PBS)
film, “The Education of Shelby Knox,” about a teenager who becomes an advocate
of explicit sex education and a “gay-straight alliance” in her school. No
expressions of concern came from the media over Playboy funding of a PBS film
because reporters were too busy writing articles decrying the possibility that the
public broadcasting budget might be cut by 25 percent.

This is certainly not a complete list of major issues ignored by the press. Indeed,
almost every significant issue is subjected to such distorted coverage. The good
news is that the old media are losing their clout and hold over the minds of the
American people.

Source:
http://www.aim.org/media-monitor/taboo-topics-in-journalism-today/